diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 732de2bedd..819a14552c 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)
2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. +EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)\n * First genealogy (1:1–6)\n * Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n * Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n * Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n * Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n * Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n * The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n * The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n * Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)\n * Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n * The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n * The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n * The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n * Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)\n * The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n * The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n * Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n * The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land but instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ EXO 2 12 rmgn figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that EXO 2 13 qn45 figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ 1 He went out See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 13 wqrm translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 2 13 rgn1 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה 1 behold Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 2 13 i4d6 לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע 1 the one who was in the wrong Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight” +EXO 2 13 i4d6 לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע 1 the one who was in the wrong Based on Moses’ question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight” EXO 2 13 duob figs-quotemarks לָ֥⁠מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 14 qb2n figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 Who made you a leader and judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 2 14 afne figs-quotemarks מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ EXO 3 5 jg97 figs-quotemarks אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־ EXO 3 5 prv9 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 set apart This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 6 sxk8 אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob” EXO 3 6 fgym figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 6 l5sy אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 your father Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father. +EXO 3 6 l5sy אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 your father This could mean: (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’ own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’ father. EXO 3 6 lfbb grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md)) EXO 3 7 nl33 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 7 xoz0 figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ EXO 3 9 uup9 figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָ EXO 3 9 gwou figs-abstractnouns רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **oppression** in another way. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 3 10 y4m1 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 **And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 10 spwh figs-quotemarks מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in [3:7](../03/07.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 11 y8cr figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh…Egypt? Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 3 11 y8cr figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh…Egypt? Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 3 11 ax7w figs-quotemarks מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 12 ykp3 figs-quotemarks כִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠זֶה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ הָ⁠א֔וֹת כִּ֥י אָנֹכִ֖י שְׁלַחְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠הוֹצִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֤ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַ֖ל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 12 xugf figs-youdual תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here EXO 3 13 vfsk figs-quotemarks מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 13 bkei grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.” This is God’s response to Moses’ question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’” -EXO 3 14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 I AM THAT I AM Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live. +EXO 3 14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 I AM THAT I AM This could mean: (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live. EXO 3 14 s62u אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 I AM Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.” EXO 3 14 t745 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages. EXO 3 14 vigc figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to th EXO 3 18 idp7 figs-youdual וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 General Information: If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 18 i47o figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 3 18 d85b translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 unless his hand is forced The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings include: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] +EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 unless his hand is forced The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. This could mean: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] EXO 3 20 nuzx grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י 1 God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 20 yds5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙ 1 I will reach out with my hand and attack Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 20 dzsp figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 **Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ EXO 4 18 yay3 figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phra EXO 4 18 i807 figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 19 wwr8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ 1 The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 4 19 aosm figs-quotemarks לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 19 clfj הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST. +EXO 4 19 clfj הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. EXO 4 20 fua6 writing-participants בָּנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 20 zi5m figs-123person וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 4 20 a1s5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 After the incident on the road in verses [24-26](../04/24.md). Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md), which says that Moses sent them back, so it may be better to make a translation similar to the UST, which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s **toward** is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ EXO 5 3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים 1 God of the Hebrews Th EXO 5 3 kclj figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It excludes Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 4 cb7w figs-quotemarks לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to express his anger toward Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 5 4 fiw9 figs-youdual לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 5 nqbe figs-aside וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been commenting to himself, or he may have only thought this statement silently; either way, it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) EXO 5 5 todi הֵן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahwe EXO 12 14 fa9q וְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application. EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 Here, **this day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “Surely” or “Indeed” -EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) the person must leave. Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) the person is no longer an Israelite. Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) the person must die. Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 12 15 enw3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 As noted in the previous note, the metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. By whom that person will be cut off is not specified; it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 15 eqzu grammar-collectivenouns מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 12 16 bzj6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 an assembly that is set apart to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ EXO 12 23 uu61 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ EXO 12 23 onpu עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֑ת 1 Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). EXO 12 24 v7z5 הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 this event These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. EXO 12 24 bzm0 figs-youcrowd לְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 12 24 ch73 figs-gendernotations וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **sons** includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 12 24 ch73 figs-gendernotations וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **sons** includes everyone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 25 l8ls הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 this act of worship Here, **this service** refers to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. EXO 12 26 hbh4 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **your sons** refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 26 odj0 figs-quotesinquotes אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -1130,23 +1130,23 @@ EXO 13 17 cv8n writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 This marks the transition EXO 13 17 pum6 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠לֹא־נָחָ֣⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים דֶּ֚רֶךְ אֶ֣רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים כִּ֥י קָר֖וֹב ה֑וּא 1 The route on which God took the Israelites was not the expected route. In some languages you may need to put the portion that describes the expectation first. Alternate translation: “although it was nearby, God did not lead them by way of the land of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) EXO 13 17 upop grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָ⁠עָ֛ם בִּ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם מִלְחָמָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁ֥בוּ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 13 17 fjvz יִנָּחֵ֥ם 1 Alternate translation: “turn back” -EXO 13 18 c4tw וַ⁠חֲמֻשִׁ֛ים 1 The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army” +EXO 13 18 c4tw וַ⁠חֲמֻשִׁ֛ים 1 The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle,” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army” EXO 13 19 cxyk וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Joseph’s bones. EXO 13 19 dnlp פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הַעֲלִיתֶ֧ם אֶת־עַצְמֹתַ֛⁠י מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this. -EXO 13 20 qob9 מִ⁠סֻּכֹּ֑ת וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֣וּ בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham” -EXO 13 20 xq5d translate-names בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 camped at Etham **Etham** was possibly located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 13 20 qob9 מִ⁠סֻּכֹּ֑ת וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֣וּ בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “from a place named Succoth, and they camped at a place named Etham” +EXO 13 20 xq5d translate-names בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 camped at Etham **Etham** was possibly located south of the route heading toward the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 13 21 yi2p figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠יהוָ֡ה הֹלֵךְ֩ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֨ם 1 Here, **before their faces** means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 21 jnv8 בְּ⁠עַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙…בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ 1 pillar of cloud…pillar of fire The possessive here indicates characteristic. The **cloud** and **fire** looked like a **pillar**. Alternate translation: “in a cloud that looked like a pillar … in a fire that looked like a pillar” or “in a pillar-shaped cloud … in a pillar-shaped fire” EXO 13 21 nr02 לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “to be light for them” -EXO 13 21 i7yl grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה 1 They could travel by either day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])


+EXO 13 21 i7yl grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה 1 They could travel either by day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n\n EXO 13 22 iiuj עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְ⁠עַמּ֥וּד הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה 1 See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 13 22 qxks figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”
Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Pharaoh’s chariots

These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”\nThroughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Pharaoh’s chariots\n\nThese chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nThe Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) EXO 14 2 b5qq figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֮ 1 This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 2 mb4e translate-names פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 14 2 ue2o figs-quotations בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 14 2 c9r8 figs-youdual תַחֲנ֖וּ 1 You are to camp Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land, and the wilderness has closed in on them”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 14 3 tz6j figs-personification סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 The wilderness has closed in on them Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 14 4 dv62 figs-metaphor וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮ 1 I will harden Pharaoh’s heart This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 4 tw2m וְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 he will pursue them Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites” @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ EXO 14 4 a7m2 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ EXO 14 4 dms1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן 1 So the Israelites camped as they were instructed This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 14 5 t4cn figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 When the king of Egypt was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 had fled Alternate translation: “had run away” -EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes toward the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 5 go8u figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 5 wljw אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “against the Israelites” EXO 14 5 v236 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us. They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1163,19 +1163,19 @@ EXO 14 5 kw4x figs-quotemarks מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽ EXO 14 5 dnj3 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 7 ry11 translate-numbers שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת 1 He took six hundred chosen chariots Alternate translation: “six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 14 7 g2d9 וְ⁠שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם 1 The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men” -EXO 14 8 a1r1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Yahweh hardened the heart of Pharaoh This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 14 8 a1r1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Yahweh hardened the heart of Pharaoh This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were "strong." If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 8 doa5 בְּ⁠יָ֥ד רָמָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “boldly” or “defiantly” -EXO 14 9 x9x0 כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠פָרָשָׁ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֵיל֑⁠וֹ 1 It is unclear exactly what the groupings here are. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his foot soldiers” +EXO 14 9 x9x0 כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠פָרָשָׁ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֵיל֑⁠וֹ 1 It is unclear exactly what the groupings are here. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh and his horsemen and his foot soldiers” EXO 14 9 q0jo writing-pronouns אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 14 9 sb7x translate-names פִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת…בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Baal Zephon These are places on Egypt’s eastern border. See how you translated them in [Exodus 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 14 10 s1xa figs-synecdoche וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה הִקְרִ֑יב 1 When Pharaoh came close Here, **Pharaoh** represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh and his army approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 14 10 vyp9 וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֩ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת־עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 Alternate translation: “and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back” -EXO 14 10 qcy1 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 they were terrified **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very surprising. +EXO 14 10 qcy1 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 they were terrified Here, **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very surprising. EXO 14 11 vzw5 figs-rquestion הַֽ⁠מִ⁠בְּלִ֤י אֵין־קְבָרִים֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם לְקַחְתָּ֖⁠נוּ לָ⁠מ֣וּת בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 Is it because there were no graves in Egypt, that you have taken us away to die in the wilderness? The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 14 11 x4n2 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Why have you treated us like this, bringing us out of Egypt? The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 14 12 itb2 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ אֵלֶ֤י⁠ךָ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 Is this not what we told you in Egypt? The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 14 12 ix25 figs-quotations בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר חֲדַ֥ל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה אֶת־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 We said to you, ‘Leave us alone, so we can work for the Egyptians.’ The portion following **saying** can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could work for the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 14 13 phy1 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠רְאוּ֙ אֶת־יְשׁוּעַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “and see that Yahweh will save you, he will do that for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 14 12 itb2 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ אֵלֶ֤י⁠ךָ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 Is this not what we told you in Egypt? The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 14 12 ix25 figs-quotations בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר חֲדַ֥ל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה אֶת־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 We said to you, ‘Leave us alone, so we can work for the Egyptians.’ The portion following **saying** can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could serve the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 14 13 phy1 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠רְאוּ֙ אֶת־יְשׁוּעַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “and see that Yahweh will save you; he will do that for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 14 13 l615 figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ⁠עָם֮ 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 14](../14/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 13 rrd4 לֹ֥א תֹסִ֛יפוּ לִ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם ע֖וֹד עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 provide for you This statement is very extended for emphasis on its certainty. Alternate translation: “you will not see them again forever” EXO 14 14 vcdc figs-rpronouns יְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם 1 The form **Yahweh himself** is reflexive, emphasizing what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) @@ -1184,8 +1184,8 @@ EXO 14 15 zsgk figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Why are you, Moses, cont EXO 14 15 a727 figs-rquestion מַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me? Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 14 16 stla הָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠נְטֵ֧ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 divide it in two See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding **hand** and **staff**. EXO 14 16 t3e4 וּ⁠בְקָעֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 divide it in two Alternate translation: “and divide the sea into two parts” -EXO 14 17 z5ub וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Be aware **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do” -EXO 14 17 qd3l figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 14 17 z5ub וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Be aware Here, **behold me** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do” +EXO 14 17 qd3l figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts This means that God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were "strong." If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 17 asz9 וְ⁠יָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 so they will go after them Alternate translation: “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites” EXO 14 17 hjyh figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 14 17 asfq figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 so they will go after them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ EXO 14 19 hsih figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה…מִ⁠פּ EXO 14 19 m1do עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ 1 so they will go after them See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 14 19 ysv9 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so they will go after them This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 20 jyz2 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so one side did not come near the other This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 14 20 c4u5 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַ⁠יָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 so one side did not come near the other Alternate translation: “and the cloud became dark and light all night” +EXO 14 20 c4u5 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַ⁠יָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 so one side did not come near the other Alternate translation: “And the cloud became dark and light all night” EXO 14 21 qbzp וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט מֹשֶׁ֣ה אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֮ עַל־הַ⁠יָּם֒ 1 east wind See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 14 21 dfx5 בְּ⁠ר֨וּחַ קָדִ֤ים 1 east wind An **east wind** originates in the east and blows towards the west. EXO 14 21 f9zh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 the waters were divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1207,86 +1207,86 @@ EXO 14 25 qzkw figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Thei EXO 14 26 dfg1 figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 26 p5ds figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו׃ 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 14 26 pw8g נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 14 26 d46y writing-pronouns עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots, and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 14 26 d46y writing-pronouns עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 14 27 wn3q וַ⁠יֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֗ם 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 14 27 cosa figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 27 h64r figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 14 27 h64r figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting toward the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 28 o9qo figs-litotes לֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EXO 14 30 zvbe grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the seashore Alternate translation: “on the land along the edge of the sea” EXO 14 31 o1oc grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 on the seashore This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 31 np6s figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה 1 on the seashore Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \\[Yahweh’s\\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \\[him\\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \\[to\\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) +EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings in his own language.\n\n### Structure\n\nThis song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:\n\n* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)\n* B - because he defeats our enemies\n\nThe song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.\n\nHere is an outline of the structure according to this model:\n\n* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):\n * 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”\n * 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”\n * 2-3: a\n * 4-5: b\n* Section 2:\n * 6a: A\n * 6b: B\n * 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”\n * 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”\n* Section 3:\n * 11: A\n * 12: B\n * 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”\n * 13a-17: b\n* 18: finale\n\nAlternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:\n\n* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”\n* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”\n* 2c-3: a\n* 4-5: b\n\n### Themes:\n\nThere are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.\n\n* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.\n * The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \\[Yahweh’s\\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case, Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.\n * In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \\[him\\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).\n* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).\n* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).\n* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.\n* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.\n* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.\n* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).\n* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).\n* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.\n * **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)\n * **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)\n * Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people\n* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:\n * A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid\n * B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid\n * C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid\n * C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid\n * B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid\n * A’: 16a: people *become* afraid\n* In section three, there is another parallel structure:\n * [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by\n * v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)\n * v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \\[to\\] the place … you made\n * v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Israelite’s discontent\n\nIn [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.\n\n### Yahweh’s laws\n\nIn verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Alternate translation: “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 1 cr5u figs-genericnoun ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 the horse and its rider This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +EXO 15 1 cr5u figs-genericnoun ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 the horse and its rider This refers to many or all of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) EXO 15 1 ex3p וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 rider Here, **rider** could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling. EXO 15 2 pb23 figs-metaphor עָזִּ֤⁠י…יָ֔הּ 1 Yahweh is my strength Moses is expressing the help that he gets from Yahweh by equating Yahweh with **strength**. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh’s strengthening help. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is the one who gives me strength” or “Yah is the strong one who protects me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 2 vk6l figs-metaphor וְ⁠זִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ 1 song Moses calls Yahweh his **song** because Yahweh is the one he sings about or because Yahweh causes him to sing. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh being a song of joy. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is … the one I sing about” or “Yah makes … me sing joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 2 kbv7 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לִ֖⁠י לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָ֑ה 1 he has become my salvation Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh’s saving power. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 2 rgtu figs-parallelism זֶ֤ה אֵלִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אַנְוֵ֔⁠הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲרֹמְמֶֽ⁠נְהוּ 1 he has become my salvation These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 15 2 kbv7 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לִ֖⁠י לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָ֑ה 1 he has become my salvation Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh’s saving power. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and he has saved me” or “and he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 2 rgtu figs-parallelism זֶ֤ה אֵלִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אַנְוֵ֔⁠הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲרֹמְמֶֽ⁠נְהוּ 1 he has become my salvation These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language, you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 3 p1d5 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is a warrior Moses calls Yahweh a **man of war** because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 4 pc8d figs-parallelism מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם וּ⁠מִבְחַ֥ר שָֽׁלִשָׁ֖י⁠ו טֻבְּע֥וּ בְ⁠יַם־סֽוּף 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea These lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaoh’s army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 4 p8w6 figs-metaphor מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea Moses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaoh’s chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them **into the sea.** If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 5 yefe figs-parallelism תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑⁠מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃ 1 they went down into the depths like a stone These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them; because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 15 5 yefe figs-parallelism תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑⁠מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃ 1 they went down into the depths like a stone These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 5 nqe4 figs-simile יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן 1 they went down into the depths like a stone Just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 6 jx52 figs-parallelism יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious; Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful; Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 6 rmd4 figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 i2x4 figs-parallelism תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 those who rose up against you These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 those who rose up against you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective, respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 those who rose up against you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective, respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 15 7 nd3t figs-metaphor קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 those who rose up against you Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as **rising up against** him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 kst4 חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Alternate translation: “your wrath” or “your fury” -EXO 15 7 glq7 figs-personification תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 15 7 glq7 figs-personification תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You act according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 7 a5x7 figs-metaphor יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃ 1 it consumed them like stubble Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like **stubble** in a fire. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 7 guap figs-simile יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EXO 15 7 guap figs-simile יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devours the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 8 ic8v figs-personification וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 8 qg9g figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים 1 By the blast of your nostrils If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 15 8 qg9g figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים 1 By the blast of your nostrils If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The blast from your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 15 8 tguh figs-parallelism נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים קָֽפְא֥וּ תְהֹמֹ֖ת בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils These lines are synonymous parallels where each line means basically the same thing, but each gives the reader a different poetic image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 8 uevt figs-metaphor בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” +EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse or to recapturing them as slaves or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen or to keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people) or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 But you blew with your wind Moses spoke about God making the **wind** blow as if God **blew** the wind through his nose or mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 10 f7d3 figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים 1 sank like lead in the mighty waters **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EXO 15 10 f7d3 figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים 1 sank like lead in the mighty waters **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how quickly God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 11 wq2s figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 15 11 pp57 figs-rquestion מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא 1 Who is like you,…doing miracles? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 15 12 cid8 figs-metonymy יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 with your right hand The phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 12 bkg2 figs-metaphor נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You reached out with your right hand Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God **reached out** with his** hand**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 12 g7bv figs-personification תִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ 1 the earth swallowed them Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with its mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 15 12 g7bv figs-personification תִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ 1 the earth swallowed them Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with its mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devours them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 13 cvea figs-parallelism נָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 the earth swallowed them These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things, but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 14 qlpy figs-parallelism 0 tremble Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 14 zi1m יִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן 1 tremble This means to shake because you are afraid. -EXO 15 14 uqf7 figs-personification חִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia Moses speaks of **terror** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 15 14 zi1m יִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן 1 tremble This means to shake with fear. +EXO 15 14 uqf7 figs-personification חִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia Moses speaks of **anguish** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 15 qyix figs-personification אֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲזֵ֖⁠מוֹ רָ֑עַד 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia Moses speaks of **trembling** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Moab will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 15 ya48 figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 will melt away Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 16 nk67 figs-doublet תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 15 16 kbt5 figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּ⁠גְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Because of your arm’s power Yahweh’s **arm** represents his great strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן 1 they will become as still as a stone Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן 1 they will become as still as a stone This could mean: (1) “they will be silent like stone” or (2) “they will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 17 n5i5 figs-explicit תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ 1 You will bring them Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 15 17 u26j figs-go תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ 1 You will bring them Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 15 17 t6wg figs-metaphor וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 plant them on the mountain Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain of” or “let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 17 t6wg figs-metaphor וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 plant them on the mountain Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you will settle them on the mountain of” or “and you will let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 17 p7kb בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 the mountain of your inheritance This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan. EXO 15 17 ie26 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 of your inheritance Moses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 17 ytz3 figs-metonymy כּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽי⁠ךָ׃ 1 that your hands have built The phrase **your hands** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 18 ue6p יְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְ⁠עֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד 1 that your hands have built Alternate translation: “Yahweh reigns forever and ever” -EXO 15 20 gam2 translate-unknown הַ⁠תֹּ֖ף…בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים 1 tambourine This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 15 20 hut1 figs-hyperbole וַ⁠תֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠הָ בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים וּ⁠בִ⁠מְחֹלֹֽת 1 tambourine Here, **all** may be a generalization, it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 15 20 gam2 translate-unknown הַ⁠תֹּ֖ף…בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים 1 tambourine A **tambourine** is a hand-held musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a metallic rattling sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 15 20 hut1 figs-hyperbole וַ⁠תֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠הָ בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים וּ⁠בִ⁠מְחֹלֹֽת 1 tambourine Here, **all** may be a generalization; it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 15 21 f6m3 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 15 21 hvu1 figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 The horse and his rider he has thrown into the sea Miriam sang about God causing the **sea** to cover and drown the **horse and the one riding it **as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 21 hvu1 figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 The horse and his rider he has thrown into the sea Miriam sang about God causing the **sea** to cover and drown the **horse and the one riding it** as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 22 iw9n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Moses led Israel The word **Israel** represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 15 22 c7pe translate-names מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר 1 wilderness of Shur We do not know the exact location of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 15 23 a9pv translate-names מָרָ֔תָ⁠ה 1 Marah We do not know the exact location of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 15 23 a9pv translate-names מָרָ֔תָ⁠ה 1 Marah We do not know the exact location of **Marah**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 24 n64m וַ⁠יִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 complained to Moses and said **Murmur** is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses” EXO 15 26 l2hx figs-123person לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 15 26 oh8c figs-metonymy לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 26 sq5x figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה 1 do what is right in his eyes The **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 do what is right in his eyes The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 do what is right in his eyes The **ear** represents listening, and listening represents obeying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-metaphor כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have **diseases** as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה 1 Elim This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה 1 Elim **Elim** is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy Alternate translation: “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaints

After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Prohibition against storing food

The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Sabbath

This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Bread as food

Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Chronology

[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).

### Ark of the covenant

Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 16 1 gw67 translate-names סִ֔ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1294,9 +1294,9 @@ EXO 16 1 h44x translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ EXO 16 1 u2aq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month Alternate translation: “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 16 2 h938 figs-hyperbole וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 The whole community of Israelites complained Here, **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 16 2 nx6f וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ 1 complained Alternate translation: “And … were angry and spoke” -EXO 16 3 nwy6 figs-hypo מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤⁠נוּ 1 If only we had died This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Translate it in way that makes it clear that this did not actually happen. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +EXO 16 3 nwy6 figs-hypo מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤⁠נוּ 1 If only we had died This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Translate it in a way that makes it clear that this did not actually happen. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) EXO 16 3 g1n1 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יַד־יְהוָה֙ 1 by Yahweh’s hand The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 16 4 kls5 figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 I will rain down bread from heaven for you God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 16 4 kls5 figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 I will rain down bread from heaven for you God speaks of food coming **down from heaven** as if it were rain. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 16 4 yew5 בְּ⁠תוֹרָתִ֖⁠י 1 my law Alternate translation: “in my instruction” EXO 16 5 p1f6 וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְ⁠הֵכִ֖ינוּ 1 It will come about on the sixth day, that they Alternate translation: “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare” EXO 16 5 cl74 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י 1 on the sixth day Alternate translation: “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ EXO 16 9 pqgo figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽ EXO 16 10 q4ax וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahweh’s glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EXO 16 10 b6rp וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that the people saw something interesting. EXO 16 13 aas8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 It came about…that This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -EXO 16 13 eu1x translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׂלָ֔ו 1 quails These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 16 13 eu1x translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׂלָ֔ו 1 quails The word **quail** means a type of small, plump game bird. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 16 14 k5lb translate-unknown כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 16 14 jern figs-simile כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 16 16 gotf אִ֖ישׁ לְ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ 1 omer Alternate translation: “according to how much each will eat” @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ EXO 16 21 jd5t אִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ 1 omer Altern EXO 16 22 nrx8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 16 22 xk6x translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֗י 1 on the sixth day Alternate translation: “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 16 22 zj1u מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 twice Alternate translation: “two times as much” -EXO 16 22 f4j9 לֶ֨חֶם֙ 1 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. +EXO 16 22 f4j9 לֶ֨חֶם֙ 1 bread This refers to the **bread** that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. EXO 16 23 wc4a שַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 a solemn rest Alternate translation: “is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh” EXO 16 24 y4d9 וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִבְאִ֔ישׁ 1 did not become foul Alternate translation: “And it did not smell rotten” EXO 16 25 pr1p כִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 today is a day reserved as a Sabbath to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working” @@ -1335,14 +1335,14 @@ EXO 16 29 x6gh יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 bread Alternate translation: “for 2 days EXO 16 31 r1a5 translate-unknown כְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 coriander seed **Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds, grind them into a powder, and put it in food to add flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 16 31 vrl4 כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת 1 wafers **Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers. EXO 16 33 ggba figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 0 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant** which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 0 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant**, which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 16 34 jzcz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah An **omer** and an **ephah** are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EXO 16 36 a9uh translate-fraction וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])


### Naming

As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. +EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\n\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n\n### Naming\n\nAs in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 wilderness of Sin A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** is a refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 17 1 j1fm translate-names בִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you speaking against me? And why are you trying to test whether Yahweh is able to give you what you need?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 17 3 cz24 figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why did you bring us up out of Egypt? Did you bring us here to cause us and our children and animals to die because we have no water to drink?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1350,46 +1350,46 @@ EXO 17 6 nspc figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ 1 To kill us and our chil EXO 17 7 x5an translate-names מַסָּ֖ה 1 Massah **Massah** is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 7 hw7y translate-names וּ⁠מְרִיבָ֑ה 1 Meribah **Meribah** is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 7 m55e אִם־אָֽיִן 1 Meribah In some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case. -EXO 17 8 nyt1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Rephidim A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

+EXO 17 8 nyt1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Rephidim A new scene begins here which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n\n EXO 17 8 hi3u grammar-collectivenouns עֲמָלֵ֑ק…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Rephidim **Amalek** and **Israel** are both collective nouns that refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 17 8 srdq writing-participants עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Rephidim **Amalek** or the Amalekites are a completely new participant in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 17 8 rv14 translate-names בִּ⁠רְפִידִֽם 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 9 dscc writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ 1 Rephidim **Joshua** is a completely new participant in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. He is a major character, but not really in Exodus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 17 9 dscc writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ 1 Rephidim **Joshua** is a completely new participant in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Later he becomes a major character, but not really in the book of Exodus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 17 10 ca3g figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר אָֽמַר־ל⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה לְ⁠הִלָּחֵ֖ם בַּ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 So Joshua fought Amalek **Joshua** represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. Alternate translation: “And, as Moses instructed, Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 17 10 wy51 translate-names וְ⁠ח֔וּר 1 Hur This was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 10 itcx writing-participants וְ⁠ח֔וּר 1 Hur **Hur** is a new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 17 11 x5ex figs-synecdoche וְ⁠גָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…וְ⁠גָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק 1 Israel was winning…Amalek would begin to win The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-idiom וִ⁠ידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 hands became heavy The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands **became heavy**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 17 10 wy51 translate-names וְ⁠ח֔וּר 1 Hur **Hur** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 17 10 itcx writing-participants וְ⁠ח֔וּר 1 Hur **Hur** is a new participant in the story, which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 17 11 x5ex figs-synecdoche וְ⁠גָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…וְ⁠גָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק 1 Israel was winning…Amalek would begin to win The words **Israel** and **Amalek** represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-idiom וִ⁠ידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 hands became heavy The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his **hands became heavy**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 17 12 js2p מִ⁠זֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד 1 hands became heavy Alternate translation: “one on one side, and one on the other” EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב 1 with the sword The **sword** represents battle. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek The Amalekites are referred to by naming their ancestor. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽ⁠י 1 Amalek **Banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon” -EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah” +EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽ⁠י 1 Amalek A **banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon” +EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult, and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the Hebrew preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah” EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Amalek This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek” -EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leadership lessons

Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])


## Possible translation difficulties

### Order of events

The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).

### Verse 11

[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.

### God and Yahweh

For this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.

### Kinship: Father-in-law

Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])


### Participant reference

Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). -EXO 18 1 nl86 translate-kinship חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses’ father-in-law This refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s, choose the appropriate one here. Note also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -EXO 18 2 zw6h וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah. -EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ 1 after he had sent her home This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 18 3 khs1 וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 and her two sons This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons. -EXO 18 3 k4mb translate-names גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 Gershom This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” See [2:22](../02/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 18 4 xi35 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר 1 Eliezer This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Leadership lessons\n\nJethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### Order of events\n\nThe timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and, whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).\n\n### Verse 11\n\n[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.\n\n### God and Yahweh\n\nIn this chapter, God, who is named Yahweh in much of the rest of the book, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.\n\n### Kinship: Father-in-law\n\nJethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n\n\n### Participant reference\n\nJethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly (referred to by name) an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). Frequent use of his name is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). +EXO 18 1 nl86 translate-kinship חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses’ father-in-law The label, **father-in-law of Moses** refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s father-in-law, choose the appropriate one here. Note the use of this term also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +EXO 18 2 zw6h וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah. +EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ 1 after he had sent her home This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 18 3 khs1 וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 and her two sons This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons. +EXO 18 3 k4mb translate-names גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 Gershom **Gershom** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “foreigner.” See [2:22](../02/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 18 4 xi35 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר 1 Eliezer **Eliezer** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword The phrase **from the sword of Pharaoh** represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 5 zzab וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו 1 where he was camped Alternate translation: “with his sons” EXO 18 7 s5p2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק־ל֔⁠וֹ 1 bowed down, and kissed him These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 18 8 rkq2 figs-metonymy עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 for Israel’s sake The word **Israel** represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 8 a1ra figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַ⁠ם 1 all the hardships that had come to them Moses writes of **hardships** happening to them as if hardships had discovered where they were. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 11 kmk7 כִּ֣י בַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh **Because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did” -EXO 18 11 ljj6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites. This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bring judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 18 11 kmk7 כִּ֣י בַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did” +EXO 18 11 ljj6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites. This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bringing judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 12 voi9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 13 ni2b writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 18 13 ano2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֣ט 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “all day” EXO 18 14 bax5 figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 What is this that you are doing with the people? Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you doing all this for the people? Why are you doing this by yourself, and why are all the people standing around you from the morning until the evening, asking you to make decisions for them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you doing all this for the people? Why are you doing this by yourself, and why are all the people standing around you from morning until evening, asking you to make decisions for them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 14 tiqs figs-explicit נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. You could state that explicitly if it would be more clear. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 18 jtd2 נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל 1 You will surely wear yourselves out Alternate translation: “You will surely make yourself very tired” @@ -1400,26 +1400,26 @@ EXO 18 19 w4r8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ אַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הַ EXO 18 20 w3vf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ יֵ֣לְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ 1 You must show them the way to walk Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 21 p5ap וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה 1 Furthermore, you must choose Alternate translation: “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out” EXO 18 21 n936 figs-metaphor וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 21 xprc writing-pronouns וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is placing the good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 18 21 d2hv translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 18 21 xprc writing-pronouns וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is advised to place good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 18 21 d2hv translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 18 22 y5n2 figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 22 vnvh וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you This is a command. Alternate translation: “Make your work less” or “Lessen your work” -EXO 18 22 u42p figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 they will carry the burden with you Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry and make lighter for Moses by helping him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “Make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 22 vnvh וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro is ending his proposal with the good result that should come from it, less work for Moses. Alternate translation: “and make your work less” or “and lessen your work” +EXO 18 22 u42p figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 they will carry the burden with you Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry beside Moses and make lighter for Moses by helping him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “and make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 23 wyq4 וְ⁠יָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד 1 endure Alternate translation: “then you will not wear yourself out” -EXO 18 23 bt5p כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖⁠וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 endure Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony” +EXO 18 23 bt5p כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖⁠וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 endure Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous, it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony” EXO 18 25 n2ws figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 heads over the people Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the **head** of a body. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 25 tb18 figs-explicit אַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙ 1 capable men What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 18 26 abx4 וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת 1 judged the people in normal circumstances Alternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances” EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 26 ve8h הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן 1 the small cases Alternate translation: “easy case” -EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “A kingdom of priests”

The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Revealing the Law

The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])


### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people

Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. +EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “A kingdom of priests”\n\nThe function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Revealing the law\n\nThe events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n\n### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people\n\nMoses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, and then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. EXO 19 1 r5tj translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 In the third month…on the same day This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month … on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 19 2 nk51 translate-names מֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 19 3 kgev figs-parallelism תֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the house of Jacob, the people of Israel These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 19 3 kgev figs-parallelism תֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the house of Jacob, the people of Israel These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect, as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 19 4 z9i6 figs-you אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם 1 You have seen The word **you** here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 19 4 l1do figs-quotemarks 0 You have seen A second-level direct quotation begins with this verse and continues until the middle of [verse 6](../19/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 19 4 b7ph figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים 1 I carried you on eagles’ wings God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an **eagle** and carried them on his **wings**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 19 4 b7ph figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים 1 I carried you on eagles’ wings God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his **wings**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ how I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 5 c767 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י 1 my voice God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” or “to my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 5 fh8e וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֑⁠י 1 keep my covenant Alternate translation: “and do what my covenant requires you to do” EXO 19 5 ifv6 סְגֻלָּה֙ 1 special possession Alternate translation: “treasure” @@ -1439,35 +1439,35 @@ EXO 19 12 kis1 figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ⁠ה EXO 19 13 l9ak figs-metonymy לֹא־תִגַּ֨ע בּ֜⁠וֹ יָ֗ד 1 such a person Here, **hand** is a metonym for any part of a person. Alternate translation: “No person shall touch that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 13 k35k figs-activepassive סָק֤וֹל יִסָּקֵל֙ אוֹ־יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 he must certainly be stoned or shot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 19 13 vw19 יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 shot This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot. -EXO 19 13 ezpm figs-go יַעֲל֥וּ 1 shot If you translate this with come or go, consider which would be the correct perspective for your language and the text context. Yahweh is speaking, so “come up” is valid, however, the people will be the ones moving so “go up” is as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +EXO 19 13 ezpm figs-go יַעֲל֥וּ 1 shot If you translate this with come or go, consider which would be the correct perspective for your language and the text context. Yahweh is speaking, so “come up” is valid; however, the people will be the ones moving, so “go up” is valid as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 19 15 bw2p figs-euphemism אַֽל־תִּגְּשׁ֖וּ אֶל־אִשָּֽׁה 1 do not go near your wives This is a polite way of talking about sexual relations. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 19 15 z0aq אִשָּֽׁה 1 do not go near your wives This word means both “woman” and “wife.” Context dictates the correct translation. Since wife would make it a narrower command, **woman** was chosen here. EXO 19 18 m1b5 יָרַ֥ד…יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh descended Alternate translation: “Yahweh came down” EXO 19 18 a8p7 figs-simile כְּ⁠עֶ֣שֶׁן הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֔ן 1 like the smoke of a furnace This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 19 19 m8ae הוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְ⁠חָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד 1 grew louder and louder Alternate translation: “continued to become louder and louder” -EXO 19 19 f5e6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠קֽוֹל 1 in a voice The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 19 19 f5e6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠קֽוֹל 1 in a voice The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. This could mean: (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 20 zx5p figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֧רֶד…וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל 1 in a voice You may need to consider your language’s rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 19 21 d2qm figs-metaphor פֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ 1 not to break through God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 21 oht2 figs-euphemism וְ⁠נָפַ֥ל 1 not to break through **Fall** is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +EXO 19 21 oht2 figs-euphemism וְ⁠נָפַ֥ל 1 not to break through Here, **fall** is a euphemism for dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 19 22 pq8j figs-metaphor יִפְרֹ֥ץ בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 not to break through Yahweh’s anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** through a boundary. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh kills them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 23 gagp figs-quotesinquotes בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הַגְבֵּ֥ל אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֖ר וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 not to break through This quoted command could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “us to set boundaries on the mountain to keep it separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 19 24 w8lx לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד 1 get down Alternate translation: “go down” +EXO 19 24 w8lx לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד 1 get down Alternate translation: “Go down” EXO 19 24 bk6p figs-metaphor אַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ 1 break through the barrier God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might **break** down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 24 p1yq figs-metaphor יִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם 1 break through the barrier Yahweh’s anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** through a boundary. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant

Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])


### Form of you

The singular form of you is used in the commandments, however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if you language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Covenant\n\nYahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n\n### Form of you\n\nThe singular form of you is used in the commandments; however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) EXO 20 2 qg71 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 house of slavery Yahweh speaks of **Egypt** as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 20 3 r9h3 לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ 1 You must have no other gods before me Alternate translation: “You must not worship any other gods besides me” -EXO 20 4 s7n3 figs-merism וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֔עַל וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠תָּ֑חַת וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 nor the likeness This list means, all created things wherever they are. Alternate translation: “nor anything that looks like anything created whether that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 20 4 s7n3 figs-merism וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֔עַל וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠תָּ֑חַת וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 nor the likeness This list means all created things wherever they are. Alternate translation: “nor anything that looks like anything created, whether that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 20 4 rkn1 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה 1 nor the likeness Alternate translation: “nor anything looking like something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 20 5 ka3i writing-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 You must not bow down to them or worship them The word **them** refers to carved figures or idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 20 5 s2ia translate-ordinal עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 20 5 s2ia translate-ordinal עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “to generations 3 and 4” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “and even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 20 5 hx93 figs-ellipsis בָּנִ֛ים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by **sons**. Alternate translation: “the sons down to the third and fourth generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 20 6 u9nc figs-abstractnouns חֶ֖סֶד 1 I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me The abstract noun **faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 20 6 oyh7 figs-ellipsis לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by the previous verse. However, this may not be the case, therefore two notes following deal with either possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 20 6 u9nc figs-abstractnouns חֶ֖סֶד 1 I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me The abstract noun **faithfulness** can be restated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 20 6 oyh7 figs-ellipsis לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by the previous verse. However, this may not be the case; therefore, two notes following deal with either possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 20 6 k52w לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations” EXO 20 6 xp5k figs-hyperbole לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Option 1: This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 20 6 yw38 figs-metonymy לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים לְ⁠אֹהֲבַ֖⁠י 1 to thousands of those who love me Option 2: The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to innumerable people who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 20 7 o96b תִשָּׂ֛א…יִשָּׂ֥א 1 take the name of Yahweh your God To **lift up**, take, or use the name of Yahweh (with emptiness, i.e. improperly) covers many sorts of speaking or invoking his name, or making a claim to him, or attempting to manipulate him, or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term. +EXO 20 7 o96b תִשָּׂ֛א…יִשָּׂ֥א 1 take the name of Yahweh your God To **lift up**, take, or use the name of Yahweh (with emptiness, i.e. improperly) covers many sorts of speaking or invoking his name or making a claim to him or attempting to manipulate him or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term. EXO 20 7 t3k2 לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 take the name of Yahweh your God Alternate translation: “You must not use the name of Yahweh your God” EXO 20 7 gcz2 לַ⁠שָּׁ֑וְא…לַ⁠שָּֽׁוְא 1 in vain Alternate translation: “carelessly” or “without proper respect” EXO 20 7 sl6g figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙ 1 I will not hold guiltless This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -1479,156 +1479,156 @@ EXO 20 14 wyv9 לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף 1 You must not commit adultery Alter EXO 20 16 zix8 לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֵעֲ⁠ךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר 1 must not give false testimony Alternate translation: “You must not speak a false report against your neighbor” EXO 20 17 vt9t לֹ֥א תַחְמֹ֖ד 1 must not covet Alternate translation: “You must not strongly want to have” or “You must not want to take” EXO 20 18 nm52 הָ⁠הָ֖ר עָשֵׁ֑ן 1 the mountain smoking Alternate translation: “the smoky mountain” -EXO 20 18 lmt5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֔עוּ 1 they trembled Alternate translation: “they shook with fear” -EXO 20 18 h53m וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽ⁠רָחֹֽק 1 stood far off Alternate translation: “stood far away” +EXO 20 18 lmt5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֔עוּ 1 they trembled Alternate translation: “and they shook with fear” +EXO 20 18 h53m וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽ⁠רָחֹֽק 1 stood far off Alternate translation: “and stood far away” EXO 20 20 slb8 וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲב֗וּר תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י תֶחֱטָֽאוּ 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin Alternate translation: “so that you will honor him and not sin” EXO 20 20 hocw figs-metaphor תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin Here, **fear** is spoken of as something that could be on their faces. It may mean they would have such a fear that their attitude could be seen on their faces. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “reverence for him will show on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 21 lts1 וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ 1 Moses approached Alternate translation: “and Moses went closer to” +EXO 20 21 lts1 וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ 1 Moses approached Alternate translation: “and Moses moved closer,” EXO 20 22 ayom figs-quotemarks אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם 1 Moses approached A second-level direct quotation begins here that continues until the [end of the chapter](../20/26.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 20 23 qm44 אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 gods of silver or gods of gold Alternate translation: “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold” -EXO 20 24 pf1i מִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮ 1 earthen altar An altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay. +EXO 20 24 pf1i מִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮ 1 earthen altar The phrase **an alter of earth** means an altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay. EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 cause my name to be honored Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 20 24 zmc4 figs-activepassive אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 cause my name to be honored If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 20 26 qm1b figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 20 26 e28y figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 20 24 zmc4 figs-activepassive אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 cause my name to be honored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 20 26 qm1b figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter, you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 20 26 e28y figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 20 26 h2qd עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 your nakedness Alternate translation: “your private parts” -EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes

This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.

## Structure:

- 1: Introduction
- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves
- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves
- 12-17: Capital crimes
- 18-36: Liability laws
* 18-27: Regarding human violence
* 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals

## Translation issues in this chapter

### Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).


### Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].


### Daughters sold as servants

The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be some what confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife.

### Ransom payment

In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear. +EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes\n\nThis chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.\n\n## Structure:\n\n- 1: Introduction\n- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves\n- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves\n- 12-17: Capital crimes\n- 18-36: Liability laws\n * 18-27: Regarding human violence\n * 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\n\nThroughout the case law, a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” It is followed by a description of the situation; then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).\n\n\n### Passive construction\n\nMany portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].\n\n\n### Daughters sold as servants\n\nThe section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be somewhat confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife.\n\n### Ransom payment\n\nIn [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear. EXO 21 1 xxf4 0 you must set before them Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters. EXO 21 1 hhf7 תָּשִׂ֖ים 1 you must set before them Alternate translation: “you must give” or “you must tell” EXO 21 1 ddql figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 you must set before them Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 21 2 di5z 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel. +EXO 21 2 di5z 0 General Information: Here Yahweh begins telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. EXO 21 2 wj0e grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י תִקְנֶה֙ עֶ֣בֶד עִבְרִ֔י 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction to chapter 21](../21/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 21 3 ln3r figs-explicit אִם־בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ יָבֹ֖א בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ יֵצֵ֑א 1 If he came by himself, he must go free by himself What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 21 3 ln3r figs-explicit אִם־בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ יָבֹ֖א בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ יֵצֵ֑א 1 If he came by himself, he must go free by himself What **by himself** means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 3 pfn3 בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ…בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ 1 by himself Alternate translation: “alone” or “without a wife” EXO 21 3 e467 אִם־בַּ֤עַל אִשָּׁה֙ ה֔וּא 1 if he is married Alternate translation: “if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man” -EXO 21 5 yj8x אָמֹ֤ר יֹאמַר֙ 1 plainly says Alternate translation: “makes a statement” +EXO 21 5 yj8x אָמֹ֤ר יֹאמַר֙ 1 plainly says Alternate translation: “makes a statement, saying” EXO 21 5 jqh4 לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א חָפְשִֽׁי 1 I will not go out free Alternate translation: “I do not want my master to set me free” EXO 21 6 vnjk figs-metonymy הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 bore his ear through The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. Texts other than the standard Hebrew text support this reading. See [Exodus 22:8-9](../22/08.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 21 6 z8x1 וְ⁠רָצַ֨ע…אֶת־אָזְנ⁠וֹ֙ 1 bore his ear through Alternate translation: “will put a hole in his ear” -EXO 21 6 xpd3 בַּ⁠מַּרְצֵ֔עַ 1 awl a pointed tool used to make a hole +EXO 21 6 xpd3 בַּ⁠מַּרְצֵ֔עַ 1 awl An **awl** is a pointed tool used to make a hole EXO 21 6 k6ev לְ⁠עֹלָֽם 1 for life Alternate translation: “until the end of his life” or “until he dies” EXO 21 8 lpqh 0 has designated This verse is the first of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. EXO 21 8 p8se יְעָדָ֖⁠הּ 1 has designated Alternate translation: “has chosen” -EXO 21 8 t2zf figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶפְדָּ֑⁠הּ 1 he must let her be bought back If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 8 t2zf figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶפְדָּ֑⁠הּ 1 he must let her be bought back If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 8 h7f7 בְּ⁠בִגְד⁠וֹ־בָֽ⁠הּ 1 he has treated her deceitfully Alternate translation: “since he has deceived her” EXO 21 9 h9ni 0 he has treated her deceitfully This verse is the second of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. EXO 21 9 w99z לִ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ יִֽיעָדֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 designates her as a wife for his son Alternate translation: “he decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife” -EXO 21 9 suz0 כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַ⁠בָּנ֖וֹת יַעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠הּ 1 designates her as a wife for his son Alternate translation: “he must do to her according to the manner that daughters are customarily treated” +EXO 21 9 suz0 כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַ⁠בָּנ֖וֹת יַעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠הּ 1 designates her as a wife for his son Alternate translation: “he must do to her according to the manner in which daughters are customarily treated” EXO 21 10 i0xh 0 designates her as a wife for his son This verse and the next are the third of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. EXO 21 10 rxk4 figs-doublenegatives שְׁאֵרָ֛⁠הּ כְּסוּתָ֥⁠הּ וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ לֹ֥א יִגְרָֽע 1 he must not diminish her food, clothing, or her marital rights This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 21 10 np9b figs-euphemism וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ 1 or her marital rights This term only occurs here in the Bible. It probably means things that a husband must do for his wife. Most commentators believe it specifically means having sexual relations with her, possibly so that she can bear children. Alternate translation: “or her right to intimacy” or “or her childbearing rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 21 12 gks4 מַכֵּ֥ה אִ֛ישׁ 1 strikes a man Alternate translation: “Whoever attacks a man” -EXO 21 12 su6b figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that person must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 13 h4ka וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א צָדָ֔ה 1 did not do it with premeditation Alternate translation: “but if he did not plan to do it” or “but if he did not do it on purpose” -EXO 21 13 gme9 figs-explicit וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י לְ⁠ךָ֙ מָק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָנ֖וּס שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 I will fix a place to where he can flee The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 21 12 su6b figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that person must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 13 h4ka וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א צָדָ֔ה 1 did not do it with premeditation Alternate translation: “But if he did not plan to do it” or “But if he did not do it on purpose” +EXO 21 13 gme9 figs-explicit וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י לְ⁠ךָ֙ מָק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָנ֖וּס שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 I will fix a place to where he can flee The purpose for choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place to which he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 14 st5h בְ⁠עָרְמָ֑ה 1 according to a cunning plan Alternate translation: “after thinking carefully about it” EXO 21 14 abx6 תִּקָּחֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 must take him The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor. EXO 21 14 mvpx לָ⁠מֽוּת 1 must take him Alternate translation: “to execute him” -EXO 21 15 y3hd figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 15 y3hd figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 15 qh2j מ֥וֹת 1 must surely Alternate translation: “must certainly” -EXO 21 16 iu81 figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that kidnapper must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 17 h8qf figs-activepassive וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 17 kvbc וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death The word translated **acts contemptuously** means the opposite of “honor” (as in the commandment to honor one’s parents). Alternate translation: “Whoever acts dishonorably towards” +EXO 21 16 iu81 figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that kidnapper must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 17 h8qf figs-activepassive וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 17 kvbc וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death The word translated **acts contemptuously** means the opposite of “honor” (as in the commandment to honor one’s parents). Alternate translation: “Whoever acts dishonorably toward” EXO 21 19 c7rv יָק֞וּם 1 he recovers Alternate translation: “he gets better” EXO 21 19 tv0z וְ⁠נִקָּ֣ה 1 he recovers Alternate translation: “then … is innocent” EXO 21 19 xg6c figs-explicit שִׁבְתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 the loss of his time This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “for the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 19 ws14 וְ⁠רַפֹּ֥א יְרַפֵּֽא 1 pay for his complete recovery Alternate translation: “and for his medical costs” or “and for his costs for healing” -EXO 21 20 te41 תַּ֣חַת יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 as a result of the blow Alternate translation: “because of the injury” or “because his master hit him” -EXO 21 20 h4eg figs-activepassive נָקֹ֖ם יִנָּקֵֽם 1 that man must surely be punished If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 20 te41 תַּ֣חַת יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 as a result of the blow Alternate translation: “because of the injury” or “because the master hit him” +EXO 21 20 h4eg figs-activepassive נָקֹ֖ם יִנָּקֵֽם 1 that man must surely be punished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 21 r65u figs-explicit כִּ֥י כַסְפּ֖⁠וֹ הֽוּא 1 for he will have suffered the loss of the servant A common view is that the loss of the valuable property, the slave, is itself a punishment. It may be that the master loses the slave for a time and also has to pay for his healing, or it may be that the slave dies after a few days. You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” or “because he has already lost his servant’s work for a time and had to pay for his healing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 22 a6av וְ⁠יָצְא֣וּ יְלָדֶ֔י⁠הָ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִהְיֶ֖ה אָס֑וֹן 1 she miscarries It is not clear in the passage what happens to the child. The text is simply as in the ULT. Some have taken it to mean that the child dies because of premature birth and the **serious injury** only relates to the woman. In this case, a fine is imposed for the loss of the child. However, the text could also mean that the child is born at least mostly safely. A fine is still imposed because of the great danger to the two lives. Then the next few verses give consequences for any injury either to mother or child. +EXO 21 22 a6av וְ⁠יָצְא֣וּ יְלָדֶ֔י⁠הָ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִהְיֶ֖ה אָס֑וֹן 1 she miscarries It is not clear in the passage what happens to the child. The text is simply as in the ULT. Some have taken it to mean that the child dies because of premature birth, and the **serious injury** only relates to the woman. In this case, a fine is imposed for the loss of the child. However, the text could also mean that the child is born safely. A fine is still imposed because of the great danger to the two lives. Then the next few verses give consequences for any injury either to mother or child. EXO 21 22 w4p3 אָס֑וֹן 1 she miscarries Alternate translation: “hurt” -EXO 21 22 cn4h figs-activepassive עָנ֣וֹשׁ יֵעָנֵ֗שׁ 1 the guilty man must surely be fined If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 22 cn4h figs-activepassive עָנ֣וֹשׁ יֵעָנֵ֗שׁ 1 the guilty man must surely be fined If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 22 v5ye בִּ⁠פְלִלִֽים 1 as the judges determine Alternate translation: “what the judges decide” EXO 21 23 ya82 figs-explicit וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ה נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ 1 as the judges determine This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “you must take the killer’s life for the murdered person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 24 c5bq figs-explicit עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן 1 an eye for an eye This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “the striker’s eye for the injured person’s eye” (and etc throughout this and the next verse) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 26 i8cg אִ֜ישׁ 1 If a man Here, **man** refers to the owner of a slave. EXO 21 26 bmc1 תַּ֥חַת 1 in compensation Alternate translation: “as payment for” EXO 21 28 sp6w יִגַּ֨ח שׁ֥וֹר 1 an ox gores Alternate translation: “an ox injures with its horns” -EXO 21 28 qk3u figs-activepassive סָק֨וֹל יִסָּקֵ֜ל הַ⁠שּׁ֗וֹר 1 the ox must surely be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 28 q2gv figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֤א יֵאָכֵל֙ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 its flesh must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 29 zgll figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙ 1 its owner also must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone warned its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 28 qk3u figs-activepassive סָק֨וֹל יִסָּקֵ֜ל הַ⁠שּׁ֗וֹר 1 the ox must surely be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 28 q2gv figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֤א יֵאָכֵל֙ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 its flesh must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 29 zgll figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙ 1 its owner also must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone warned its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 29 x2y0 figs-explicit וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙ 1 its owner also must be put to death The content of the warning could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and its owner was warned that it gores” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 29 nzn1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו יוּמָֽת 1 its owner also must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 30 t5rs figs-explicit אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַן֙ פִּדְיֹ֣ן נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 If a payment is required for his life The text does not specify who will impose a ransom on the ox’s owner. Since other texts indicate that justice is retributive and performed by the dead person’s family, that is one option. Another is that the judges will impose it. One of these can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 30 py37 figs-activepassive אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו…יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 If a payment is required for his life If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. However, you must make a decision regarding who is imposing the ransom, or use an unspecified pronoun if that is possible in your language (this second option would not make sense in English). Alternate translation: “If the judges impose a ransom on him … they impose on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 29 nzn1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו יוּמָֽת 1 its owner also must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 30 t5rs figs-explicit אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַן֙ פִּדְיֹ֣ן נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 If a payment is required for his life The text does not specify who will impose a ransom on the ox’s owner. Since other texts indicate that justice is retributive and performed by the dead person’s family, that is one option. Another option is that the judges will impose it. One of these can be stated clearly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 21 30 py37 figs-activepassive אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו…יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 If a payment is required for his life If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. However, you must make a decision regarding who is imposing the ransom or use an unspecified pronoun, if that is possible in your language (This second option would not make sense in English). Alternate translation: “If the judges impose a ransom on him … they impose on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 31 kg25 יִגָּ֖ח…יִגָּ֑ח 1 has gored Alternate translation: “it injures with its horns … it injures with its horns” EXO 21 31 to8k writing-pronouns לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 has gored Here, **him** probably refers to the ox’s owner. Alternate translation: “to the owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 21 32 qzv3 translate-bmoney כֶּ֣סֶף׀ שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שְׁקָלִ֗ים 1 thirty shekels of silver A **shekel** weighed 11 grams. Alternate translation: “330 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EXO 21 32 qy0g figs-explicit אִם־עֶ֛בֶד יִגַּ֥ח הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר 1 thirty shekels of silver Because they are to kill the ox, the slave must have died. You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “If an ox kills a male servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 32 wm9a figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר יִסָּקֵֽל 1 the ox must be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 32 wm9a figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר יִסָּקֵֽל 1 the ox must be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 33 fd4p יִפְתַּ֨ח…בּ֗וֹר 1 opens a pit Alternate translation: “uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground” EXO 21 34 b48a figs-explicit כֶּ֖סֶף יָשִׁ֣יב לִ⁠בְעָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 repay the loss The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “he must pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 34 ip1n יְשַׁלֵּ֔ם 1 repay the loss Alternate translation: “must make restitution” -EXO 21 34 j8qz figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 will become his The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 21 34 j8qz figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 will become his The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and the dead animal will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 35 z9ug וְ⁠חָצ֣וּ אֶת־כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ 1 divide its price Alternate translation: “and divide the money” or “and divide the money they receive” -EXO 21 36 fkx2 figs-activepassive א֣וֹ נוֹדַ֗ע 1 if it was known If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 36 v64b נַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִ⁠תְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 a habit of goring in time past Alternate translation: “had gored other animals before” -EXO 21 36 ix8h figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 its owner has not kept it in This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hit other animals. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 21 36 fkx2 figs-activepassive א֣וֹ נוֹדַ֗ע 1 if it was known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 36 v64b נַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִ⁠תְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 a habit of goring in time past Alternate translation: “the ox had gored other animals before” +EXO 21 36 ix8h figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 its owner has not kept it in This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hurt other animals. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 36 dcv2 figs-explicit שַׁלֵּ֨ם יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם שׁוֹר֙ תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שּׁ֔וֹר 1 he must surely pay ox for ox The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes

## Structure

This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. Any attempt to outline structure would have almost as many sections as there are verses.

## Translation issues in this chapter

### Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).


### Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]. +EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\nThis chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. Any attempt to outline structure would have almost as many sections as there are verses.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\n\nThroughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” Then there is a description of the situation, and then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will contain these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).\n\n### Passive construction\n\nMany portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]. EXO 22 1 syx5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 22 1 onm0 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּ⁠טְבָח֖⁠וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction](../22/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +EXO 22 1 onm0 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּ⁠טְבָח֖⁠וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction](../22/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not actually happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 22 1 bc03 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה…וְ⁠אַרְבַּע 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “5 … and 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 22 2 mt43 figs-activepassive אִם־בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב 1 If a thief is found If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief while he is breaking in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 2 e98x בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת 1 breaking in Alternate translation: “while using force to come into a house” -EXO 22 2 gt5f figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֻכָּ֣ה וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 if he is struck so that he dies If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 2 mt43 figs-activepassive אִם־בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב 1 If a thief is found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief while he is breaking in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 2 e98x בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת 1 breaking in Alternate translation: “while using force to enter a house” +EXO 22 2 gt5f figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֻכָּ֣ה וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 if he is struck so that he dies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 2 fq57 אֵ֥ין ל֖⁠וֹ דָּמִֽים 1 no guilt for murder will attach to anyone on his account Alternate translation: “no one will be guilty of murdering him” -EXO 22 3 vym5 אִם־זָרְחָ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 if the sun has risen before he breaks in Alternate translation: “if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise” -EXO 22 3 c5yl figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֖ר בִּ⁠גְנֵבָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 he must be sold for his theft If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 4 k926 figs-activepassive אִֽם־הִמָּצֵא֩ תִמָּצֵ֨א בְ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ הַ⁠גְּנֵבָ֗ה…חַיִּ֑ים 1 If the stolen animal is found alive in his possession If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 3 vym5 אִם־זָרְחָ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 if the sun has risen before he breaks in Alternate translation: “But if it is light before he breaks in” or “But if he breaks in and it is after sunrise” +EXO 22 3 c5yl figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֖ר בִּ⁠גְנֵבָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 he must be sold for his theft If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 4 k926 figs-activepassive אִֽם־הִמָּצֵא֩ תִמָּצֵ֨א בְ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ הַ⁠גְּנֵבָ֗ה…חַיִּ֑ים 1 If the stolen animal is found alive in his possession If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 4 g5kg שְׁנַ֖יִם יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 pay back double The meaning of **compensate double** is not entirely clear. Most interpretations follow the UST, that is, two animals total must be given, the stolen one and one more. Some interpret double to mean the thief must pay two animals for every animal that he took, so three total. It would be best to leave double as ambiguous as possible. Alternate translation: “he must compensate twice what he stole” EXO 22 5 j24t יַבְעֶר…וּ⁠בִעֵ֖ר 1 If a man grazes his livestock Alternate translation: “causes to eat plants … and it eats plants” -EXO 22 5 nlxc grammar-collectivenouns בְּעִיר֔וֹ 1 If a man grazes his livestock **Livestock** is a collective singular noun that could refer to cows, goats, sheep, or basically any domesticated animals. In some languages you will need to translate it as a plural. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 22 5 nlxc grammar-collectivenouns בְּעִיר֔וֹ 1 If a man grazes his livestock **Livestock** is a collective singular noun that could refer to cows, goats, sheep, or basically any domesticated animals. In some languages you will need to translate it as a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 22 5 jrb3 יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 he must make restitution Alternate translation: “he must pay back the owner of that field” -EXO 22 6 x6aj figs-activepassive כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֨א אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ וְ⁠נֶאֱכַ֣ל 1 If a fire breaks out and spreads in thorns Here, **breaks out** and **consumes** can be stated in active form or in another way that is natural in your language if your language does not use the passive form in this way. Alternate translation: “If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns and it consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 6 x6aj figs-activepassive כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֨א אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ וְ⁠נֶאֱכַ֣ל 1 If a fire breaks out and spreads in thorns Here, **breaks out** and **consumes** can be stated in active form or in another way that is natural in your language if your language does not use the passive form in this way. Alternate translation: “If someone starts a fire, and it spreads in thorns, and it consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 6 i4ma וּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ 1 spreads in thorns Alternate translation: “and moves along the ground through dry plants” EXO 22 6 u1pa translate-unknown גָּדִ֔ישׁ 1 stacked grain This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. Alternate translation: “bundled grain” or “harvested grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 22 6 r2cf translate-unknown הַ⁠קָּמָ֖ה 1 standing grain This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “the grain still in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 22 7 jw3v לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֔ר 1 for safe keeping Alternate translation: “to watch over it” or “to keep it safe” -EXO 22 7 na9h figs-activepassive וְ⁠גֻנַּ֖ב 1 if it is stolen If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 7 x2sh figs-activepassive אִם־יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב 1 if the thief is found If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 7 na9h figs-activepassive וְ⁠גֻנַּ֖ב 1 if it is stolen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 7 x2sh figs-activepassive אִם־יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב 1 if the thief is found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 8 lwg5 figs-activepassive אִם־לֹ֤א יִמָּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גַּנָּ֔ב וְ⁠נִקְרַ֥ב בַּֽעַל־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת אֶל־הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 come before the judges to see whether You may need to translate these in an active voice if your language does not use passive in this way. Alternate translation: “If no one finds the thief, bring the owner of the house to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 8 c812 figs-metonymy הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 come before the judges to see whether The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the [next verse](../22/09.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 22 8 f774 figs-idiom שָׁלַ֛ח יָד֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 has put his own hand on his neighbor’s property This is an idiom for stealing. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “he has stolen his neighbor’s property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 22 9 p7ab דְּבַר…דְּבַר 1 Alternate translation: “dispute” EXO 22 9 fgz1 כִּי־ה֣וּא זֶ֔ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges Alternate translation: “This is mine” or “This is my missing property” -EXO 22 9 m31k figs-metonymy הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים…אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the [previous verse](../22/08.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 22 10 h7ms figs-activepassive נִשְׁבַּ֥ר אוֹ־נִשְׁבָּ֖ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 10 hzow נִשְׁבָּ֖ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges This means something more like a wild animal takes the ox or sheep away (to eat) than someone stealing it. See [verse 12](../22/12.md) for cases where the animal is stolen while in another’s care. -EXO 22 11 gl7t figs-activepassive שְׁבֻעַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה תִּהְיֶה֙ בֵּ֣ין שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם…וְ⁠לָקַ֥ח בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 an oath to Yahweh must be taken by them both Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh … and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 12 yw3w figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־גָּנֹ֥ב יִגָּנֵ֖ב מֵ⁠עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 But if it was stolen from him If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 13 b313 figs-activepassive אִם־טָרֹ֥ף יִטָּרֵ֖ף 1 If an animal was torn in pieces If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 9 m31k figs-metonymy הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים…אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges The word used here for **God**, at its most literal, means “great ones.” Here and in the [previous verse](../22/08.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 22 10 h7ms figs-activepassive נִשְׁבַּ֥ר אוֹ־נִשְׁבָּ֖ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 10 hzow נִשְׁבָּ֖ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges Here, **carried away** means that it is not a thief but a wild animal that takes the ox or sheep away (to eat it). See [verse 12](../22/12.md) for cases where the animal is stolen while in another’s care. +EXO 22 11 gl7t figs-activepassive שְׁבֻעַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה תִּהְיֶה֙ בֵּ֣ין שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם…וְ⁠לָקַ֥ח בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 an oath to Yahweh must be taken by them both Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh … and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 12 yw3w figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־גָּנֹ֥ב יִגָּנֵ֖ב מֵ⁠עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 But if it was stolen from him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 13 b313 figs-activepassive אִם־טָרֹ֥ף יִטָּרֵ֖ף 1 If an animal was torn in pieces If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 14 h8yw שַׁלֵּ֥ם יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 must surely make restitution Alternate translation: “must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal” -EXO 22 14 wu3u figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ר אוֹ־מֵ֑ת 1 must surely make restitution If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 15 g3zw figs-activepassive אִם־שָׂכִ֣יר 1 if the animal was hired If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 14 wu3u figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ר אוֹ־מֵ֑ת 1 must surely make restitution If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled in the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 15 g3zw figs-activepassive אִם־שָׂכִ֣יר 1 if the animal was hired If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 15 r792 figs-explicit בָּ֖א בִּ⁠שְׂכָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 it will be paid for by its hiring fee The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 22 15 f9w9 בִּ⁠שְׂכָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 hiring fee Alternate translation: “for its rental fee” or “for the money paid to rent the animal” -EXO 22 16 a8s8 וְ⁠כִֽי־יְפַתֶּ֣ה אִ֗ישׁ בְּתוּלָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 a man seduces a virgin who is not engaged Alternate translation: “a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him” +EXO 22 16 a8s8 וְ⁠כִֽי־יְפַתֶּ֣ה אִ֗ישׁ בְּתוּלָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 a man seduces a virgin who is not engaged Alternate translation: “If a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him” EXO 22 16 th2m לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 not engaged Alternate translation: “not promised to be married” EXO 22 16 g24h figs-euphemism וְ⁠שָׁכַ֣ב 1 if he lies with her Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 22 16 x33y מָהֹ֛ר יִמְהָרֶ֥⁠נָּה 1 bride wealth The **bride price** was money paid to the family to compensate for the loss of their daughter. EXO 22 17 y2xz writing-pronouns ל֑⁠וֹ…יִשְׁקֹ֔ל 1 him, he These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 22 19 y3qy figs-euphemism כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה 1 Whoever lies with an animal This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 22 19 b807 figs-activepassive כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever lies with an animal If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state **be put to death** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute whoever lies with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 20 n4nh figs-activepassive יָֽחֳרָ֑ם…לְ⁠בַדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh must be completely destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “alone, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 21 kr35 לֹא־תוֹנֶ֖ה 1 wrong a foreigner Alternate translation: “You must not mistreat a foreigner” or “You must not cheat a foreigner” -EXO 22 21 eoa5 figs-explicit כִּֽי־גֵרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 wrong a foreigner The Israelites are called to remember their previous condition, that they lived as foreign guests in Egypt. They came first to avoid the famine in Jacob and Joseph’s time and were dependent on the Egyptian hospitality. Later they were wronged and oppressed and they are not to do that to those who sojourn with them. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for you were wronged and oppressed as sojourners in the land of Egypt” or “for you also depended on hospitality while you lived as sojourners in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 22 19 b807 figs-activepassive כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever lies with an animal If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state **be put to death** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute whoever lies with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 20 n4nh figs-activepassive יָֽחֳרָ֑ם…לְ⁠בַדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh must be completely destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “alone, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 21 kr35 לֹא־תוֹנֶ֖ה 1 wrong a foreigner Alternate translation: “You must not mistreat” or “You must not cheat” +EXO 22 21 eoa5 figs-explicit כִּֽי־גֵרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 wrong a foreigner The Israelites are called to remember their previous condition, that they lived as foreign guests in Egypt. They came first to avoid the famine in Jacob and Joseph’s time and were dependent on Egyptian hospitality. Later they were wronged and oppressed, and they are not to do that to those who sojourn with them. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for you were wronged and oppressed as sojourners in the land of Egypt” or “for you also depended on hospitality while you lived as sojourners in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 22 22 djh3 figs-doublenegatives כָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם לֹ֥א תְעַנּֽוּ⁠ן׃ 1 You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 22 22 v3i8 אַלְמָנָ֥ה 1 widow Alternate translation: “woman whose husband has died” EXO 22 22 l2ih וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם 1 fatherless child Alternate translation: “or child with no parents” EXO 22 24 zszz figs-idiom וְ⁠חָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔⁠י 1 fatherless child This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, perhaps while fighting in a war. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 22 25 v5je כְּ⁠נֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 a moneylender Alternate translation: “like one who lends money” EXO 22 25 g3ry לֹֽא־תְשִׂימ֥וּ⁠ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו נֶֽשֶׁךְ 1 charge him interest Alternate translation: “you must not charge him extra money for borrowing” or “you must not charge him extra money for the loan” EXO 22 27 wi2m כְסוּתוֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠הּ 1 only covering Alternate translation: “is his only coat” or “is his only garment to keep him warm” EXO 22 27 x7zb figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה יִשְׁכָּ֔ב 1 What else can he sleep in? This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 22 28 eel2 אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֹ֣א תְקַלֵּ֑ל 1 You must not blaspheme me, God Alternate translation: “Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God” -EXO 22 28 tdj6 וְ⁠נָשִׂ֥יא בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תָאֹֽר 1 nor curse a ruler Alternate translation: “and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler” +EXO 22 28 tdj6 וְ⁠נָשִׂ֥יא בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תָאֹֽר 1 nor curse a ruler Alternate translation: “and do not ask God to do bad things to your ruler” EXO 22 29 p8nk figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א תְאַחֵ֑ר 1 You must not hold back offerings This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 22 30 j345 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֤ת 1 For seven days This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 22 30 m4wq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֖י 1 the eighth day This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “on day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes

## Structure

This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Celebrations of feasts and festivals

The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them. +EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\nThis chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Celebrations of feasts and festivals\n\nThe people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses, and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them. EXO 23 1 we1y 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. EXO 23 1 eeoc figs-abstractnouns לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֖א שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 dishonest witness This could be translated differently to avoid the abstract nouns **report** and **emptiness.** Alternate translation: “You must not report emptily” or “You must not report falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 23 1 fu5k figs-idiom אַל־תָּ֤שֶׁת יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ עִם־רָשָׁ֔ע 1 dishonest witness Here, to **put your hand with the wicked** means to support the lies that he is telling in order to harm someone else. The image is of putting out your hand to help him, to make him stronger than he would be on his own. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You must not assist the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1636,160 +1636,160 @@ EXO 23 1 l4xr שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 General Information: Alternate tr EXO 23 1 y1a3 figs-metonymy עֵ֥ד חָמָֽס 1 dishonest witness Here, **violence** can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 2 nqz9 וְ⁠לֹא־תַעֲנֶ֣ה 1 nor may you bear witness Alternate translation: “and you also must not speak” EXO 23 2 z6ej figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תִהְיֶ֥ה אַחֲרֵֽי־רַבִּ֖ים לְ⁠רָעֹ֑ת 1 siding with the crowd This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked behind that group. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must not do the evil that the crowd wants” or “You must not agree with the majority for evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 23 2 nuag figs-ellipsis לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת 1 siding with the crowd Alternate translation: “From justice” is omitted but should be understood. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 23 2 tnv2 לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת 1 pervert justice This means to do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling. Alternate translation: “to pervert justice … that perverts justice” +EXO 23 2 nuag figs-ellipsis לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת 1 siding with the crowd The phrase “from justice” is omitted twice but should be understood in both cases. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 23 2 tnv2 לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת 1 pervert justice Here, **to turn aside** means to do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling. Alternate translation: “to pervert justice … that perverts justice” EXO 23 6 z2al לֹ֥א תַטֶּ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ 1 Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit Alternate translation: “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters” -EXO 23 6 vh76 בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ 1 lawsuit Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides. -EXO 23 7 ljdw figs-metaphor מִ⁠דְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק 1 I will not acquit the wicked Here, distance is used figuratively to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 23 6 vh76 בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ 1 lawsuit Here, **in his lawsuit** refers to any matter that a court decides. +EXO 23 7 ljdw figs-metaphor מִ⁠דְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק 1 I will not acquit the wicked Here distance is used figuratively to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 23 7 c6xl figs-doublet וְ⁠נָקִ֤י וְ⁠צַדִּיק֙ 1 I will not acquit the wicked These two terms mean very similar things, both of which contrast with **the wicked** later in the verse. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “person who has not done anything wrong or the person who always does what is right” or “person who does right and not wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 23 7 mf4w לֹא־אַצְדִּ֖יק רָשָֽׁע 1 I will not acquit the wicked Alternate translation: “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say that a wicked person is innocent” -EXO 23 8 gh3v figs-personification כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts Here a “bribe” is described as if it could take action itself that negatively affects justice. Alternate translation: “for if you do, an evil person can give money to blind the clear-sighted and to pervert the words of the righteous ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 23 8 ai37 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts To **blind the clear-sighted** is a metaphor that means causing those who know what is right to act like they do not. And **pervert the words of the righteous** could mean causing those who would speak the truth (in court) to lie or causing the judge to give an evil judgment or causing those listening to **the words of the righteous** to choose to act as if they had heard something different. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for a bribe causes those who understand the right thing to do not to do it and causes good men to speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 23 8 gh3v figs-personification כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts Here, a “bribe” is described as if it could take action itself that negatively affects justice. Alternate translation: “for if you do, an evil person can give money to blind the clear-sighted and to pervert the words of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 23 8 ai37 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts To **blind the clear-sighted** is a metaphor that means causing those who know what is right to act like they do not. And **perverts the words of the righteous** could mean causes those who would speak the truth (in court) to lie or causes the judge to give an evil judgment or causes those listening to **the words of the righteous** to choose to act as if they had heard something different. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for a bribe causes those who understand the right thing to do not to do it and causes good men to speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 23 9 mzu9 אֶת־נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠גֵּ֔ר 1 the life of a foreigner Alternate translation: “the feelings of the foreigner” EXO 23 10 rt7h תְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 its produce Alternate translation: “the food its plants produce” EXO 23 10 gjya translate-numbers וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ 1 its produce Alternate translation: “And 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 23 11 waxp translate-ordinal וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֞ת 1 unplowed Alternate translation: “And the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 23 11 b5q6 translate-unknown תִּשְׁמְטֶ֣⁠נָּה וּ⁠נְטַשְׁתָּ֗⁠הּ 1 fallow This means to leave the land fallow, that is, in its natural state, not used for to grow food, unplowed, unplanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 23 11 waxp translate-ordinal וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֞ת 1 unplowed Alternate translation: “But the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 23 11 b5q6 translate-unknown תִּשְׁמְטֶ֣⁠נָּה וּ⁠נְטַשְׁתָּ֗⁠הּ 1 fallow This means to leave the land fallow, that is, in its natural state, unplowed, unplanted, not used to grow food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 23 11 s4wv figs-explicit וְ⁠אָֽכְלוּ֙ אֶבְיֹנֵ֣י עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 so that the poor among your people may eat The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 23 12 ij92 שֽׁוֹרְ⁠ךָ֙ וַ⁠חֲמֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 your ox and your donkey Alternate translation: “your work animals” EXO 23 12 tajk translate-numbers שֵׁ֤שֶׁת 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 23 12 u07q translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed Alternate translation: “the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 23 12 gpu1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִנָּפֵ֥שׁ בֶּן־אֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠הַ⁠גֵּֽר 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the son of your female slave and the sojourner may refresh himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 23 12 gpu1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִנָּפֵ֥שׁ בֶּן־אֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠הַ⁠גֵּֽר 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the son of your female slave and the sojourner may refresh themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 23 13 ldn8 תִּשָּׁמֵ֑רוּ 1 Pay attention to Alternate translation: “Do” or “Obey” EXO 23 13 va2j figs-parallelism וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods These two instructions mean almost the same thing. It may be more clear to combine them in some languages. Alternate translation: “Be sure never to speak the names of other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods This probably means praying to other gods. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 13 apnw figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods To be **on your mouth** means to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 13 s86p figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 23 13 s86p figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 23 14 ezgh translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֣שׁ 1 mention the names of other gods Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 23 15 bu7n translate-hebrewmonths הָֽ⁠אָבִ֔יב 1 Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) +EXO 23 15 bu7n translate-hebrewmonths הָֽ⁠אָבִ֔יב 1 Aviv **Aviv** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 23 15 i88n translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Aviv Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 23 15 tx1v figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹא־יֵרָא֥וּ פָנַ֖⁠י רֵיקָֽם 1 not appear before me empty-handed Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +EXO 23 15 tx1v figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹא־יֵרָא֥וּ פָנַ֖⁠י רֵיקָֽם 1 not appear before me empty-handed Understatement is used here to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You must not come to me without a proper offering” or “You must always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 23 16 ybsb וְ⁠חַ֤ג הַ⁠קָּצִיר֙ 1 Festival of Ingathering Elsewhere this is called the “Festival of Weeks.” See [Exodus 34:22](../34/22.md) and Deuteronomy 16:9 and following. EXO 23 16 pnx4 וְ⁠חַ֤ג הָֽ⁠אָסִף֙ 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. See Deuteronomy 16:13. Alternate translation: “And the Festival of the Ingathering” -EXO 23 16 wgxm figs-metaphor בְּ⁠צֵ֣את הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֔ה 1 Festival of Ingathering This means the end of the year. It is pictured as something that is leaving. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as the year goes out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙ 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 16 wgxm figs-metaphor בְּ⁠צֵ֣את הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֔ה 1 Festival of Ingathering The phrase **in the exiting of the year** means at the end of the year. The year is pictured as something that is leaving. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as the year goes out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙ 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here, to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 20 bssx figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 21 mpfy figs-metonymy הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו 1 Be attentive to him This means to respect him; **from his face** refers to his person. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 21 pm7x figs-activepassive הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו 1 Be attentive to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 23 21 p5y3 grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תַּמֵּ֣ר בּ֑⁠וֹ כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יִשָּׂא֙ לְ⁠פִשְׁעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם כִּ֥י שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon There are two reasons given for the instruction **do not cause bitterness in him**. They are chained together such that you could say: “Because my name is within him, he will not forgive your transgressions, therefore do not cause bitterness in him.” The relation of the **name** and **forgiveness** is not explicit. Alternate translation: “If you provoke him, he will not pardon your sins for my name is within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 My name is on him Here **name** refers to God’s authority. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 21 pm7x figs-activepassive הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו 1 Be attentive to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 23 21 p5y3 grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תַּמֵּ֣ר בּ֑⁠וֹ כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יִשָּׂא֙ לְ⁠פִשְׁעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם כִּ֥י שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon There are two reasons given for the instruction **do not cause bitterness in him**. They are chained together such that you could say: “Because my name is within him, he will not forgive your transgressions; therefore, do not cause bitterness in him.” The relation of the **name** and **forgiveness** is not explicit. Alternate translation: “If you provoke him, he will not pardon your sins, for my name is within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 My name is on him Here, **name** refers to God’s authority. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 21 gt76 figs-metonymy וּ⁠שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹל֖⁠וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 22 y9bm figs-parallelism וְ⁠אָֽיַבְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֹ֣יְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠צַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־צֹרְרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 23 23 x2nh figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 24 a1d5 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה כְּ⁠מַֽעֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 You must not…do as they do The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not … live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 23 25 t3ir figs-merism וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ אֶֽת־לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠אֶת־מֵימֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 he will bless your bread and water This is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “he will bless your food and drink” or “he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 23 22 y9bm figs-parallelism וְ⁠אָֽיַבְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֹ֣יְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠צַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־צֹרְרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 23 23 x2nh figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 This phrase, **before your face**, means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 24 a1d5 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה כְּ⁠מַֽעֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 You must not…do as they do The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “and you must not live as the people live who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 23 25 t3ir figs-merism וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ אֶֽת־לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠אֶת־מֵימֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 he will bless your bread and water Here, **your bread and your water** is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “and he will bless your food and drink” or “and he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 23 25 ydl4 figs-123person וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ 1 he will bless…I will remove Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 23 26 q4gz figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א תִהְיֶ֛ה מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה וַ⁠עֲקָרָ֖ה 1 No woman will be barren or will miscarry her young in your land This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 23 26 i1r9 מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה 1 miscarry to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly +EXO 23 26 i1r9 מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה 1 miscarry to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly, resulting in the death of the baby EXO 23 26 geqg figs-idiom אֶת־מִסְפַּ֥ר יָמֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֲמַלֵּֽא 1 miscarry This is an idiom that means to live a long time. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 23 27 yps8 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 27 q901 figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֧י אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶ֛י⁠ךָ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ עֹֽרֶף 1 miscarry This is an idiom meaning that the enemies will turn and run away (showing the Israelites the backs of their necks). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will make all of your enemies flee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 23 28 t0r1 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ…מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you … from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 28 cg7i translate-unknown הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה 1 hornets This is a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 23 28 cg7i translate-unknown הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה 1 hornets The **hornet** is a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 23 28 oocw grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה…וְ⁠גֵרְשָׁ֗ה 1 hornets Here, **hornet** is used in the singular but refers to a large group of the flying, stinging insects. **It** agrees in number with **hornet**. It may be necessary to translate as a plural. Alternate translation: “hornets … and they will drive out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 23 29 wfdi figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 29 i9aq figs-explicit פֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 or the land would become abandoned You could make the rest of the idea explicit if it would help. Alternate translation: “lest the land become desolate because no one would be living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 23 30 mne7 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 31 my2e figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshipping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “worshipping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes

## Structure

1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2
2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it, this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8
3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11
4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders and he goes v. 12-15
5. Description of Yahweh’s glory and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18

## Potential translation issues

- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God
- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways
- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ covenant

The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### God’s holiness

Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction, as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshiping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Worshiping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2\n2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it; this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8\n3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11\n4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders, and he goes v. 12-15\n5. Description of Yahweh’s glory, and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God\n- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways\n- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Moses’ covenant\n\nThe people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nBecause Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 24 1 hji6 writing-newevent 0 Nadab…Abihu A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names נָדָ֣ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא 1 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 24 1 zukb figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֗ה 1 Nadab…Abihu Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names נָדָ֣ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא 1 Nadab…Abihu **Nadab and Abihu** are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 24 1 zukb figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֗ה 1 Nadab…Abihu Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. You may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 24 1 nm3t translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Alternate translation: “and 70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 24 1 ymip figs-explicit וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Here, “to me” is implied, you may make it explicit if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “and you shall bow down to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 24 2 p06o writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֵ֖ם 1 seventy of Israel’s elders This refers to all the other people mentioned in [verse 1](../24/01.md). Alternate translation: “and Aaron, Nadab, Abihu, and the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 24 2 dqnp figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 24 3 sbc3 writing-newevent 0 with one voice Verses 3-8 are a different scene than the rest of the chapter, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. It seems that there were some preparations needed before Moses and the elders could go up to meet Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 24 1 ymip figs-explicit וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Here, “to me” is implied. You may make it explicit if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “and you shall bow down to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 24 2 p06o writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֵ֖ם 1 seventy of Israel’s elders The pronoun **they** refers to all the other people mentioned in [verse 1](../24/01.md). Alternate translation: “and Aaron, Nadab, Abihu, and the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 24 2 dqnp figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. You may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EXO 24 3 sbc3 writing-newevent 0 with one voice Verses 3-8 tell of a different scene than the rest of the chapter, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. It seems that there were some preparations needed before Moses and the elders could go up to meet Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 24 3 nuqr 0 with one voice See [Exodus 19:8](../19/08.md) for how you translated a very similar event. -EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙ 1 with one voice This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙ 1 with one voice Here, **with one voice** is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 24 4 h7gg תַּ֣חַת הָ⁠הָ֑ר 1 foot of the mountain Alternate translation: “at the base of the mountain” EXO 24 4 uipf translate-numbers וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙…לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר 1 foot of the mountain Alternate translation: “and 12 … according to the 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 24 7 c9tm translate-unknown סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠בְּרִ֔ית 1 foot of the mountain Here, **book** does not mean something in our modern format. It was likely a piece of papyrus (an early form of paper made from reeds) or animal skin that rolled up. Alternate translation: “the Covenant he had written down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 24 8 h9ff figs-explicit הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 Then Moses took the blood This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 24 8 juxf figs-explicit עַ֥ל כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה׃ 1 Then Moses took the blood **These words** refers to what Moses just read aloud, that is, Yahweh’s commands. You can make this more clear. Alternate translation: “which I just read aloud to you and you agreed to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 24 8 h9ff figs-explicit הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 Then Moses took the blood This refers to **the blood** that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 24 8 juxf figs-explicit עַ֥ל כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה׃ 1 Then Moses took the blood **These words** refers to what Moses just read aloud to them, that is, Yahweh’s commands. You can make this more clear. Alternate translation: “which I just read aloud to you and you agreed to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 24 9 izl5 writing-newevent 0 Nadab…Abihu A new scene begins with this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. Here the narrative is connected to [verse 2](../24/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 24 9 uz7y translate-names נָדָב֙ וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא 1 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 24 9 uz7y translate-names נָדָב֙ וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא 1 Nadab…Abihu **Nadab and Abihu** are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 24 9 nuq7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל 1 Nadab…Abihu The men **went up** the mountain. You can state this clearly. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 24 10 ic4s figs-personification וְ⁠תַ֣חַת רַגְלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Under his feet This speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 24 10 ic4s figs-personification וְ⁠תַ֣חַת רַגְלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Under his feet **And under his feet** speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 24 10 q8sn לִבְנַ֣ת 1 pavement a hard surface for walking or riding -EXO 24 10 pm87 translate-unknown הַ⁠סַּפִּ֔יר 1 sapphire stone This is a gemstone that is blue in color. If there is a blue gemstone that your people are familiar with you may use it here as the exact gemstone is not certain. You may also describe it. Alternate translation: “a blue gemstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 24 10 pm87 translate-unknown הַ⁠סַּפִּ֔יר 1 sapphire stone A **sapphire** is a gemstone that is blue in color. If there is a blue gemstone that your people are familiar with, you may use it here, as the exact gemstone is not certain. You may also describe it. Alternate translation: “a blue gemstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 24 10 zd6u figs-simile וּ⁠כְ⁠עֶ֥צֶם הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לָ⁠טֹֽהַר 1 as clear as the sky itself This is a simile. Alternate translation: “and it was blue like the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 24 11 jds6 figs-metonymy וְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders Here, **his hand** refers to his judgement. This means that God did not harm the leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 24 11 b398 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders What would be expected is if they saw God they would die. The Israelite elders ability to see God and live is unexpected, be sure your translation conveys that. Alternate translation: “However, he did not send out his hand to the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) +EXO 24 11 b398 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders What would be expected is that they would die if they saw God. The Israelite elders ability to see God and live is unexpected. Be sure your translation conveys that. Alternate translation: “However, he did not send out his hand to the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) EXO 24 12 dx4f figs-explicit לְ⁠הוֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 tablets of stone and the law and commandments This means so that Moses and the other Israelite leaders could teach the laws and commandments to the Israelite people. You may need to make this clear. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 24 13 gv5e וִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ מְשָׁרְת֑⁠וֹ 1 with his assistant Joshua The word translated **servant** here is usually associated with a higher position, like a government minister. Avoid using a word that implies a lower class serving role. Alternate translation: “with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him” EXO 24 13 flw7 writing-participants וִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 with his assistant Joshua **Joshua** is introduced here again. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 24 14 mhvj grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֤ים אָמַר֙ 1 wait for us The structure of the Hebrew indicates but does not require that this speech by Moses happened before [verse 13](../24/13.md) (hence **had said**). The ULT takes this view, however, for languages where it is hard to express events out of order, the UST reflects the other grammatical possibility and says in [24:13](../24/13.md) that Moses started up the mountain and in [24:15](../24/15.md) that he went the rest of the way up the mountain. Following this you can view this verse as if Moses paused and gave these final instructions as he was leaving the elders behind, keeping a sequential structure. Either approach is permissible by the text, but the approach of the ULT is preferred if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EXO 24 14 mhvj grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֤ים אָמַר֙ 1 wait for us The structure of the Hebrew indicates but does not require that this speech by Moses happened before [verse 13](../24/13.md) (hence **had said**). The ULT takes this view, however, for languages where it is hard to express events out of order, the UST reflects the other grammatical possibility and says in [24:13](../24/13.md) that Moses started up the mountain and in [24:15](../24/15.md) that he went the rest of the way up the mountain. Following this, you can view this verse as if Moses paused and gave these final instructions as he was leaving the elders behind, thus keeping a sequential structure. Either approach is permissible by the text, but the approach of the ULT is preferred, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 24 14 qiy4 לָ֣⁠נוּ 1 wait for us Alternate translation: “Joshua and me” -EXO 24 14 uc7r translate-names וְ⁠חוּר֙ 1 Hur This is a man’s name. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 24 14 jyh8 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 Hur **Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that Moses is about to tell them. It is frequently omitted, if your language uses a statement to draw attention to important information you should consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Remember” +EXO 24 14 uc7r translate-names וְ⁠חוּר֙ 1 Hur **Hur** is a man’s name. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 24 14 jyh8 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 Hur **Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that Moses is about to tell them. It is frequently omitted. If your language uses a statement to draw attention to important information, you should consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Remember” EXO 24 14 dqhj figs-idiom מִי־בַ֥עַל דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 Hur This is an idiom that means that someone has a legal dispute or complaint. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever has a legal claim” or “Anyone with a law case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy כְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of Yahweh’s presence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 24 16 sb1o translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 Yahweh’s glory Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 24 16 uwdd translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 Yahweh’s glory Alternate translation: “on day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly, like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-metaphor לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 in the eyes of the Israelites Their **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about what they saw. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See how you translated a similar expression in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 forty days and forty nights Alternate translation: “forty days and forty nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes

## Structure:

- v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place they will worship God
- v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions
- v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony
- v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table
- v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand
- v. 40: Summary instruction

## Special concepts in this chapter

- The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.
- Translators will need to take care translating the concept of atonement.


## Potential translation issues in this chapter:

- There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.
- There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.
- From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30 almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
-EXO 25 2 ygtd figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֙ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart At the beginning of this verse, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure:\n\n* v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God\n* v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions\n* v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony\n* v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table\n* v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand\n* v. 40: Summary instruction\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n* The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.\n* Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:\n\n* There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.\n* There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.\n* From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]. +EXO 25 2 ygtd figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֙ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart The beginning of this verse marks the start of a very long direct quote which continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 25 2 tktu figs-quotations דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה 1 who is motivated by a willing heart In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 25 2 k78q figs-youdual תִּקְח֖וּ 1 You must receive The word **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 25 4 c1qn figs-explicit וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 25 4 c1qn figs-explicit וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 25 4 c958 translate-unknown וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 scarlet A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 5 ayup translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 scarlet When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather) they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 5 va28 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 scarlet The meaning of this word is not known, it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 5 ayup translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 scarlet When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish in color. It is not clear whetherfff these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 5 va28 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 scarlet The meaning of this word is not known. It may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 5 d4fa translate-unknown שִׁטִּֽים 1 scarlet A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 6 i6gp translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִים֙ 1 spices Here, **spices** are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 7 mg4f translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֕הַם 1 onyx An **onyx stone** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 6 i6gp translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִים֙ 1 spices Here, **spices** are parts of dried plants that people chop or grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a pleasing smell or flavor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 7 mg4f translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֕הַם 1 onyx An **onyx** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 7 c3hk וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֖י 1 precious stones Alternate translation: “and valuable gems for” or “ and treasured gems for” EXO 25 9 m1np figs-you אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 show you in the plans Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 9 w4sc כֵּלָ֑י⁠ו 1 tabernacle Here, **utensils** is a general term that you could translate by a broad term that could encompass all of the things used in the tabernacle as described in this and the several following chapters. Alternate translation: “its implements” +EXO 25 9 w4sc כֵּלָ֑י⁠ו 1 tabernacle Here, **utensils** is a general term that you could translate by a broad term that could encompass all of the things used in the tabernacle, as described in this and the several following chapters. Alternate translation: “its implements” EXO 25 9 c9qe figs-youdual תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 You must make it Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 25 9 tc2k figs-123person תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 You must make it Since Moses does not construct these items himself, you may consider shifting the instructions to the third person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they shall make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 25 10 o8dl translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֑ים 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half These trees, **acacias**, are small trees with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 10 cs23 translate-bdistance אַמָּתַ֨יִם וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 25 10 cs23 translate-bdistance אַמָּתַ֨יִם וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 10 saf8 translate-fraction וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 25 12 wbq8 translate-unknown וְ⁠יָצַ֣קְתָּ לּ֗⁠וֹ אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת זָהָ֔ב 1 cast four rings of gold Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden. If this sort of metal-working process is unknown to your people, you may simply describe it, or use a word meaning “make” as the UST does. The UST approach is preferred, as the creation process is not in focus here, and it would be cumbersome to include the description in the text. You could use a word meaning “make” and include the description in a footnote, if you are including those, and your team feels it is important to understand. Alternate translation: “You shall make four rings of gold by melting the gold and pouring it into molds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 12 wbq8 translate-unknown וְ⁠יָצַ֣קְתָּ לּ֗⁠וֹ אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת זָהָ֔ב 1 cast four rings of gold Casting rings was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to cool and harden. If this sort of metal-working process is unknown to your people, you may simply describe it, or use a word meaning “make,” as the UST does. The UST approach is preferred, as the creation process is not in focus here, and it would be cumbersome to include the description in the text. You could use a word meaning “make,” and include the description in a footnote if you are including those and your team feels it is important to understand. Alternate translation: “You shall make four rings of gold by melting the gold and pouring it into molds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 13 i5mc translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֑ים 1 cast four rings of gold A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 15 k67p figs-parallelism בְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 General Information: These two phrases mean similar things. Yahweh is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important this command is. If it is confusing for your readers to repeat both phrases, you can combine them and show the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “The poles belong in the rings of the box; never is anyone to remove them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 25 15 aea1 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 General Information: If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 25 15 aea1 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 General Information: If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as seen in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 25 17 ast8 translate-bdistance אַמָּתַ֤יִם וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…a cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to the metric system is: 115 centimeters … 69 centimeters … 69 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 17 c8o7 translate-fraction וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…a cubit and a half The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 25 19 b4l9 מִן־הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֛רֶת תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ אֶת־הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֖ים עַל־שְׁנֵ֥י קְצוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 They must be made This seems to indicate that the cherubim should be formed out of the same piece of gold as the rest of the lid. It may, however, mean that at the end they should be one piece, so the gold should be heated to melting and the lid and cherubim joined together. Alternate translation: “You shall join the cherubim to the atonement lid on its two ends” EXO 25 22 zu9u figs-you לְ⁠ךָ֮…אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜…אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 It is at the ark that I will meet with you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. If you have been using a plural you for Yahweh’s commands which have been to give to others, make sure you use the singular form of “you” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 23 t312 translate-bdistance שִׁטִּ֑ים אַמָּתַ֤יִם אָרְכּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אַמָּ֣ה רָחְבּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי קֹמָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 25 23 t312 translate-bdistance שִׁטִּ֑ים אַמָּתַ֤יִם אָרְכּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אַמָּ֣ה רָחְבּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי קֹמָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 23 a2o9 translate-fraction וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 25 24 f20e 0 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half This verse is almost identical to [25:11](../25/11.md). -EXO 25 25 awi7 translate-bdistance טֹ֖פַח 1 one handbreadth wide You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **handbreath** is a measurement of approximately eight centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 25 25 awi7 translate-bdistance טֹ֖פַח 1 one handbreadth wide You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **handbreadth** is a measurement of approximately eight centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 25 bit8 לּ֥⁠וֹ 1 frame for it Alternate translation: “for the table” -EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 The rings must be attached Here, **to house** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since the rings are where the poles belong for use when carrying the table, the rings are figuratively their **house.** If your language has a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it, or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 25 28 l4fk figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשָּׂא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָֽן 1 so that the table may be carried with them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 29 nrmp translate-unknown קְּעָרֹתָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠כַפֹּתָ֗י⁠ו וּ⁠קְשׂוֹתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔י⁠ו 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings We do not know precisely what these dishes were. It is likely that the **plates** were mostly flat dishes for holding the bread that would be on the table; the **pans** may have been shallow bowls or deep plates for holding incense, or they may have been something more like a ladle or spoon; the **pitchers** probably held wine to be poured into the **bowls** for the drink offerings. You will need to translate using the closest word for each such item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 29 v78d figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻסַּ֖ךְ בָּ⁠הֵ֑ן 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priests will pour out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 30 uth7 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם פָּנִ֖ים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 The rings must be attached Here, **to house the poles** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since the rings are where the poles belong for use when carrying the table, the rings are figuratively in their **house.** If your language has a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it, or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 25 28 l4fk figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשָּׂא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָֽן 1 so that the table may be carried with them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 25 29 nrmp translate-unknown קְּעָרֹתָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠כַפֹּתָ֗י⁠ו וּ⁠קְשׂוֹתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔י⁠ו 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings We do not know precisely what these dishes were. It is likely that the **plates** were mostly flat dishes for holding the bread that would be on the table. The **pans** may have been shallow bowls or deep plates for holding incense, or they may have been something more like a ladle or spoon. The **pitchers** probably held wine to be poured into the **bowls** for the drink offerings. You will need to translate using the closest word in your culture for each such item. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 29 v78d figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻסַּ֖ךְ בָּ⁠הֵ֑ן 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priests will pour out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 25 30 uth7 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם פָּנִ֖ים 1 bread of the presence Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 30 kh7c figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנַ֥⁠י 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 31 kc3q מִקְשָׁ֞ה 1 hammered gold Alternate translation: “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). -EXO 25 31 g25l figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה 1 The lampstand is to be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 25 31 g25l figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה 1 The lampstand is to be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 25 33 i7bh translate-unknown מְֽשֻׁקָּדִ֞ים 1 almond blossoms An almond blossom is a white or pink flower that has five petals. (An almond is a kind of nut.) You may want to include a short description as a footnote or in the text (if that is your translation style) the first time this object is encountered. Alternate translation: “shaped like the five-petaled almond flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 35 lk10 וְ⁠כַפְתֹּ֡ר תַּחַת֩ שְׁנֵ֨י הַ⁠קָּנִ֜ים מִמֶּ֗⁠נָּה וְ⁠כַפְתֹּר֙ תַּ֣חַת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠קָּנִים֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה וְ⁠כַפְתֹּ֕ר תַּחַת־שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠קָּנִ֖ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה לְ⁠שֵׁ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠קָּנִ֔ים הַ⁠יֹּצְאִ֖ים מִן־הַ⁠מְּנֹרָֽה 1 made as one piece with it Alternate translation: “There must be a leafy base under the first pair of branches—made as one piece with it, and a leafy base under the second pair of branches—also made as one piece with it. In the same way there must be a leafy base under the third pair of branches, made as one piece with it. It must be the same for all six branches extending out from the lampstand.” EXO 25 36 r7yz מִקְשָׁ֥ה 1 made as one piece with it Alternate translation: “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). EXO 25 37 dfn6 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הֵאִ֖יר עַל־עֵ֥בֶר פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 for them to give light from it Here, **face** figuratively represents the location of the lampstand. Alternate translation: “so they shine light near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent You can convert this weight to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A talent weighs about 33 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent You can convert this weight to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A talent weighs about 33 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 25 40 y081 figs-explicit וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain All the items described in this chapter are implied as what Moses is told to **see and make**. You could make that explicit in your translation if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 25 40 gyte figs-metonymy וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain Here, **see** relates to observing or overseeing. Essentially, Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items, so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Watch carefully so you can make these things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes


- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.
- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent
* v. 1-6: Inner covering
* v. 7-14: Outer covering layers
* v. 15-30: Wooden framework
- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent
- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain

## Special concepts in this chapter


### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place,” that has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes\n\n\n- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.\n- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent\n * v. 1-6: Inner covering\n * v. 7-14: Outer covering layers\n * v. 15-30: Wooden framework\n- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent\n- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place and which has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-you תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 26 1 iww4 translate-unknown יְרִיעֹ֑ת 1 curtains The **curtains** were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 1 vre7 וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). +EXO 26 1 vre7 וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). EXO 26 1 xvs7 translate-unknown וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 scarlet wool A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 1 ni5d translate-unknown שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר 1 scarlet wool This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 1 n2vm חֹשֵׁ֖ב 1 craftsman a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand EXO 26 2 dkr6 translate-bdistance שְׁמֹנֶ֤ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ בָּֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה…אַרְבַּ֣ע בָּ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 twenty-eight cubits…four cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 12.9 meters … 184 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 26 3 ba6w figs-activepassive חֲמֵ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְרִיעֹ֗ת תִּֽהְיֶ֨יןָ֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ וְ⁠חָמֵ֤שׁ יְרִיעֹת֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 Five curtains must be joined to each other…must also be joined to each other If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Join five of the curtains each to another, and join five of the curtains each to another.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 26 3 ba6w figs-activepassive חֲמֵ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְרִיעֹ֗ת תִּֽהְיֶ֨יןָ֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ וְ⁠חָמֵ֤שׁ יְרִיעֹת֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 Five curtains must be joined to each other…must also be joined to each other If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Join five of the curtains each to another, and join five of the curtains each to another.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 26 4 ghz8 תְּכֵ֗לֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “blue yarn” or “blue cloth” EXO 26 4 wdum translate-ordinal הָ⁠אֶחָ֔ת…הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 26 4 d0sl בַּ⁠חֹבָ֑רֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “in one set of five curtains” @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ EXO 26 6 k12s figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 clasps EXO 26 6 b242 אֶחָֽד 1 clasps Alternate translation: “as though it were one piece” EXO 26 7 jeaz לְ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 eleven This refers to a outer tent over the sacred tent. Alternate translation: “for an outer tent” EXO 26 7 t7t3 translate-numbers עַשְׁתֵּי־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 eleven Alternate translation: “eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 26 8 p423 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁים֙…אַרְבַּ֣ע…לְ⁠עַשְׁתֵּ֥י עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 thirty…four Alternate translation: “thirty … 4 … eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 26 8 p423 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁים֙…אַרְבַּ֣ע…לְ⁠עַשְׁתֵּ֥י עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 thirty…four Alternate translation: “thirty … four … eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 26 8 v7i1 translate-bdistance שְׁלֹשִׁים֙ בָּֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה…אַרְבַּ֣ע בָּ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 13.8 meter … 184 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 26 9 kb9x figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֖וּל פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֹֽהֶל 1 cubits Here, **face** is probably referring to the entrance of the tent. The opening for the protective tent and the sacred tent would have been coordinated so they were in the same place. Alternate translation: “in front of the entrance of the tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 26 9 q3og הָ⁠אֹֽהֶל 1 cubits As in [verse 7](../26/07.md), **the tent** refers to the outer tent over the sacred tent. Alternate translation: “the outer tent” @@ -1811,96 +1811,96 @@ EXO 26 13 k4ci translate-bdistance וְ⁠הָ⁠אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠הָ⁠ EXO 26 14 kii8 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 a covering of ram skins dyed red, and another covering of fine leather The meaning of this word, **sea cows**, is not known. It may refer to a water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 14 yz3v translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֑ים 1 dyed red When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 15 y85l translate-unknown הַ⁠קְּרָשִׁ֖ים 1 frames This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 15 tw2h translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֖ים 1 frames The **acacias** are small trees with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 15 tw2h translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֖ים 1 frames The **acacias** are relatively small trees with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 16 k4b7 translate-numbers עֶ֥שֶׂר…וְ⁠אַמָּה֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits Alternate translation: “10 … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 26 16 z2rv translate-bdistance עֶ֥שֶׂר אַמּ֖וֹת…וְ⁠אַמָּה֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 4.6 meters … 69 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 26 16 p3av translate-fraction וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 26 17 zwfj translate-unknown יָד֗וֹת 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits This means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 17 zwfj translate-unknown יָד֗וֹת 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits Here, the term **tenons** means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 17 xf6s figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” See how you translated this in [26:5](../26/05.md). Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 26 19 c9id אַדְנֵי־כֶ֔סֶף 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground. +EXO 26 19 c9id אַדְנֵי־כֶ֔סֶף 1 silver bases The **bases of silver** were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground. EXO 26 19 o357 figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֨י אֲדָנִ֜ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֤רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָד֙ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י יְדֹתָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֧י אֲדָנִ֛ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י יְדֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. This same phrasing occurs again in [verse 21](../26/21.md) and [verse 25](../26/25.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame for its two tenons, and then two bases under the next frame for its two tenons, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 26 21 rlcf figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 26 25 cbpl figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 26 25 p2wu translate-unknown וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם…אֲדָנִ֑ים…אֲדָנִ֗ים…אֲדָנִ֔ים 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 26 fc8p translate-unknown בְרִיחִ֖ם 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 25 p2wu translate-unknown וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם…אֲדָנִ֑ים…אֲדָנִ֗ים…אֲדָנִ֔ים 1 silver bases The **bases** were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 26 fc8p translate-unknown בְרִיחִ֖ם 1 crossbars The **crossbars** are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 29 ji1j בָּתִּ֖ים לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 for them to serve as holders for the crossbars Alternate translation: “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars” -EXO 26 29 nq3m לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). -EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive הָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּ⁠הָֽר 1 you were shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 26 29 nq3m לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 crossbars The **crossbars** are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). +EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive הָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּ⁠הָֽר 1 you were shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 26 31 yqi6 0 General Information: See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). EXO 26 33 p2yq translate-unknown הַ⁠קְּרָסִים֒ 1 clasps The **clasps** fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 33 x28l figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “the most holy place” or “the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 26 34 u3tu figs-possession בְּ⁠קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 26 33 x28l figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “the most holy place” or “the extraordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 26 34 u3tu figs-possession בְּ⁠קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extraordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 26 35 lv9e הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָן֙…הַ⁠מְּנֹרָה֙ 1 The table must be on the north side This is the **table** Yahweh told Moses how to make in [25:23-30](../25/23.md) and the **lampstand** he told him how to make in [25:31-39](../25/31.md). EXO 26 36 tiz7 0 The table must be on the north side See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). -EXO 26 36 rr16 תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). +EXO 26 36 rr16 תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material This could mean: (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). EXO 26 36 f6td translate-unknown וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר 1 fine twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer Alternate translation: “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer Alternate translation: “a person who sews decorative designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 37 av60 0 an embroiderer See how you translated very similar instructions in [verse 32](../26/32.md). -EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar
- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent
- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand


## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building (around the tent of meeting) of the courtyard area containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.

## Potential translation issues

- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs, others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.
- There continues to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. +EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar\n- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent\n- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building (around the tent of meeting) of the courtyard area containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs. Others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.\n- There continue to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. EXO 27 1 s8qy translate-bdistance חָמֵשׁ֩ אַמּ֨וֹת…וְ⁠חָמֵ֧שׁ אַמּ֣וֹת…וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 2.3 meters … 2.3 meters … 138 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 4 hsq3 רֶ֣שֶׁת 1 grate a frame of crossed metal bars for holding wood when burning EXO 27 4 vlau 0 grate You may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles when translating this verse. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), & [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md). EXO 27 5 c5em figs-explicit וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֣ה אֹתָ֗⁠הּ תַּ֛חַת כַּרְכֹּ֥ב הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ מִ⁠לְּ⁠מָ֑טָּה וְ⁠הָיְתָ֣ה הָ⁠רֶ֔שֶׁת עַ֖ד חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “And you shall put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 27 7 b3yx figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָ֥א אֶת־בַּדָּ֖י⁠ו 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall put its poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 27 7 b3yx figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָ֥א אֶת־בַּדָּ֖י⁠ו 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall put its poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 27 8 ecmh figs-123person הֶרְאָ֥ה 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it Here, **he** refers to Yahweh in the third person. If it would be unnatural in your language for someone to refer to himself in this way, you may need to change it. Alternate translation: “I showed” or “Yahweh showed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 27 8 frcs figs-123person יַעֲשֽׂוּ 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it Here, **they** refers to whoever will make all these items. It is an indication that even though Yahweh has been speaking to Moses in the singular throughout, these instructions are meant to be conveyed to craftsmen in Israel. See [25:intro](../25/intro.md) for more. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 27 9 v748 translate-unknown שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר 1 fine twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 27 9 ce9a translate-bdistance מֵאָ֤ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּה֙ 1 one hundred cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 10 qq8f וְ⁠עַמֻּדָ֣י⁠ו עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם עֶשְׂרִ֖ים נְחֹ֑שֶׁת 1 one hundred cubits Here, **bronze** may refer to both the **pillars** and the **bases** or just to the **bases.** The pillars inside the tent were of wood overlaid with gold; these may be wood overlaid with bronze. +EXO 27 9 ce9a translate-bdistance מֵאָ֤ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּה֙ 1 one hundred cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 10 qq8f וְ⁠עַמֻּדָ֣י⁠ו עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם עֶשְׂרִ֖ים נְחֹ֑שֶׁת 1 one hundred cubits Here, **bronze** may refer to both the **pillars** and the **bases**, or just to the **bases.** The pillars inside the tent were of wood overlaid with gold; these may be wood overlaid with bronze. EXO 27 11 gjg5 0 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:9-10](../27/09.md). EXO 27 11 ynao figs-ellipsis מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “100 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 27 11 xev2 translate-bdistance מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 12 p4u4 translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 there must be a curtain You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 13 w2sg translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אַמָּֽה 1 The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 14 u8nm translate-bdistance וַ⁠חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 14 z8n2 עַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). -EXO 27 14 gz7s וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). -EXO 27 15 s2cc translate-bdistance חְמֵ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 11 xev2 translate-bdistance מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 12 p4u4 translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 there must be a curtain You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 13 w2sg translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אַמָּֽה 1 The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 14 u8nm translate-bdistance וַ⁠חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 14 z8n2 עַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 posts The **pillars** were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). +EXO 27 14 gz7s וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases The **bases** were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). +EXO 27 15 s2cc translate-bdistance חְמֵ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 15 hlzp עַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 posts These **posts** were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). -EXO 27 15 o49h וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). +EXO 27 15 o49h וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases The **bases** were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). EXO 27 16 kn9u 0 blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen See how you translated a nearly identical passage in [26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 27 16 g5wi translate-bdistance עֶשְׂרִ֣ים אַמָּ֗ה 1 an embroiderer You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 17 wtng figs-activepassive מְחֻשָּׁקִ֣ים 1 an embroiderer If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Among other options not so relevant here, Wiktionary suggests that a **fillet** could be a “thin strip of any material, in various technical uses,” “thin featureless molding used as separation between broader decorative moldings,” or a rounded corner. Alternate translation: “you shall fillet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 27 16 g5wi translate-bdistance עֶשְׂרִ֣ים אַמָּ֗ה 1 an embroiderer You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 17 wtng figs-activepassive מְחֻשָּׁקִ֣ים 1 an embroiderer If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Among other options not so relevant here, Wiktionary suggests that a **fillet** could be a “thin strip of any material, in various technical uses,” “thin featureless molding used as separation between broader decorative moldings,” or a rounded corner. Alternate translation: “you shall fillet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 27 18 wt7n translate-bdistance מֵאָ֨ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֜ה…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים…חָמֵ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת 1 one hundred cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters … 23 meters … 2.3 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 18 mu6b figs-ellipsis חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים 1 one hundred cubits Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “50 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 27 19 bs7c translate-unknown יְתֵדֹתָ֛י⁠ו…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs The **tent pegs** are strong, sharp pieces of metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground or tied to ropes to create tension on something standing upright, to stabilize it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony This refers to the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. If it would be more clear to your readers you may include a reference to the chest. Alternate translation: “is the Box of the Testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 27 19 bs7c translate-unknown יְתֵדֹתָ֛י⁠ו…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs The **tent pegs** are strong, sharp pieces of metal driven into the ground and used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground or to secure ropes in order to create tension to stabilize something standing upright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony The **testimony** refers to the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. If it would be more clear to your readers you may include a reference to the chest. Alternate translation: “is the Box of the Testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 27 21 nlwz אֹת֨⁠וֹ יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨⁠וֹ 1 ark of testimony Here, **it** refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and **arrange** means to set it up for burning, and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it” EXO 27 21 j41s figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 ark of testimony Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 27 21 vr7m חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹ֣רֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This requirement will be a lasting statute See how you translated a similar statement in [12:14](../12/14.md) -EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests
- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing
- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod
* v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod
- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece
* v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece
* v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod
- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart
- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates
- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban
- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing
- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments
- v. 43b: Closing statement

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holy garments

Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues

- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstone. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.
-EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה 1 Call to yourself Here **you** refers to Moses, in this case it is something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests\n- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing\n- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod\n * v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod\n- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece\n * v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece\n * v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod\n- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart\n- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates\n- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban\n- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing\n- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments\n- v. 43b: Closing statement\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Holy garments\n\nBecause Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they had to be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstones. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.\n +EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **you** refers to Moses; in this case it is about something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 28 1 w9ls translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֨ן אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ 1 Call to yourself Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 28 1 ofgr translate-names נָדָ֧ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֛וּא אֶלְעָזָ֥ר וְ⁠אִיתָמָ֖ר 1 Call to yourself These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 28 3 n17y figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֗ה 1 Call to yourself Here **you** refers to Moses, in this case it is something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 28 3 c9pv figs-parallelism אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Call to yourself There is a little bit of parallelism here. Yahweh is clarifying who causes someone to be **wise of heart**. You could translate this in a more causal way if that would make more sense. Alternate translation: “to anyone whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom making them wise of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 28 3 wt7m figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **heart** and **spirit** are both referring to innate possession by a person that is, traits of a person. **Wisdom** refers to skill or talent with crafting in this case. Together **wise of heart** and **filled with the spirit of wisdom** both essentially mean “a talented craftsman.” If it is more clear to your readers you may consider making some of this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to every talented craftsman, those whom I have made skilled in their work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 4 tr5e וּ⁠כְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ 1 a coat of woven work We do not know what word translated **of woven work** means as it only occurs here and in [verse 39](../28/39.md) as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a chequered tunic” -EXO 28 4 dz5h translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This is a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 4 k184 translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֑ט 1 sash This a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 5 rxke translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֖לֶת וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 sash Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 3 n17y figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֗ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **you** refers to Moses. In this case it is about something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 28 3 c9pv figs-parallelism אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Call to yourself There is a little bit of parallelism here. Yahweh is clarifying who causes someone to be **wise of heart**. You could translate this in a more causal way if that would make more sense. Alternate translation: “to anyone whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom, making them wise of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 28 3 wt7m figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **heart** and **spirit** are both referring to innate possession by a person that is, traits of a person. **Wisdom** refers to skill or talent with crafting in this case. Together **wise of heart** and **filled with the spirit of wisdom** both essentially mean “a talented craftsman.” If it would be more clear to your readers, you may consider making some of this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to every talented craftsman, those whom I have made skilled in their work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 28 4 tr5e וּ⁠כְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ 1 a coat of woven work We do not know what word translated **of woven work** means, as it only occurs here and in [verse 39](../28/39.md) as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a checkered tunic” or "an embroidered garment" +EXO 28 4 dz5h translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This is a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 4 k184 translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֑ט 1 sash The **sash** is a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. You may translate it with a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 5 rxke translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֖לֶת וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 sash This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 5 pfq5 translate-unknown תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 sash A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 6 u3rx translate-unknown וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מָשְׁזָ֖ר 1 fine-twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Alternate translation: “finely-twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 6 k3bj חֹשֵֽׁב 1 skillful craftsman This refers to a person who can make beautiful objects by hand. -EXO 28 7 dpph שְׁתֵּ֧י כְתֵפֹ֣ת חֹֽבְרֹ֗ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֛⁠וֹ אֶל־שְׁנֵ֥י קְצוֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman This likely meant creating some sort of fastening at the top by the shoulders to attach the front of the ephod to its back. Alternate translation: “They shall make it so that the front and back attach to each other at the shoulders” -EXO 28 7 wt20 figs-activepassive וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “join it together that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 6 u3rx translate-unknown וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מָשְׁזָ֖ר 1 fine-twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Alternate translation: “fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 6 k3bj חֹשֵֽׁב 1 skillful craftsman The description **skillful craftsman** refers to a person who can make beautiful objects by hand. +EXO 28 7 dpph שְׁתֵּ֧י כְתֵפֹ֣ת חֹֽבְרֹ֗ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֛⁠וֹ אֶל־שְׁנֵ֥י קְצוֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman This likely meant creating some sort of fastening up by the shoulders to attach the front of the ephod to its back. Alternate translation: “They shall make it so that the front and back attach to each other at the shoulders” +EXO 28 7 wt20 figs-activepassive וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “join it together that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 8 u5av אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָלָ֔י⁠ו כְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֖⁠הוּ מִמֶּ֣⁠נּוּ 1 it must be made of one piece This is saying that the sash should be attached to the ephod, perhaps cut from the same material used to make the rest of the ephod. -EXO 28 9 c4ia translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֑הַם 1 onyx stones These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 9 c4ia translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֑הַם 1 onyx stones These **stones of onyx** are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 9 s2yd translate-numbers שְׁתֵּ֖י 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 28 10 h5mr translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁה֙…הַ⁠שִּׁשָּׁ֧ה 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “6 of … the 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 28 10 zlte כְּ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “according to their birth order” EXO 28 11 dv8k פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֗ם 1 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet Alternate translation: “in the same way a person engraves on a seal” -EXO 28 11 x1xc translate-unknown חָרַשׁ֮ אֶבֶן֒ 1 engraver This is a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal. Alternate translation: “of a detailed stone cutter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 11 cm3f translate-unknown חֹתָ֗ם 1 signet This is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 11 x1xc translate-unknown חָרַשׁ֮ אֶבֶן֒ 1 engraver A **craftsman of stone** is a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal. Alternate translation: “a detailed stone cutter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 11 cm3f translate-unknown חֹתָ֗ם 1 signet This is an engraved stone often set into a ring and used to stamp a design into a wax seal to authenticate an official document. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 11 gh2r translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצ֥וֹת 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold the stones onto the ephod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 12 ypfd זִכָּרֹ֖ן…לְ⁠זִכָּרֹֽן 1 settings The text does not specify if Yahweh or Aaron or someone else is the one being reminded by the stones. It also does not specify exactly what the reminder is of. Try to maintain this ambiguity if possible in your translation. EXO 28 12 shn5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י 1 settings Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 13 pi4x translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 13 pi4x translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת 1 settings The **ornamental settings** are pieces of precious metal that surround the sides of hold each stone to hold it onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 14 e746 וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤י שַׁרְשְׁרֹת֙ זָהָ֣ב טָה֔וֹר מִגְבָּלֹ֛ת תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠ם מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת 1 two braided chains of pure gold like cords Alternate translation: “and you shall make two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords” EXO 28 15 sf8e מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה חֹשֵׁ֔ב כְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֵפֹ֖ד תַּעֲשֶׂ֑⁠נּוּ 1 the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod Alternate translation: “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod” EXO 28 16 cny4 translate-bdistance זֶ֥רֶת…וְ⁠זֶ֥רֶת 1 span You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A span is approximately 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 28 16 onj6 רָב֥וּעַ יִֽהְיֶ֖ה כָּפ֑וּל 1 span Alternate translation: “fold it in half so it will be square” -EXO 28 17 spd4 translate-unknown 0 General Information: Twelve kinds of stone are listed in the next four verses. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 16 onj6 רָב֥וּעַ יִֽהְיֶ֖ה כָּפ֑וּל 1 span Alternate translation: “Fold it in half so it will be square” +EXO 28 17 spd4 translate-unknown 0 General Information: Twelve kinds of stones are listed in the next four verses. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 17 n1ys translate-unknown אֹ֤דֶם פִּטְדָה֙ וּ⁠בָרֶ֔קֶת 1 ruby…topaz…garnet These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 18 qq9g translate-ordinal וְ⁠הַ⁠טּ֖וּר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 emerald…diamond Alternate translation: “And row 2:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 28 18 ga1v translate-unknown נֹ֥פֶךְ סַפִּ֖יר וְ⁠יָהֲלֹֽם 1 emerald…diamond These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1909,148 +1909,148 @@ EXO 28 19 uw42 translate-ordinal וְ⁠הַ⁠טּ֖וּר הַ⁠שְּׁלִ EXO 28 19 z17r translate-unknown לֶ֥שֶׁם שְׁב֖וֹ וְ⁠אַחְלָֽמָה 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst These are precious stones (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 20 ekaf translate-ordinal וְ⁠הַ⁠טּוּר֙ הָ⁠רְבִיעִ֔י 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst Alternate translation: “And row 4:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 28 20 ul2e translate-unknown תַּרְשִׁ֥ישׁ וְ⁠שֹׁ֖הַם וְ⁠יָשְׁפֵ֑ה 1 beryl…jasper These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 20 rgf6 translate-unknown וְ⁠שֹׁ֖הַם 1 onyx This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 20 pw5h figs-activepassive מְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים זָהָ֛ב יִהְי֖וּ 1 They must be mounted in gold settings If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall set them in gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 20 rgf6 translate-unknown וְ⁠שֹׁ֖הַם 1 onyx An **onyx** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 20 pw5h figs-activepassive מְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים זָהָ֛ב יִהְי֖וּ 1 They must be mounted in gold settings If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall set them in gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 21 z8mw translate-unknown פִּתּוּחֵ֤י חוֹתָם֙ 1 signet ring A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 22 m7yl translate-unknown שַֽׁרְשֹׁ֥ת גַּבְלֻ֖ת מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת זָהָ֖ב טָהֽוֹר 1 chains like cords, braided work of pure gold Alternate translation: “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 25 d8y3 figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֥וּל פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 braided chains Here, **face** simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 25 a4lc figs-explicit עַל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַֽ⁠מִּשְׁבְּצ֑וֹת 1 to the two settings These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 28 27 f2nn figs-metonymy פָּנָ֔י⁠ו 1 braided chains Here, **face** simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 27 vw1w translate-unknown לְ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 28 se56 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל 1 so that it might be attached If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 27 vw1w translate-unknown לְ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב 1 finely-woven waistband The **waistband** was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 28 se56 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל 1 so that it might be attached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 28 wf9v figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל 1 the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 28 29 z1mz שְׁמ֨וֹת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md). EXO 28 29 cc97 עַל־לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 over his heart Alternate translation: “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest” -EXO 28 30 dgn9 translate-unknown הָ⁠אוּרִים֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּ֔ים 1 the Urim and the Thummim It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 30 dgn9 translate-unknown הָ⁠אוּרִים֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּ֔ים 1 the Urim and the Thummim It not clear what **the Urim and the Thummim** are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to somehow determine the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 30 f537 translate-unknown וְ⁠נָשָׂ֣א אַ֠הֲרֹן אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֨ט בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל עַל־לִבּ֛⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה תָּמִֽיד 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose. Alternate translation: “And Aaron shall bear the decisions for the sons of Israel over his heart before Yahweh continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 30 fep5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh … before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 32 x42n מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג 1 This must be the work of a weaver This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe” -EXO 28 32 rw96 translate-unknown אֹרֵ֗ג 1 a weaver Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 32 x42n מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג 1 This must be the work of a weaver This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: "made by a weaver" +EXO 28 32 rw96 translate-unknown אֹרֵ֗ג 1 a weaver Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread, yarns and wool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 32 t60l translate-unknown תַחְרָ֛א 1 a weaver We do not know what this term means, but the implication seems to be that the collar should be made strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 32 ubhg figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ 1 a weaver If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 33 qm1f translate-unknown תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 pomegranates Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 32 ubhg figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ 1 a weaver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 33 qm1f translate-unknown תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 pomegranates This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 34 kl55 פַּעֲמֹ֤ן זָהָב֙ וְ⁠רִמּ֔וֹן פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן זָהָ֖ב וְ⁠רִמּ֑וֹן 1 a golden bell and a pomegranate This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. Alternate translation: “alternate pomegranates and golden bells” -EXO 28 35 pf61 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹל⁠וֹ 1 so that its sound can be heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 35 pf61 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹל⁠וֹ 1 so that its sound can be heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 35 fmqu figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 35 ky8s figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, if it would be more natural in your language you may need to change this to first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EXO 28 35 ky8s figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If it would be more natural in your language, you may need to change this to first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 28 35 qtf9 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמֽוּת 1 This is so that he does not die The probable implication is that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 28 36 mzej translate-unknown צִּ֖יץ 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet We do not know exactly what this was. It was probably a thin piece of gold smaller than the palm of someone’s hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 36 nd2q translate-unknown וּ⁠פִתַּחְתָּ֤ עָלָי⁠ו֙ פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֔ם 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet Alternate translation: “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 37 qka6 translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנָ֑פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 37 qka6 translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנָ֑פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 37 lxq8 figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֥וּל פְּנֵֽי־הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban Here, **face** means the front. Alternate translation: “to the front of the turban” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 38 frqm figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 1 turban Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to be picturing handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also, here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 28 38 frqm figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 1 turban Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to picture handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 28 38 chuz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 38 jbt4 figs-123person יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, if it would be more natural in your language you may need to change this to first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 28 39 t5vj translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 39 yi1l translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט 1 sash A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 39 i62z translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 the work of an embroiderer An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 40 pfs2 translate-unknown אַבְנֵטִ֑ים 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 40 v2tj translate-unknown וּ⁠מִגְבָּעוֹת֙ 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 39 t5vj translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 39 yi1l translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט 1 sash A **sash** is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 39 i62z translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 the work of an embroiderer An embroiderer is a person who sews decorative designs onto cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 40 pfs2 translate-unknown אַבְנֵטִ֑ים 1 sashes The **sashes** are decorative pieces of cloth that people wear around the waist or across the chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 40 v2tj translate-unknown וּ⁠מִגְבָּעוֹת֙ 1 headbands A headband is a decorative, narrow strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 41 xa75 translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛⁠ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are articles of clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 42 m1bi figs-euphemism בְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 undergarments This is an euphemism for the male genitalia. You may translate it using an appropriate euphemism in your culture. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes

Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.

## Structure

As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole, the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.
The Consecration of the Priests
- v. 1-3 Preparing items
- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons
- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar
- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams
* v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned
* v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating
* v. 29-30 Priestly succession
* v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram
- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days
- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings
- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Consecrating priests

This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter


### Forms of you

For this chapter, it seems that the singular you that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.

### “I will live among the Israelites”

As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. -EXO 29 1 d6gk writing-newevent וְ⁠זֶ֨ה 1 Now A new scene begins here, there is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 29 1 z78h writing-pronouns תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 you must do Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes\n\nLarge translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.\n\n## Structure\n\nAs you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.\nThe Consecration of the Priests\n- v. 1-3 Preparing items\n- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons\n- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar\n- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams\n * v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned\n * v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating\n * v. 29-30 Priestly succession\n * v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram\n- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days\n- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings\n- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Consecrating priests\n\nThis chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n\n### Forms of you\n\nFor this chapter, it seems that the singular "you: that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.\n\n### “I will live among the Israelites”\n\nAs God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. +EXO 29 1 d6gk writing-newevent וְ⁠זֶ֨ה 1 Now A new scene begins here. There is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 29 1 z78h writing-pronouns תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 you must do Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 ld5s writing-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 to set them apart Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 dq2c writing-pronouns לִ֑⁠י 1 serve me Here **me** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 jhj3 figs-idiom בֶּן־בָּקָ֛ר 1 serve me This is an idiom meaning young. If you do not have a similar idiom you may translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “a young one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 2 ptm7 figs-activepassive בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן…מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to shorten the sentences and make the alternate translation content separate sentences or mark it off with special punctuation. Alternate translation: “(mix them with oil) … (rub them with oil)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 29 2 ptm7 figs-activepassive בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן…מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to shorten the sentences and make the alternate translation content separate sentences or mark it off with special punctuation. Alternate translation: “(mix them with oil) … (rub them with oil)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 29 2 wkyb וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil These may have been rubbed with oil before or after baking. -EXO 29 2 r449 translate-unknown וְ⁠חַלֹּ֤ת…וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י 1 bread…cakes…wafers These are different kinds of food made from flour. While all the breads were somewhat flat because they were unleavened, the **cakes** were a bread enriched with oil and the **wafers** were especially thin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 3 gm58 writing-pronouns אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 You must put them Alternate translation: “the bread, cake, and wafer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 29 3 cd6m וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠סָּ֑ל וְ⁠אֶ֨ת־הַ⁠פָּ֔ר וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֵילִֽם 1 present them with the bull and the two rams Here, **in the basket** is almost parenthetical. You may need to restructure the sentence or use punctuation to make it clear that **the bull and the two rams** are connected to **bring** not, **in the basket.** Alternate translation: “and you shall bring them near (in the basket) along with the bull and the two rams” -EXO 29 4 a6rz אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). +EXO 29 2 r449 translate-unknown וְ⁠חַלֹּ֤ת…וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י 1 bread…cakes…wafers These are different kinds of food made from flour. While all the breads were somewhat flat because they were unleavened, the **cakes** were a bread enriched with oil, and the **wafers** were especially thin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 3 gm58 writing-pronouns אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 You must put them Alternate translation: “the bread, cakes, and wafers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 29 3 cd6m וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠סָּ֑ל וְ⁠אֶ֨ת־הַ⁠פָּ֔ר וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֵילִֽם 1 present them with the bull and the two rams Here, **in the basket** is almost parenthetical. You may need to restructure the sentence or use punctuation to make it clear that **the bull and the two rams** are connected to **bring**, and not to **in the basket.** Alternate translation: “and you shall bring them near (in the basket) along with the bull and the two rams” +EXO 29 4 a6rz אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting The **tent of meeting** is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). EXO 29 5 pr4i translate-unknown בְּ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 6 ap2x translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנָֽפֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 6 y59s translate-unknown נֵ֥זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 holy crown This crown is described in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md) as being engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh” and made of pure gold. There it is referred to by a different Hebrew word, translated “rosette.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 7 rwuj translate-unknown שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה 1 holy crown See how you translated this in [25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 6 ap2x translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנָֽפֶת 1 turban This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 6 y59s translate-unknown נֵ֥זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 holy crown This **crown** is described in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md) as being engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh” and made of pure gold. There it is referred to by a different Hebrew word, which is translated as “rosette.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 7 rwuj translate-unknown שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה 1 holy crown See how you translated **oil of anointing" in [25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 8 v46k writing-pronouns בָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 bring his sons Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 29 8 jtc7 translate-unknown כֻּתֳּנֹֽת 1 coats These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 9 j3a8 translate-unknown אַבְנֵ֜ט 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 8 jtc7 translate-unknown כֻּתֳּנֹֽת 1 coats The **tunics** were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 9 j3a8 translate-unknown אַבְנֵ֜ט 1 sashes A **sash** is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 9 bh2d translate-unknown מִגְבָּעֹ֔ת 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 9 r1x4 translate-unknown כְּהֻנָּ֖ה 1 The work of the priesthood Here, **priesthood** means the official office of priest. Alternate translation: “the duty of being priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 9 r1x4 translate-unknown כְּהֻנָּ֖ה 1 The work of the priesthood Here, **the priesthood** means the official office of priest. Alternate translation: “the duty of being priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 9 ze9l figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 will belong to them The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “And … will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 29 9 p7m9 לְ⁠חֻקַּ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם 1 permanent law Alternate translation: “a law that will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md). -EXO 29 9 zbzk figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 permanent law This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “And you shall ordain Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 9 jhwb וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 tent of meeting Interpretations of this phrase vary. Some take it to mean that the actions previous to this statement describe the consecrating of Aaron and his sons as priests. And at this point they are ordained. Others suggest this phrase may introduce the following material as the consecration process. However, because there are several statements regarding this consecration (literally filling the hand) throughout the chapter (see verses 29, 33, and 35), it may also merely be a summary and reminder statement of the purpose of the entire process as the instructions transition from dressing the priests to the sacrificial portion of the ritual. It would probably be best to translate this in the way a mid-text summary reminder phrase would be spoken in your language, avoiding any indication that it refers only to the previous or following text. -EXO 29 10 wjko 0 tent of meeting The sacrifice explained here through verse 14 is to purify or cleanse the altar. This is made more clear in [verses 36-37](../29/36.md). +EXO 29 9 zbzk figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 permanent law The phrase, **fill the hand**, seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “And you shall ordain Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 9 jhwb וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 tent of meeting Interpretations of this phrase, **fill the hand**, vary. Some take it to mean that the actions previous to this statement describe the consecrating of Aaron and his sons as priests, and at this point they are ordained. Others suggest that this phrase may introduce the following material as the consecration process. However, because there are several statements regarding this consecration (literally filling the hand) throughout the chapter (see verses 29, 33, and 35), it may also merely be a summary and reminder statement of the purpose of the entire process as the instructions transition from dressing the priests to the sacrificial portion of the ritual. It would probably be best to translate this in the way a mid-text summary reminder phrase would be spoken in your language, avoiding any indication that it refers only to the previous or following text. +EXO 29 10 wjko 0 tent of meeting The purpose of the sacrifice explained here through verse 14 is to purify or cleanse the altar. This is made more clear in [verses 36-37](../29/36.md). EXO 29 10 sgur figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting Here, **face** refers to the front of the tent. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 29 10 rf0w grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠סָמַ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּֽר 1 tent of meeting The slaughter of the bull in the next verse occurs while they continue to have their hands on the bull’s head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +EXO 29 10 rf0w grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠סָמַ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּֽר 1 tent of meeting The slaughter of the bull in the next verse occurs while the priests continue to have their hands on the bull’s head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 29 12 c2ud translate-unknown קַרְנֹ֥ת 1 the horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 12 xdl5 כָּל־הַ⁠דָּ֣ם 1 the rest of the blood Alternate translation: “the remaining blood” EXO 29 13 x2c5 וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֖ 1 covers the inner parts Alternate translation: “and burn them to make smoke” -EXO 29 13 nsg6 translate-unknown הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד…הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת 1 liver…kidneys These are organs in the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 13 nsg6 translate-unknown הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד…הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת 1 liver…kidneys The **liver** and **kidneys** are organs in the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 14 eza8 וְ⁠אֶת־בְּשַׂ֤ר הַ⁠פָּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עֹר֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung Alternate translation: “But as for the remaining parts of the bull, including the flesh and” EXO 29 14 o262 מִ⁠ח֖וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֑ה 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung Alternate translation: “outside the borders of where the Israelites are camped” EXO 29 15 pd0t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠סָ֨מְכ֜וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung The slaughter of the ram in the next verse occurs while they continue to have their hands on the ram’s head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 29 17 w2nb translate-unknown קִרְבּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 the inner parts Alternate translation: “the organs” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 18 qc2i וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֤ אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אַ֨יִל֙ 1 on the altar Alternate translation: “and burn all of the ram to make smoke” -EXO 29 18 pwjk figs-parallelism עֹלָ֥ה ה֖וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה רֵ֣יחַ נִיח֔וֹחַ אִשֶּׁ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 on the altar These phrases are in parallel with the second expanding and clarifying the first. In some languages, you may need to use a different structure to expand and clarify the **burnt offering.** Alternate translation: “It is a pleasing smelling burnt offering made by fire to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 29 18 pwjk figs-parallelism עֹלָ֥ה ה֖וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה רֵ֣יחַ נִיח֔וֹחַ אִשֶּׁ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 on the altar These phrases are in parallel, with the second expanding and clarifying the first. In some languages, you may need to use a different structure to expand and clarify the **burnt offering**. Alternate translation: “It is a pleasant smelling burnt offering made by fire to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 29 19 zzsi הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 on the altar Except for **the second,** this verse is identical to [verse 15](../29/15.md). -EXO 29 20 j6b1 figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁחַטְתָּ֣ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֗יִל 1 Then you must kill the ram They killed the ram by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 29 20 j6b1 figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁחַטְתָּ֣ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֗יִל 1 Then you must kill the ram They killed the ram by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “and kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 29 21 bxs6 figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֞ מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֨ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַֽל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּחַ֮ וּ⁠מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֒ וְ⁠הִזֵּיתָ֤ 1 Aaron will then be set apart for me Moses would mix the blood and oil. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall take some of the blood that is on the altar and mix it with some of the oil of anointing and sprinkle it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 22 i3dc translate-unknown הַ⁠קֶּ֗רֶב…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙ 1 inner parts…liver…kidney These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 22 i3dc translate-unknown הַ⁠קֶּ֗רֶב…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙ 1 inner parts…liver…kidney The **entrails** and **liver** refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 23 mcko וְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Take one loaf…before Yahweh All of these items were in the basket mentioned in [verse 2](../29/02.md), not just the wafer. Be sure this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “and from the basket of bread without yeast that is before the face of Yahweh: one round loaf of bread, and one cake of bread of oil, and one wafer” -EXO 29 23 td8w וְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת 1 Take one loaf…before Yahweh For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md). +EXO 29 23 td8w וְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת 1 Take one loaf…before Yahweh For 29:23, see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md). EXO 29 23 i7vx figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 that is before Yahweh This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “that you have placed before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 29 24 b9bj writing-pronouns הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל 1 You must put these Here, **all these** refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 24 q6k5 figs-123person וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ 1 You must put these While the text reads, **you shall raise**, logically, it is Aaron and his sons who will raise the offerings at this point. It may be clearer to your readers to change the person here. Alternate translation: “and they shall raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 29 24 xhhf translate-symaction וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 You must put these The act of raising the meat and bread symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and they shall show that they are giving them to me by holding them up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +EXO 29 24 xhhf translate-symaction וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 You must put these The act of raising the meat and bread symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out the process of handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and they shall show that they are giving them to me by holding them up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 29 24 ypit figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 You must put these This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 29 25 e6bj וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֥ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חָ⁠ה עַל־הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה לְ⁠רֵ֤יחַ נִיח֨וֹחַ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אִשֶּׁ֥ה ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 You must put these See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 18](../29/18.md). -EXO 29 26 bf71 מֵ⁠אֵ֤יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִים֙ 1 ram of dedication See how you translated this in [verse 22](../29/22.md). Alternate translation: “ram that you dedicated” +EXO 29 26 bf71 מֵ⁠אֵ֤יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִים֙ 1 ram of dedication See how you translated this in [verse 22](../29/22.md). Alternate translation: “from the ram that you dedicated” EXO 29 26 c21f translate-symaction וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹת֛⁠וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 Aaron’s ram of dedication The act of raising the meat symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. See how you translated this in [verse 24](../29/24.md). Alternate translation: “and show that you are giving it to me by holding it up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 29 27 dzkx translate-symaction הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֗ה וְ⁠אֵת֙ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוּנַ֖ף וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּרָ֑ם 1 Aaron’s ram of dedication The act of raising the meat symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. See how you translated this in [verse 24](../29/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 29 28 uc2d וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו לְ⁠חָק־עוֹלָ֗ם מֵ⁠אֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons Alternate translation: “This offering is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people” EXO 29 28 q3ms מֵ⁠אֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא וּ⁠תְרוּמָ֞ה יִהְיֶ֨ה מֵ⁠אֵ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ מִ⁠זִּבְחֵ֣י שַׁלְמֵי⁠הֶ֔ם תְּרוּמָתָ֖⁠ם לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons The amount of repetition in this verse may make it difficult to translate smoothly. You may consider combining some of them if that would work better in your language. Alternate translation: “for the Israelites must offer this portion from what they bring to Yahweh as peace offerings to them” EXO 29 29 a59z figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלֵּא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 The holy garments of Aaron must also be reserved for his sons after him This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “to ordain them in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 31 l3xk אֵ֥יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֖ים 1 the ram for the installation of the priests This refers to the second ram, the one described in [verses 19](../29/19.md) and following. +EXO 29 31 l3xk אֵ֥יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֖ים 1 the ram for the installation of the priests The **ram of consecration** refers to the second ram, the one described in [verses 19](../29/19.md) and following. EXO 29 31 u9kl figs-explicit בְּ⁠מָקֹ֥ם קָדֹֽשׁ 1 in a holy place This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This probably refers to a place within the courtyard. However, exactly where it is is not otherwise specified. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 29 33 mcdc figs-idiom לְ⁠מַלֵּ֥א אֶת־יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 in a holy place This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “to ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 34 rhp7 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 It must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 35 yo59 כָּ֔כָה 1 General Information: **Thus** means, “like this” and, as the next verses make clear, refers to the sacrificial ceremony outlined in this chapter which they must repeat seven times. +EXO 29 34 rhp7 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 It must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 29 35 yo59 כָּ֔כָה 1 General Information: Here, **thus** means “like this” and, as the next verses make clear, refers to the sacrificial ceremony outlined in this chapter which they must repeat seven times. EXO 29 35 wrfs translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 29 35 c2si figs-idiom תְּמַלֵּ֥א יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 General Information: This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 36 r5tx 0 General Information: This verse and the next explain the purpose of the sacrifice detailed in [verses 10-14](../29/10.md). -EXO 29 36 s81n grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠פַ֨ר חַטָּ֜את תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה לַ⁠יּוֹם֙ עַל־הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים וְ⁠חִטֵּאתָ֙ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּ⁠כַפֶּרְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 General Information: The phrase **and you shall purify the altar by making atonement for it** describes the purpose of offering the bull. You may want to use a stronger connector, or in languages that need to put purpose first you may need to re-order the clauses. Alternate translation: “And you shall offer a bull of purification for atonement daily, thus you shall purify the altar, by making atonement for it.” or “You shall purify the altar by making atonement for it: you shall offer a bull of purification daily for its atonement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 29 37 pq5d figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 29 36 s81n grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠פַ֨ר חַטָּ֜את תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה לַ⁠יּוֹם֙ עַל־הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים וְ⁠חִטֵּאתָ֙ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּ⁠כַפֶּרְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 General Information: The phrase **and you shall purify the altar by making atonement for it** describes the purpose of offering the bull. You may want to use a stronger connector. In languages that need to put purpose first, you may need to re-order the clauses. Alternate translation: “And you shall offer a bull of purification for atonement daily, thus you shall purify the altar, by making atonement for it.” or “You shall purify the altar by making atonement for it: you shall offer a bull of purification daily for its atonement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EXO 29 37 pq5d figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 29 37 qk5h יִקְדָּֽשׁ 1 will be set apart to Yahweh Alternate translation: “will also become set apart” -EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: This is an idiom meaning one year old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 39 qxst figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם 1 General Information: The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: The phrase **sons of a year** is an idiom meaning one year old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 39 qxst figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם 1 General Information: The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices, it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 40 x6i4 translate-fraction וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן…רֶ֣בַע…רְבִעִ֥ית 1 a tenth…the fourth part Alternate translation: “1/10 of … 1/4 of … 1/4 of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 29 40 nd8q figs-explicit וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת 1 a tenth…the fourth part Many commentators suggest that this means one tenth of an “ephah” even though “ephah” is not written. If your translation style retains the original measurement words, you may need to insert the word you are using for “ephah” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 40 oxsl translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת…רֶ֣בַע הַ⁠הִ֔ין…רְבִעִ֥ית הַ⁠הִ֖ין 1 a tenth…the fourth part The values given in the UST are approximations, the exact size of an ephah and hin is not precisely known. An ephah (the implied measurement) may have been around 22 liters, so this is about 2.2 liters of flour. A hin may have been around 3.7 liters, so this is about one liter of both oil and wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -EXO 29 41 ibch figs-idiom בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 a tenth…the fourth part The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. See how you translated it in [verse 39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 40 oxsl translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת…רֶ֣בַע הַ⁠הִ֔ין…רְבִעִ֥ית הַ⁠הִ֖ין 1 a tenth…the fourth part The values given in the UST are approximations as the exact size of an ephah and a hin is not precisely known. An ephah (the implied measurement) may have been around 22 liters, so this is about 2.2 liters of flour. A hin may have been around 3.7 liters, so this is about one liter of both oil and wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +EXO 29 41 ibch figs-idiom בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 a tenth…the fourth part The exact meaning of the phrase **between the evenings** is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices, it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. See how you translated it in [verse 39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 42 j8cg לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 29 42 h5r7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 tent of meeting This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּ⁠כְבֹדִֽ⁠י 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes

This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.
The forms of you are mostly singular, however, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.


## Structure:

- v. 1-10: Incense altar
* v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar
* v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar
- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census
- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin
- v. 22-30: Anointing oil
* v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil
* v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil
v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

Through the offering of blood and money things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])


### Holiness

Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


### Unknown terms

There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. -EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥יתָ 1 You must make Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּ⁠כְבֹדִֽ⁠י 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes\n\nThis chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.\nThe forms of "you" are mostly singular. However, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct, so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.\n\n\n## Structure:\n\n- v. 1-10: Incense altar\n * v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar\n * v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar\n- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census\n- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin\n- v. 22-30: Anointing oil\n * v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil\n * v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil\nv- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Atonement\n\nThrough the offering of blood and money, things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])\n\n\n### Holiness\n\nSome items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n### Unknown terms\n\nThere are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. +EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥יתָ 1 You must make Here, **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 2 w56e translate-unknown קַרְנֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 Its horns must be made See how you translated **horns** in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 2 a39m translate-bdistance אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה…וְ⁠אַמָּתַ֖יִם 1 Its horns must be made You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm … 46cm … 94cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 30 3 d3uu 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md), see how you translated there. -EXO 30 4 qyg4 0 to be attached to it You may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles when translating this verse. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md), & [Exo 27:4](../27/04.md). -EXO 30 4 bvxi figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 to be attached to it Here, **housings** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since they are where the poles belong for use, they are figuratively their **house.** If you have a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging” you may use it or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 30 3 d3uu 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md), so see how you translated there. +EXO 30 4 qyg4 0 to be attached to it When translating this verse, you may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md), & [Exo 27:4](../27/04.md). +EXO 30 4 bvxi figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 to be attached to it Here, the word **housings** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since they are where the poles belong for use, they are figuratively their house. If you have a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 6 ulvn figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 to be attached to it Here, **before the face of** means in front of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 30 6 e87s figs-you לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 to be attached to it Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 7 o1zo בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “each morning” or “daily, in the morning” -EXO 30 7 l2rl בְּ⁠הֵיטִיב֛⁠וֹ אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּרֹ֖ת 1 General Information: The lamps had burned overnight and weren’t needed during the day so he would put them out and do whatever maintenance was required for them to be ready in the evening. Alternate translation: “trims the lamps” -EXO 30 8 nrgk וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲלֹ֨ת אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּרֹ֛ת 1 throughout your generations This may indicate that in the morning Aaron had taken the lamps down and he would light them and then put them up on the holders in the evening. +EXO 30 6 e87s figs-you לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 to be attached to it Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 7 o1zo בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “Each morning” or “Daily, in the morning” +EXO 30 7 l2rl בְּ⁠הֵיטִיב֛⁠וֹ אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּרֹ֖ת 1 General Information: The lamps had burned overnight and weren’t needed during the day, so he would put them out and do whatever maintenance was required for them to be ready to burn again in the evening. Alternate translation: “trims the lamps” +EXO 30 8 nrgk וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲלֹ֨ת אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּרֹ֛ת 1 throughout your generations This may indicate that in the morning Aaron had taken the lamps down, and he would light them and then put them up on the holders in the evening. EXO 30 8 sq7x figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עֲרְבַּ֖יִם 1 throughout your generations The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. See how you translated it in [29:39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 8 qm7i לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 30 9 ckf9 לֹא־תַעֲל֥וּ עָלָ֛י⁠ו קְטֹ֥רֶת זָרָ֖ה וְ⁠עֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֑ה 1 But you must offer Later, in [verses 34](../30/34.md) and following, God describes how to make the one sort of incense that he wants burnt on this altar. Alternate translation: “You shall only offer up the kind of incense I tell you. You shall not make burnt or grain offerings on it.” EXO 30 10 dgny grammar-connect-logic-goal קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 horns This last clause defines the purpose of the ritual described in this verse. See [Exo 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “This is to make it holy of holies to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 30 10 k6xk קַרְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). +EXO 30 10 k6xk קַרְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 horns These were projections that looked like ox horns and were attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). EXO 30 10 san2 לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 30 10 jxn0 figs-possession קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים 1 throughout your generations Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 30 10 jxn0 figs-possession קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים 1 throughout your generations Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 30 10 uxb4 figs-quotemarks לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 throughout your generations After **Yahweh**, the direct quote that began in [Exo 25:2](../25/02.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 30 12 dprx figs-idiom תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ 1 When you take In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you תִשָּׂ֞א 1 When you take Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you תִשָּׂ֞א 1 When you take This could mean: (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 12 k5p1 אִ֣ישׁ 1 a census of the Israelites The leaders only counted the Israelite men. EXO 30 13 y1kn figs-idiom כָּל־הָ⁠עֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 half a shekel of silver This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bweight הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver These are units of weight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bweight הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** and the **gerah** are units of weight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 30 13 a2py translate-bmoney הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** was used as both a weight and a unit of money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EXO 30 13 w3hx translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית…מַחֲצִ֣ית 1 half a shekel of silver Alternate translation: “1/2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 30 13 nfp6 בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ עֶשְׂרִ֤ים גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. @@ -2059,47 +2059,47 @@ EXO 30 14 vhim figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה EXO 30 14 k4h9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וָ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 from twenty years old and up Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 30 15 e8xa translate-bmoney מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִ֖ית הַ⁠שָּׁ֑קֶל 1 the half shekel See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EXO 30 15 ew8p figs-123person נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 the half shekel The plural form of you is used here. In many cases, since Yahweh is speaking to Moses about the people that will be counted, it may make more sense to change to the third person. However, Moses would be counted as well and would have to pay the ransom, so a form of you that could include Moses and all the other Israelite men would also be an appropriate translation. Alternate translation: “for their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 30 16 z6tn וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֖ר עַל־נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives This sentence is very unclear. It is not clear who is being reminded of what. This could mean: (1) It will remind Yahweh that the Israelites have given money for their lives. Therefore he should welcome them. (2) It will remind the Israelites that they have given Yahweh money for their lives. Therefore he will welcome them. +EXO 30 16 z6tn וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֖ר עַל־נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives This sentence is very unclear. It is not clear who is being reminded of what. This could mean: (1) that it will remind Yahweh that the Israelites have given money for their lives, and therefore he should welcome them. (2) that it will remind the Israelites that they have given Yahweh money for their lives. Therefore, Yahweh will welcome them. EXO 30 16 mwix figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 30 18 v88y translate-unknown כִּיּ֥וֹר נְחֹ֛שֶׁת 1 bronze basin Alternate translation: “bronze bowl” or “bronze tub” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 18 bh82 וְ⁠כַנּ֥⁠וֹ 1 a bronze stand This is what the basin would be put on. -EXO 30 18 iq8n לְ⁠רָחְצָ֑ה 1 a basin for washing This phrase explains what the priests were to use the bronze basin for. +EXO 30 18 bh82 וְ⁠כַנּ֥⁠וֹ 1 a bronze stand The **base** is what the basin would be put upon. +EXO 30 18 iq8n לְ⁠רָחְצָ֑ה 1 a basin for washing This phrase, **for washing**, explains the purpose for which the priests were to use the bronze basin. EXO 30 19 ivb1 מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 water in it Alternate translation: “in the water in the basin” -EXO 30 20 dyku grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order to not die. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 30 20 it0h grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order to not die. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EXO 30 20 dyku grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order that God would not put them to death. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language, move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EXO 30 20 it0h grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order to remain alive. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 30 21 hp35 וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה לָ⁠הֶ֧ם חָק־עוֹלָ֛ם ל֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְע֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 for Aaron and his descendants throughout their people’s generations See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:17](../12/17.md). -EXO 30 23 m9g7 translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִ֣ים 1 spices These are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 23 zq43 figs-explicit חֲמֵ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים וּ⁠מָאתָ֑יִם…חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם 1 five hundred shekels…250 shekels [The next verse](../30/24.md) mentions that these are shekel weight measurements, you may want to include some indication of that here. Alternate translation: “500 shekels … 250 shekels … 250 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 30 23 xga2 translate-unknown וְ⁠קִנְּמָן 1 cinnamon…cane This is a sweet spice taken from the inside of the bark of a tree that grows in south-east Asia. [See Wikipeda](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamon) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 23 m9g7 translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִ֣ים 1 spices These are parts of dried plants (other than the leaves) which people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 23 zq43 figs-explicit חֲמֵ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים וּ⁠מָאתָ֑יִם…חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם 1 five hundred shekels…250 shekels [The next verse](../30/24.md) mentions that these are shekel weight measurements. You may want to include some indication of that here. Alternate translation: “500 shekels … 250 shekels … 250 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 30 23 xga2 translate-unknown וְ⁠קִנְּמָן 1 cinnamon…cane We know that **cinnamon** is a sweet spice taken from the inside of the bark of a tree that grows in south-east Asia. [See Wikipeda](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamon) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 23 t2me translate-unknown וּ⁠קְנֵה 1 cinnamon…cane This plant is unknown to scholars. Alternate translation: “and reed of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 24 p9jh translate-unknown וְ⁠קִדָּ֕ה 1 cassia This is a sweet spice taken from the bark of a tree that grows in east Asia. It is slightly different than the spice cinnamon in the previous verse. [See Wikipeda](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamomum_cassia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 24 p9jh translate-unknown וְ⁠קִדָּ֕ה 1 cassia It is known that **cassia** is a sweet spice taken from the bark of a tree that grows in east Asia. It is slightly different than the spice cinnamon in the previous verse. [See Wikipeda](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamomum_cassia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 24 n38f translate-bweight בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 30 24 dv89 translate-bvolume הִֽין 1 one hin Translators may use units that people know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EXO 30 25 k3s5 מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רֹקֵ֑חַ 1 the work of a perfumer This could mean: (1) Moses was to have an ointment mixer do the work. (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way an ointment mixer would do it. EXO 30 25 yv9l translate-unknown רֹקֵ֑חַ 1 a perfumer This is a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 26 u241 figs-you וּ⁠מָשַׁחְתָּ֥ 1 You must anoint Here **you** may refer to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 29 np7g אֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 set them apart This refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](../30/26.md). -EXO 30 29 m062 figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֑ים 1 set them apart Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 30 26 u241 figs-you וּ⁠מָשַׁחְתָּ֥ 1 You must anoint Here, **you** may refer to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 29 np7g אֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 set them apart Here, **them** refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](../30/26.md). +EXO 30 29 m062 figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֑ים 1 set them apart Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 30 31 k4s7 לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 throughout your people’s generations Alternate translation: “all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 30 32 rlk4 figs-activepassive עַל־בְּשַׂ֤ר אָדָם֙ לֹ֣א יִיסָ֔ךְ 1 It must not be applied to people’s skin If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall not pour it on the body of a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 30 32 rlk4 figs-activepassive עַל־בְּשַׂ֤ר אָדָם֙ לֹ֣א יִיסָ֔ךְ 1 It must not be applied to people’s skin If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall not pour it on the body of a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 30 32 v3br וּ⁠בְ⁠מַ֨תְכֻּנְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 with the same formula Alternate translation: “and … with the same ingredients” or “and … with the same items” or “and … according to this recipe” -EXO 30 32 it0x grammar-connect-logic-result קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֔וּא קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 with the same formula The second half of this statement (**it shall be holy to you**) explains to the people the result of this oil being holy, which is, they must respect it as a holy thing. It may make more sense in some languages to move this whole statement to the beginning of the verse because the rule about pouring on someone’s body is an application of the result. Alternate translation (placed at the beginning of the verse): “Because it is sacred, you must treat it like it is sacred, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 30 32 it0x grammar-connect-logic-result קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֔וּא קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 with the same formula The second half of this statement (**it shall be holy to you**) explains to the people the result of this oil being holy, which is, they must respect it as a holy thing. It may make more sense in some languages to move this whole statement to the beginning of the verse, because the rule about pouring on someone’s body is an application of the result. Alternate translation (placed at the beginning of the verse): “Because it is sacred, you must treat it like it is sacred, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 30 33 pa53 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that person must be cut off from his people See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 30 33 yhgi figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that person must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cuff off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 34 uo57 translate-unknown נָטָ֤ף׀ וּ⁠שְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠חֶלְבְּנָ֔ה…וּ⁠לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה 1 General Information: Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are. Stacte is a resin from certain gum plants. Onycha is from certain shellfish or mollusks. Galbanum is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 35 y8yj וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ 1 blended by a perfumer Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). -EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you וְ⁠שָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֨ה 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 33 yhgi figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that person must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 30 34 uo57 translate-unknown נָטָ֤ף׀ וּ⁠שְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠חֶלְבְּנָ֔ה…וּ⁠לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה 1 General Information: Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are: **stacte** is a resin from certain gum plants, **onycha** is from certain shellfish or mollusks, and **galbanum** is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 35 y8yj וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ 1 blended by a perfumer This could mean: (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). +EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you וְ⁠שָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֨ה 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “You will crush” Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 36 oj2r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 30 36 mxww figs-metonymy הָ⁠עֵדֻת֙ 1 You will grind it Here, **testimony** probably refers to the sacred chest that contained the tablets of the law. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 30 36 i71b figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים 1 You will grind it Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 30 36 t8y9 figs-you לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 You will regard Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 36 i71b figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים 1 You will grind it Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 30 36 t8y9 figs-you לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 You will regard Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 37 dq6c figs-you תַעֲשׂ֖וּ 1 you must not make any The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 37 yv1y בְּ⁠מַ֨תְכֻּנְתָּ֔⁠הּ 1 with the same formula Alternate translation: “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md). EXO 30 37 wh25 קֹ֛דֶשׁ תִּהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 It must be most holy to you Alternate translation: “You must consider it to be most holy” EXO 30 38 xn6v לְ⁠הָרִ֣יחַ בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 perfume This could mean: (1) to enjoy the scent for oneself (2) to wear as a perfume. EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 30 38 o6v0 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cuff off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath

As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) +EXO 30 38 o6v0 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nAs described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-idiom קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֑ם 1 I have called by name Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֲמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖⁠וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2114,102 +2114,102 @@ EXO 31 13 bveg figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 You must certainly keep Yahwe EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor אַ֥ךְ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 31 13 gw13 לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your people’s generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 31 14 dsya figs-quotemarks לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 throughout your people’s generations One possible ending place for the second-level quotation that began in the previous verse is after **to you**. The rest of Yahweh’s instructions to Moses in this section do not use the second person to address Israel directly, so you may close the second-level quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֔ת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 14 fz1g figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה 1 must surely be cut off from his people See how you translated **cuff off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֔ת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 14 fz1g figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה 1 must surely be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 31 15 v4dv translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 31 15 fvga translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “the 7th” or “day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 31 15 lrat שַׁבַּ֧ת שַׁבָּת֛וֹן 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “a Sabbath of complete rest” -EXO 31 15 fxuo figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 15 fxuo figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 31 16 n7q2 לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations Alternate translation: “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). -EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “a covenant that will always exist” or “a lasting covenant” -EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen some time during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])


- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf
- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction
* v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people
- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idolatry

The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “A covenant that will always exist” or “A lasting covenant” +EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occured while Moses spoke with God and therefore happened sometime during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])\n\n\n- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf\n- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction\n * v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people\n- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Idolatry\n\nThe making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 1 oan6 writing-newevent 0 the people saw This chapter begins with a major scene shift, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 1 lnau figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָ⁠עָ֜ם 1 the people saw This means the people were not summoned by Aaron, they decided to come **gather themselves.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean to literally stand up. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here, the word **saw** is used to indicate understanding or realization of a situation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 32 1 lnau figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָ⁠עָ֜ם 1 the people saw This means the people were not summoned by Aaron to come to him, but instead they decided to **gather themselves.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean that he should literally stand up. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 1 mrb5 figs-metonymy יֵֽלְכוּ֙ לְ⁠פָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 go before us Here, **before our faces** means ahead of. The Israelites want idols to lead them. Alternate translation: “shall lead us” or “shall be our leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 32 1 wulk כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 go before us People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating distance between him and themselves socially. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. -EXO 32 2 p86s writing-pronouns וְ⁠הָבִ֖יאוּ 1 bring them to me The word **them** refers to the golden rings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 32 3 ckg2 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 All the people This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Yahweh as their God. Later parts of the text reveal that there were people still faithful to Moses and Yahweh, and a great deal more gold. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 32 4 uf9e translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֤צַר אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בַּ⁠חֶ֔רֶט וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשֵׂ֖⁠הוּ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֑ה 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf Most likely this means that Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 32 1 wulk כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 go before us People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating social distance between him and themselves. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. +EXO 32 2 p86s writing-pronouns וְ⁠הָבִ֖יאוּ 1 bring them to me The word **them** here refers to the golden rings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 32 3 ckg2 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 All the people This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Yahweh as their God. Later parts of the text reveal that there were people still faithful to Moses and Yahweh and that the Israelites had a great deal more gold. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 32 4 uf9e translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֤צַר אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בַּ⁠חֶ֔רֶט וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשֵׂ֖⁠הוּ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֑ה 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf Most likely this means that Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold cooled and became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 32 4 cc7s writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf It is not clear who **they** is who spoke. Alternate translation: “And someone said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 32 4 ence figs-123person אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙…הֶעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf Because the speaker of this sentence is unknown and mentioned in the plural, it is possible that it is the people speaking. In that case, it would be possible for a translation to use the first person rather than second person here. Alternate translation: “our gods … brought us up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 32 4 n17v אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf In the text, there only appears to be one “god” (the golden calf idol) presented to Israel. If it would be clearer to your audience, you may consider translating **these … gods** as singular. Alternate translation: “this is your god” -EXO 32 5 ztx4 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 When Aaron saw this You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 32 5 ztx4 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 When Aaron saw this You may need to make explicit what he saw. “Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 5 odaq figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 When Aaron saw this Here, **before its face** means in front of. Alternate translation: “in front of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 5 p2df figs-explicit לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 When Aaron saw this Here, **it** is the golden bull-calf. Alternate translation: “in front of the bull-calf idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 6 as6u figs-euphemism לְ⁠צַחֵֽק 1 to carouse in wild celebration This word may imply drunken and sexual sin (for a sexual implication see [Genesis 26:8](../GEN/26/08)). However, the only actions mentioned in the text are singing ([v. 18](../32/18.md)) and dancing ([v. 19](../32/19.md)) so translators should avoid using a term that is overly suggestive. Alternate translation: “to revel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 32 7 iajs writing-newevent 0 to carouse in wild celebration There is a scene shift back to the top of the mountain with Moses and Yahweh here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 32 7 tcek figs-rpronouns שִׁחֵ֣ת 1 to carouse in wild celebration Here, the reflexive **themselves** is used to translate the fact that the Israelites actions made the Israelites corrupt. Alternate translation: “have acted corruptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 32 8 eua5 figs-metaphor סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם 1 left the way that I commanded them Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They have quickly stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “They have quickly stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 32 6 as6u figs-euphemism לְ⁠צַחֵֽק 1 to carouse in wild celebration This word may imply drunken and sexual sin (for a sexual implication see [Genesis 26:8](../GEN/26/08)). However, the only actions mentioned in the text are singing ([v. 18](../32/18.md)) and dancing ([v. 19](../32/19.md)), so translators should avoid using a term that is overly suggestive. Alternate translation: “to revel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +EXO 32 7 iajs writing-newevent 0 to carouse in wild celebration Here there is a scene shift back to the top of the mountain with Moses and Yahweh, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 32 7 tcek figs-rpronouns שִׁחֵ֣ת 1 to carouse in wild celebration Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** is used to translate the fact that the Israelites actions made the Israelites corrupt. Alternate translation: “have acted corruptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +EXO 32 8 eua5 figs-metaphor סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם 1 left the way that I commanded them Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road, and they left that road. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They have quickly stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “They have quickly stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 8 tg9e figs-quotemarks אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 left the way that I commanded them This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 32 8 w7v8 figs-quotesinquotes אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 left the way that I commanded them You may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that these are your gods, Israel, that brought you up from the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 32 8 sjj1 אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 left the way that I commanded them In the text, there only appears to be one “god” (the golden calf idol) presented to Israel. If it would be clearer to your audience, you may consider translating **these … gods** as singular. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is your god” +EXO 32 8 sjj1 אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 left the way that I commanded them In the text, there only appears to be one “god” (the golden calf idol) presented to Israel. If it would be clearer to your audience, you may consider translating **these … gods** as singular. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is your god” EXO 32 8 f62v figs-123person אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙…הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ 1 left the way that I commanded them Because the speaker of this sentence is unknown and mentioned in the plural, it is possible that it is the people speaking. In that case, it would be possible for a translation to use the first person rather than second person here. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “our gods … brought us up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 32 9 ffe2 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף 1 a stiff-necked people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had hard necks. The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him (not going in the way God commanded). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 9 my87 grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה…הֽוּא 1 a stiff-necked people **People** is a collective noun so the pronouns refering to the people are singular. You may use plural pronouns if that is the normal usage in your language. Alternate translation: “these … they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 32 9 my87 grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה…הֽוּא 1 a stiff-necked people The word **people** is a collective noun, so the pronouns referring to the people are singular. You may use plural pronouns if that is the normal usage in your language. Alternate translation: “these … they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 32 10 fmk3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 Now then **So now** is used here to mark that Yahweh’s next statements are a result of what he has said in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 32 10 sd9w figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽחַר־אַפִּ֥⁠י בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And let me be angry with them”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 10 vc2u writing-pronouns אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 from you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 32 11 h62e figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵ֨אתָ֙ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠כֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 why does your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand? Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, do not let your nose burn against your people whom you have brought out from the land of Egypt with great power and with a strong hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 32 11 nuwf figs-idiom יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “are you angry with your people”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 11 nuwf figs-idiom יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry with his people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “are you angry with your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 11 t2cv figs-doublet בְּ⁠כֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 great power…mighty hand These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. If doubling in this way would not convey emphasis in your language, you will need to find a way to translate it that does give emphasis. Alternate translation: “using your very strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 32 11 ph43 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 a mighty hand Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “and with powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 32 12 yvez figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ After **saying,** this is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “the Egyptians say that you brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 32 12 kzh7 figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 face of the earth Here, **face** means “surface.” Alternate translation: “from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the ground.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 32 12 yvez figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ After **saying,** this is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.\nHowever, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “the Egyptians say that you brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 32 12 kzh7 figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 face of the earth Here, **face** means “surface.” Alternate translation: “from the surface of the land” or “from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 12 fns1 שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Alternate translation: “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry” -EXO 32 12 iz5q figs-idiom שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠הִנָּחֵ֥ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה לְ⁠עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Here, Yahweh’s anger (burning nose) and plan to punish the people are spoken of as things that he could turn away from and repent of (repentence also means to turn from). This imagry may not translate into your langauge and you may need to use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Calm down and please do not stay determined to do evil to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 12 iz5q figs-idiom שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠הִנָּחֵ֥ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה לְ⁠עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Here, Yahweh’s anger (burning nose) and plan to punish the people are spoken of as things that he could turn away from and repent of (repentance also means to turn from). This imagery may not translate into your language, and you may need to use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Calm down, and please do not stay determined to do evil to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 13 t9sa זְכֹ֡ר 1 Call to mind Abraham Alternate translation: “Think about” EXO 32 13 p8jq נִשְׁבַּ֣עְתָּ 1 you swore Alternate translation: “you made an oath” EXO 32 13 q1g1 וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֜את אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֗רְתִּי אֶתֵּן֙ לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 They will inherit it forever That is, the land of Canaan. -EXO 32 15 cx7z figs-activepassive לֻחֹ֗ת כְּתֻבִים֙ מִ⁠שְּׁנֵ֣י עֶבְרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה הֵ֥ם כְּתֻבִֽים 1 tablets of the covenant decrees If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had written on both the sides of the tablets, on this side and on that side he had written.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 32 16 w3ua figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ֨⁠לֻּחֹ֔ת מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים הֵ֑מָּה וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּכְתָּ֗ב מִכְתַּ֤ב אֱלֹהִים֙ ה֔וּא 1 The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing These two sentences have an unusual structure that places emphasis on **tablets** and **writing**. If your language would emphasize these topics in a different way than moving them to the front of the sentence follow your language’s natural usage for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And the tablets themselves were the work of God. And the writing itself was the writing of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +EXO 32 15 cx7z figs-activepassive לֻחֹ֗ת כְּתֻבִים֙ מִ⁠שְּׁנֵ֣י עֶבְרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה הֵ֥ם כְּתֻבִֽים 1 tablets of the covenant decrees If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had written on both the sides of the tablets, on this side and on that side he had written.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 32 16 w3ua figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ֨⁠לֻּחֹ֔ת מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים הֵ֑מָּה וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּכְתָּ֗ב מִכְתַּ֤ב אֱלֹהִים֙ ה֔וּא 1 The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing These two sentences have an unusual structure that places emphasis on **tablets** and **writing**. If your language would emphasize these topics in a different way than moving them to the beginning of the sentence, follow your language’s natural usage for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And the tablets themselves were the work of God. And the writing itself was the writing of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 32 17 cua3 writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ 1 he said to Moses Joshua was last mentioned in [Exodus 24:13](../24/13.md). The text does not say if he was on top of the mountain with Moses or if he waited for him part way up. Consider if your language will need to re-introduce Joshua in any way here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 32 18 r0gm writing-poetry אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses These lines are widely considered to be poetic. It is not clear why a poetic form is used here. In some languages it may not be appropriate to convey this response in poetic form, in which case another form may be used. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) -EXO 32 18 m4k0 figs-parallelism אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses The poetic form here is parallelism in the repetition of **sound of singing**. If it would be unclear to say that Moses heard **the sound of singing** in the third line after saying he didn’t hear the sound of singing twice before, something more like the UST may be followed that is more contrastive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 32 18 m4k0 figs-parallelism אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses The poetic form here is parallelism in the repetition of **sound of singing**. If it would be unclear to say that Moses heard **the sound of singing** in the third line after saying he didn’t hear the sound of singing twice before, something more like the more contrastive UST may be followed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 32 18 fdg8 figs-explicit ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses If it is unclear to say that Moses hears **the sound of singing** after twice saying he didn’t hear that, you may want to make the type of singing explicit. Consider referring to your translation of the last word of [verse 6](../32/06.md) (to play in the ULT). Alternate translation: “the sound of playful singing I hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 19 hr2j figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף 1 the tablets This is an idiom for being angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 19 d8zo תַּ֥חַת 1 the tablets Alternate translation: “at the bottom of” -EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃ 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” Moses’ question is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage.. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃ 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” Moses’ question is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.\nHowever, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 21 np73 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה 1 you have brought such a great sin on them Moses spoke of causing people to **sin** as if sin were an object and Aaron put it **on them**. Alternate translation: “that you have caused them to sin greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-idiom אַל־יִ֥חַר אַ֖ף 1 Do not let your anger burn hot This is an idiom for anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 22 vdy2 figs-idiom כִּ֥י בְ⁠רָ֖ע הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil This is probably an idiom that could mean (1) that the people are prone to evil or (2) that the people were in trouble (that is, they felt troubled because of not having contact with God). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that they are set on evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 22 h6dm figs-123person הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil Here, **it** is used because **people** is grammatically singular in Hebrew. Alternate translation: “they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 32 23 w91d figs-quotesinquotes עֲשֵׂה־לָ֣⁠נוּ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵלְכ֖וּ לְ⁠פָנֵ֑י⁠נוּ כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱלָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם לֹ֥א יָדַ֖עְנוּ מֶה־הָ֥יָה לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 they are set on doing evil This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 32 23 zn68 זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ 1 this Moses People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating distance between him and themselves socially. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. See how you translated this in [verse 1](../32/01.md). -EXO 32 24 yq7s figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֤ר לָ⁠הֶם֙ לְ⁠מִ֣י זָהָ֔ב הִתְפָּרָ֖קוּ 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ **Whoever has gold, take it off yourself** is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, this can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 32 23 zn68 זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ 1 this Moses People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating social distance between him and themselves. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. See how you translated this in [verse 1](../32/01.md). +EXO 32 24 yq7s figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֤ר לָ⁠הֶם֙ לְ⁠מִ֣י זָהָ֔ב הִתְפָּרָ֖קוּ 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ **Whoever has gold, take it off yourself** is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, this can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 24 yy82 figs-rpronouns הִתְפָּרָ֖קוּ 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ He instructs people to take their own gold off. Alternate translation: “you take off your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 32 24 wvin grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אַשְׁלִכֵ֣⁠הוּ בָ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א הָ⁠עֵ֥גֶל הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ Aaron claims an unusual sequence of events here. The translation should surprise an audience unfamiliar with the story. He states that the result of simply throwing gold in the fire is the apperance (by its own power or volition it seems) of the calf. This is a lie. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 32 25 ck1f פָרֻ֖עַ 1 were running wild Alternate translation: “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves” EXO 32 25 csg0 grammar-collectivenouns כִּ֥י פָרֻ֖עַ ה֑וּא כִּֽי־פְרָעֹ֣⁠ה אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 were running wild Here, the pronoun **it** agrees with the grammatical number of **people** (singular). Alternate translation: “that they were let loose, for Aaron had let them loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 32 26 jis7 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מִ֥י לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 Then Moses stood at the entrance…“Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.” You can state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and said that whoever was for Yahweh should come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-idiom מִ֥י לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being **for Yahweh**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 27 xsl3 עִבְר֨וּ וָ⁠שׁ֜וּבוּ מִ⁠שַּׁ֤עַר לָ⁠שַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance Alternate translation: “Go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” +EXO 32 27 xsl3 עִבְר֨וּ וָ⁠שׁ֜וּבוּ מִ⁠שַּׁ֤עַר לָ⁠שַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance Alternate translation: “Go from one side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” EXO 32 28 at4i translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אַלְפֵ֖י 1 three thousand of the people Alternate translation: “about three thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 32 29 to5d figs-idiom מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). However, this usage is different from that text as here it is not specified what authority they are given or what they are consecrated for other than **for Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “Consecrate yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 29 rkp6 מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service Here it is unclear if **fill** should be rightly understood in the past or as a command. You may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “You have filled your hand for Yahweh today” -EXO 32 29 c6fg figs-explicit כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ בִּ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 29 l54l וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֧ת עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֛ם הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם בְּרָכָֽה 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother This phrase is difficult to interpret. Several options depend on exactly how the conjunction, preposition, and verb combination are interpreted. The first difficulty is related to the difficulty with the previous verb, have they already been blessed or are they going to be blessed? (Alternate translation: “and to have given a blessing over you today”) The second is, should the clause connections be understood to say that the blessing is because of their actions, or more strongly, that a desire for blessing motivated them to take action? (Alternate translation: “and therefore to give a blessing over you today” or “so that a blessing may be given over you today”) The third is, while ultimately all blessing is from Yahweh, is Yahweh or the Levites the subject? (Alternate translation: “and to give a blessing over yourselves today” or “and so Yahweh gives a blessing over you today”) As with the previous clause, you may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “by that you brought blessing on yourselves” -EXO 32 30 kvj4 figs-doublet חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** is repeated as a verb and then noun for emphasis. Along with **great** it suggests that the people sinned very very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis use another form in your language that does. Alternate translation: “you have sinned extremally badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 32 29 to5d figs-idiom מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). However, this usage is different from that text, as here it is not specified what authority they are given or what they are consecrated for other than **for Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “Consecrate yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 29 rkp6 מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service Here it is unclear if **fill** should be rightly understood as in the past or as a new command. You may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “You have filled your hand for Yahweh today” +EXO 32 29 c6fg figs-explicit כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ בִּ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “For you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 32 29 l54l וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֧ת עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֛ם הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם בְּרָכָֽה 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother This phrase is difficult to interpret. Several options depend on exactly how the conjunction, preposition, and verb combination are interpreted. The first difficulty is related to the difficulty with the previous verb: have they already been blessed or are they going to be blessed? (Alternate translation: “and to have given a blessing over you today”) The second difficulty is: should the clause connections be understood to say that the blessing is because of their actions, or more strongly, that a desire for blessing motivated them to take action? (Alternate translation: “and therefore to give a blessing over you today” or “so that a blessing may be given over you today”) The third difficulty is: while ultimately all blessing is from Yahweh, which is the subject here, Yahweh or the Levites? (Alternate translation: “and to give a blessing over yourselves today” or “and so Yahweh gives a blessing over you today”) As with the previous clause, you may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “by that you brought blessing on yourselves” +EXO 32 30 kvj4 figs-doublet חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** used as a verb and then repeated as a noun for emphasis. Along with **great**, it suggests that the people sinned very, very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis, use another form in your language that would. Alternate translation: “You have sinned extremally badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 32 30 r5fn figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 You have committed a very great sin If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 32 31 ccpg figs-doublet חָטָ֞א הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** is repeated as a verb and then noun for emphasis. Along with **great** it suggests that the people sinned very very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis use another form in your language that does. Alternate translation: “this people has sinned extremally badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 32 31 ccpg figs-doublet חָטָ֞א הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** is used as a verb and then repeated as a noun for emphasis. Along with **great**, it suggests that the people sinned very, very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis, use another form in your language that would. Alternate translation: “this people has sinned extremely badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 32 31 y049 figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 You have committed a very great sin If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 32 31 yeta אֱלֹהֵ֥י 1 You have committed a very great sin Alternate translation: “a god” -EXO 32 32 brpu figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה אִם־תִּשָּׂ֣א חַטָּאתָ֑⁠ם 1 blot me out of the book Moses leaves out his conclusion, perhaps as a way of making this conditional phrase into a request, perhaps to avoid suggesting to God what would be good for him to do. However, if leaving out a conclusion would be misunderstood in your language you may need to rephrase it or add the implied conclusion. Alternate translation: “But now, if you forgive their sin, good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 32 32 c72y figs-metonymy מְחֵ֣⁠נִי 1 blot me out of the book Here, **me** refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 32 32 brpu figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה אִם־תִּשָּׂ֣א חַטָּאתָ֑⁠ם 1 blot me out of the book Moses leaves out his conclusion, perhaps as a way of making this conditional phrase into a request, or perhaps to avoid suggesting to God what would be good for him to do. However, if leaving out a conclusion would be misunderstood in your language you may need to rephrase it or add the implied conclusion. Alternate translation: “But now, if you forgive their sin, good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 32 32 c72y figs-metonymy מְחֵ֣⁠נִי 1 blot me out of the book Here, **me** refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 32 ahb3 figs-explicit כָּתָֽבְתָּ 1 the book that you have written What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 33 igb4 figs-metonymy אֶמְחֶ֖⁠נּוּ מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י 1 that person I will blot out of my book Here, **him** represents that person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 33 qwk9 מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י 1 my book This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md). -EXO 32 34 xn8p grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshipping the idol. If it would be more clear in your language to place the reason first you may consider reordering the clauses. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 32 35 wv1v figs-explicit עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made The first **made** here could mean (1) “do” which could imply worship (2) the people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (as well as Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. Alternate translation: “they had worshiped the calf that Aaron made” or “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 35 h3kl grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגֹּ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם עַ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made If your language requires placing the reason before the result you may reorder these clauses. Alternate translation: “And on account that they had made the calf (that Aaron made), Yahweh plagued the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes

This chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.

## Potential Translation Issues

Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.

Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the tabernacle that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp while the tabernacle will be in the center of the tent.

The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up, or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.
-EXO 33 1 p8xp figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 General Information: The words following **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 32 34 xn8p grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshiping the idol. If it would be more clear in your language to place the reason first, you may consider reordering the clauses. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 32 35 wv1v figs-explicit עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made The first instance of **had made** here could mean (1) “had done,” which would imply worship of the calf (2) the people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (along with Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. Alternate translation: “they had worshiped the calf that Aaron made” or “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 32 35 h3kl grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגֹּ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם עַ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made If your language requires placing the reason before the result, you may reorder these clauses. Alternate translation: “And on account that they had made the calf (that Aaron made), Yahweh plagued the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes\n\nThis chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed, especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\nYahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.\n\nVerses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the tabernacle that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp, while the tabernacle will be in the center of the tent.\n\nThe word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.\n +EXO 33 1 p8xp figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 General Information: The words which follow **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 33 2 tlen וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֥י לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ מַלְאָ֑ךְ וְ⁠גֵֽרַשְׁתִּ֗י אֶת־הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠הַֽ⁠חִתִּי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 General Information: See how you translated these in [Exodus 23:20](../23/20.md) and [23:23](../23/23.md). EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 3 y347 figs-metaphor זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 flowing with God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2217,116 +2217,116 @@ EXO 33 3 ah5t figs-metaphor קְשֵׁה־עֹ֨רֶף֙ 1 a stubborn people Yah EXO 33 4 jemj figs-gendernotations וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֛תוּ אִ֥ישׁ עֶדְי֖⁠וֹ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 jewelry Here, **his** and **him** refer to both men and women. Alternate translation: “and the men and women did not put on their ornaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 33 4 cf7g translate-unknown עֶדְי֖⁠וֹ 1 jewelry This may have referred to beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings made from gold or silver that had could have had jewels in them. Alternate translation: “his adornments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 33 4 qwuu translate-versebridge 0 jewelry Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -EXO 33 5 rn40 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 jewelry The word **had** places Yahweh’s statement back in time. It can be understood from context as it seems Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4. If you are reversing the order of the verses for your language, you should omit it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -EXO 33 5 ndhx figs-quotations אֱמֹ֤ר אֶל־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 jewelry You may want to make the introductory portion of this quotation (**Say to the sons of Israel**) indirect to keep from having a quote inside a quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 33 5 rn40 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 jewelry The word **had** places Yahweh’s statement back in time. It can be understood from context as Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4. If you are reversing the order of the verses for your language, you should omit it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +EXO 33 5 ndhx figs-quotations אֱמֹ֤ר אֶל־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 jewelry You may want to make the introductory portion of this quotation,**Say to the sons of Israel**, indirect to keep from having a quote inside a quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 33 5 rzr5 figs-metaphor קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף 1 a stubborn people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 5 cdm1 grammar-connect-logic-result אַתֶּ֣ם עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people Because the Israelites are so obstinate (reason), Yahweh’s reaction to being near them would be destruction (result). You may need to restructure this in your language if the order of reason and result is particular. Alternate translation: “If I went up among you for one moment, then I would destroy you because you are a people hard of neck.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 33 5 cdm1 grammar-connect-logic-result אַתֶּ֣ם עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people Because the Israelites are so obstinate (reason), Yahweh’s reaction to being near them would be destruction (result). You may need to restructure this in your language if the order of reason and result is particular. Alternate translation: “If I went up among you for one moment, then I would destroy you, because you are a people hard of neck.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 33 5 hakp grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 a stubborn people Because the surrounding narrative clearly shows that this is not what Yahweh did or will do, this is a hypothetical situation. Some languages may need to reorder the clauses. Alternate translation: “Since I would destroy if I went up among you for one moment, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 33 5 l6ax grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אֵדְעָ֖ה מָ֥ה אֶֽעֱשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 a stubborn people The goal of the Israelites removing their ornaments is so that Yahweh can consider his reaction. Some languages may need to reorder this structure. Alternate translation: “So that I will know what I will do to you, take your ornaments down from on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 33 5 gb16 figs-explicit וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people This was a way for the Israelites to show that they were sorry for sinning. If this would not be understood you may need to make it explicit in the text or a footnote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 33 6 tomy figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּֽתְנַצְּל֧וּ 1 a stubborn people Here, **themselves** refers to the Israelites, they are both the ones doing the action and the ones the action is done to. A special form of verb or pronoun may be required to translate this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +EXO 33 5 gb16 figs-explicit וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people This was a way for the Israelites to show that they were sorry for sinning. If this would not be understood, you may need to make it explicit in the text or a footnote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 33 6 tomy figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּֽתְנַצְּל֧וּ 1 a stubborn people Here, **themselves** refers to the Israelites; they are both the ones doing the action and the ones to whom the action is done. A special form of verb or pronoun may be required to translate this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 33 6 i0c5 figs-explicit מֵ⁠הַ֥ר חוֹרֵֽב׃ 1 a stubborn people Here, **from** means “from that point of time and continuing into the future.” Try to find a form in your language that means “from then on” for your translation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 33 7 wsfe grammar-connect-time-background 0 a stubborn people Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -EXO 33 7 fb65 הָ⁠אֹ֜הֶל 1 a stubborn people The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up, or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to. Here it refers to the “tent of meeting.” +EXO 33 7 fb65 הָ⁠אֹ֜הֶל 1 a stubborn people The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up, or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is being referenced. Here it refers to the “tent of meeting.” EXO 33 8 h2us אָהֳל֑⁠וֹ 1 a stubborn people This refers to the people’s tents. EXO 33 9 yt4f עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן 1 the pillar of cloud See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 33 9 vam7 figs-explicit יֵרֵד֙ 1 would come down Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 33 9 ghf8 figs-metonymy וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר 1 would come down Grammatically, the most likely referent for this pronoun is the **pillar of cloud**. By metonymy and based on [verse 11](../33/11.md) this probably refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 10 nyoe figs-parallelism וְ⁠רָאָ֤ה כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן עֹמֵ֖ד פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֑הֶל וְ⁠קָ֤ם כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ וְ⁠הִֽשְׁתַּחֲוּ֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ פֶּ֥תַח אָהֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face This verse uses contrastive parallelism. The presence of Yahweh is represented in the cloud that stands at the entrance of the tent while the people prostrate themselves at the entrance to their tents. It would be good to try to retain the contrasting image in your translation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 33 9 ghf8 figs-metonymy וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר 1 would come down Grammatically, the most likely referent for this pronoun is the **pillar of cloud**. By metonymy and based on [verse 11](../33/11.md), this probably refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 33 10 nyoe figs-parallelism וְ⁠רָאָ֤ה כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן עֹמֵ֖ד פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֑הֶל וְ⁠קָ֤ם כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ וְ⁠הִֽשְׁתַּחֲוּ֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ פֶּ֥תַח אָהֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face This verse uses contrastive parallelism. The presence of Yahweh is represented in the cloud that stands at the entrance of the tent, while the people prostrate themselves at the entrance to their tents. It would be good to try to retain the contrasting image in your translation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 33 10 zvaf עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 33 10 dm01 אָהֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face This refers to the people’s tents. -EXO 33 11 zrb8 figs-metaphor פָּנִ֣ים אֶל־פָּנִ֔ים 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 11 zrb8 figs-metaphor פָּנִ֣ים אֶל־פָּנִ֔ים 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face Speaking directly to each other rather than through dreams and visions is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 11 lqe0 figs-simile כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face The metaphor of speaking **face to face** is explained by the simile here. How you handled **face to face** in your language may determine how you should handle this explanatory simile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 33 11 rcsu writing-participants וּ⁠מְשָׁ֨רְת֜⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֤עַ בִּן־נוּן֙ נַ֔עַר 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face **Joshua** has been introduced before but not mentioned since [Exodus 32:17](../32/17.md). Different languages may need to re-introduce him in different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 33 12 ohra writing-newevent 0 See A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 33 12 hlsl figs-quotations הַ֚עַל אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה…דַעְתִּ֣י⁠ךָֽ בְ⁠שֵׁ֔ם וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 See You may want to make these two second-level quotations indirect to reduce the levels of quotation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 33 12 unz8 רְ֠אֵה 1 See This is an interjection to get someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” EXO 33 12 w7fs figs-idiom יְדַעְתִּ֣י⁠ךָֽ בְ⁠שֵׁ֔ם 1 I know you by name To **know** someone **by name** is to know them well. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 12 uhjs figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my eyes find you favorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 33 12 uhjs figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my eyes find you favorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 33 12 a7jr figs-idiom מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You please my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 33 12 k101 figs-metonymy וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **eyes** are a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 12 y281 figs-metaphor וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, sight (by metonymy from **eyes**) is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 12 es6z figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **favor** is an abstract noun that you could express in another way if necessary in your language. Alternate translation: “and you have also been found favorable in my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 13 e6vv מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ…אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Now if I have found favor in your eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). -EXO 33 13 zi7j figs-metaphor הוֹדִעֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways Here, **ways** is a metaphor either for Yahweh’s plans or for the holy life he requires. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: (1) “please cause me to know what you are going to do in the future” (2) “please cause me to know how people can do what pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 13 zi7j figs-metaphor הוֹדִעֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways Here, **ways** is a metaphor either: (1) for Yahweh’s plans or (2) for the holy life he requires. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: (1) “please cause me to know what you are going to do in the future” (2) “please cause me to know how people can do what pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 13 gtv4 אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways This instance of the phrase **find favor in your eyes** means in the future. Consider how to translate it in your language to convey an on-going situation. Alternate translation: “I can always find favor in your eyes” -EXO 33 14 gh8q figs-metonymy פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ 1 My own presence will go Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence which represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 33 14 gh8q figs-metonymy פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ 1 My own presence will go Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence, which represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 14 esdd figs-explicit פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ וַ⁠הֲנִחֹ֥תִי לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 My own presence will go The preposition connected to **you** here has a very flexible meaning and seems to be connected to both **will go** and **will cause rest**. If this would be unclear, consider repeating it in both clauses. Alternate translation: “My face will go with you and I will cause rest for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 33 14 hl15 figs-you לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 go with you…give you The word **you** here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 33 15 a2hc grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־אֵ֤ין פָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הֹלְכִ֔ים 1 go with you…give you **If your face is not going** is a hypothetical situation in which Moses makes a request that they not go anywhere without Yahweh. In some languages you may need to place the request first. Alternate translation: “Do not take us up from here if your face is not going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 33 15 m5cq figs-metonymy אִם־אֵ֤ין פָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הֹלְכִ֔ים 1 go with you…give you Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence which represents himself. Alternate translation: “If you are not going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 16 cgl8 figs-rquestion וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא כִּֽי־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֣ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ וְ⁠נִפְלֵ֨ינוּ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִ⁠כָּ֨ל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 how will it be known…people? This verse contains two or three rhetorical questions and the length of the second is debated. The first rhetorical question, **And in what then will it be known that I have found favor in your eyes, I and your people?** is used for emphasis and means, “There is only one way people will know that I and your people please you.” The second, **Is it not in your going with us?** is used to answer the question and means “That way is your going with us.” It is possible that the rest of the verse is (1) a statement further clarifying of how Yahweh’s favor is demonstrated (ULT, UST), (2) an extension of the second rhetorical question (“Is it not in your going with us so that I and your people shall be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”), or (3) a separate rhetorical question making the same point (“And shall I and your people be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”)
Moses used these questions in order to emphasize that if Yahweh does not go with them, no one will know that Yahweh is pleased with Moses and the people. Use whatever forms would be natural in your language to present an argument like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 33 15 m5cq figs-metonymy אִם־אֵ֤ין פָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הֹלְכִ֔ים 1 go with you…give you Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence, which represents himself. Alternate translation: “If you are not going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 33 16 cgl8 figs-rquestion וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא כִּֽי־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֣ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ וְ⁠נִפְלֵ֨ינוּ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִ⁠כָּ֨ל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 how will it be known…people? This verse contains two or three rhetorical questions, and the length of the second is debated. The first rhetorical question, **And in what then will it be known that I have found favor in your eyes, I and your people?** is used for emphasis and means, “There is only one way people will know that I and your people please you.” The second, **Is it not in your going with us?** is used to answer the first question and means “That way is your going with us.” It is possible that the rest of the verse is (1) a statement further clarifying how Yahweh’s favor is demonstrated (ULT, UST), (2) an extension of the second rhetorical question (“Is it not in your going with us so that I and your people shall be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”), or (3) a separate rhetorical question making the same point (“And shall I and your people be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”)\nMoses used these questions in order to emphasize that if Yahweh does not go with them, no one will know that Yahweh is pleased with Moses and the people. Use whatever forms would be natural in your language to present an argument like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 33 16 d36k figs-infostructure וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה 1 For otherwise This refers back to Moses’ hypothetical situation in the previous verse, that is, Yahweh not going with them. Use whatever connecting forms are necessary to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -EXO 33 16 tu8e figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא 1 how will it be known If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And in what then will people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 33 16 tu8e figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא 1 how will it be known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And in what then will people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 33 16 u82a figs-idiom מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Will it not only be if Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 17 chua grammar-connect-logic-result גַּ֣ם אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה כִּֽי־מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here, **for** signals a reason clause. Some languages may need to reorder the clauses here. Alternate translation: “Because you have found favor in my eyes and I know you by name, I will also do this thing that you have spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 33 17 ln7y figs-idiom מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 17 aln2 figs-you מָצָ֤אתָ 1 General Information: Here **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 33 17 u2nv figs-idiom וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 18 w73v figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 I know you by name In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 33 17 chua grammar-connect-logic-result גַּ֣ם אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה כִּֽי־מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here, **for** signals a reason clause. Some languages may need to reorder the clauses here. Alternate translation: “Because you have found favor in my eyes, and I know you by name, I will also do this thing that you have spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 33 17 ln7y figs-idiom מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here, **you have found favor in my eyes** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 33 17 aln2 figs-you מָצָ֤אתָ 1 General Information: Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 33 17 u2nv figs-idiom וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “and I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 33 18 w73v figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 I know you by name In languages without abstract nouns, you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 19 sx1a figs-metaphor אֲנִ֨י אַעֲבִ֤יר כָּל־טוּבִ⁠י֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Yahweh speaks of his **goodness** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 19 e3o3 figs-abstractnouns טוּבִ⁠י֙ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **goodness** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 33 19 e3o3 figs-abstractnouns טוּבִ⁠י֙ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In languages without abstract nouns, you may need to change **goodness** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 19 gzr5 figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ…לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Here, **face** means “you.” Alternate translation: “above you … before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 19 d4z9 וְ⁠קָרָ֧אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֛ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you The meaning of the phrase is unclear. It may mean that Yahweh will disclose something about his character to Moses. Alternate translation: “and I will proclaim my name, ‘Yahweh,’ ” -EXO 33 19 vqq6 figs-parallelism וְ⁠חַנֹּתִי֙ אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָחֹ֔ן וְ⁠רִחַמְתִּ֖י אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲרַחֵֽם 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They stress Yahweh’s divine prerogative to do whatever he wants. The structure also parallels Yahweh’s I AM statements in [Exodus 3:14](../03/14.md). If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that Yahweh is graciously kind to exactly and only those whom he chooses without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 33 20 c20q writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And he said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from
33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +EXO 33 19 vqq6 figs-parallelism וְ⁠חַנֹּתִי֙ אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָחֹ֔ן וְ⁠רִחַמְתִּ֖י אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲרַחֵֽם 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They stress Yahweh’s divine prerogative to do whatever he wants. The structure also parallels Yahweh’s I AM statements in [Exodus 3:14](../03/14.md). If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that Yahweh is graciously kind to exactly those and only those to whom he chooses to show kindness, and he does so without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 33 20 c20q writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better to omit **And he said** at the start of this verse to avoid stopping and restarting the quotation. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) EXO 33 20 fyc0 כִּ֛י לֹֽא־יִרְאַ֥⁠נִי הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם וָ⁠חָֽי 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Alternate translation: “because no person can live after he has seen me” -EXO 33 21 loep writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And Yahweh said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +EXO 33 21 loep writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better to omit **And Yahweh said** at the start of this verse to avoid stopping and restarting the quotation. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) EXO 33 21 s4iy הִנֵּ֥ה 1 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.” -EXO 33 22 qhe6 figs-metaphor בַּ⁠עֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See Yahweh speaks of his **glory** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 22 o5as figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְ⁠שַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛⁠י עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 See Here, Yahweh speaks as if he had hands like a person that could cover things. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a simile to keep the image as this figure is important to keep and extends into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will cover you like with a hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 33 23 fmu8 figs-personification וַ⁠הֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠רָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑⁠י וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 you will see my back The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be kept if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be like I stop covering you with a hand and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 33 23 jq7t grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you will see my back Here, **but my face** is moved to the front of the clause to emphasize contrast with **my back**. If your language has a certain way of contrasting elements be sure to make a strong contrast between Yahweh’s face and back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 but my face will not be seen If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes

## Outline

- v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain
- v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts
- v. 10-28 Covenant renewal
- v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

- In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.
- Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.
- The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.
- Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.
- In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus) raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.
- The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.

### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”

This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -EXO 34 1 ppyw writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 tablets of stone Yahweh continues to speak to Moses, but there is a change of topic here so you may want to retain the speech introduction. However, if it would be misunderstood, you could simply continue the quotation from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Yahweh continued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -EXO 34 1 zf77 figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֥ר שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 tablets of stone This clause reminds the reader of what tablets are being mentioned by reminding you of what had happened to the previous tablets. If it would be more helpful to attach it to the first mention of the tablets in this verse in your language you could rearrange it like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +EXO 33 22 qhe6 figs-metaphor בַּ⁠עֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See Yahweh speaks of his **glory** as if it were an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 22 o5as figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See In languages without abstract nouns, you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְ⁠שַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛⁠י עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 See Here Yahweh speaks as if he, like a person, had hands which could cover things. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use a simile to keep the image, as this figure is important to keep and extends into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will cover you as with a hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 33 23 fmu8 figs-personification וַ⁠הֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠רָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑⁠י וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 you will see my back The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be retained, if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be as if I stop covering you with a hand, and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 33 23 jq7t grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you will see my back Here, **but my face** is moved to the front of the clause to emphasize contrast with **my back**. If your language has a certain way of contrasting elements, be sure to make a strong contrast between Yahweh’s face and back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 but my face will not be seen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n\n* v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain\n* v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts\n* v. 10-28 Covenant renewal\n* v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n* In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.\n* Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.\n* The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.\n* Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.\n* In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus), raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.\n* The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.\n\n### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”\n\nThis phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +EXO 34 1 ppyw writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 tablets of stone Yahweh continues to speak to Moses, but there is a change of topic here, so you may want to retain the speech introduction. However, if it would be misunderstood, you could simply continue the quotation from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Yahweh continued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +EXO 34 1 zf77 figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֥ר שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 tablets of stone This clause reminds the reader of what tablets are being mentioned by reminding you of what had happened to the previous tablets. If it would be more helpful in your language to attach it to the first mention of the tablets in this verse, you could rearrange it like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 34 1 s1kv לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים 1 tablets of stone Alternate translation: “flat slabs of stone” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md) -EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy וְ⁠גַם־אִ֥ישׁ אַל־יֵרָ֖א בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠הָ֑ר 1 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy וְ⁠גַם־אִ֥ישׁ אַל־יֵרָ֖א בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠הָ֑ר 1 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “and do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 3 x3rx גַּם־הַ⁠צֹּ֤אן וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ אַל־יִרְע֔וּ אֶל־מ֖וּל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠הֽוּא 1 No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain Alternate translation: “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.” -EXO 34 5 sp7f writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שָׁ֑ם וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א 1 stood with Moses there The pronouns are not clear here, but the referents are probably as in the following alternate translation: “and Yahweh stood with Moses there and Yahweh proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings include: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 5 sp7f writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שָׁ֑ם וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א 1 stood with Moses there The pronouns are not clear here, but the referents are probably as in the following alternate translation: “and Yahweh stood with Moses there, and Yahweh proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” This could mean: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 6 fz1q figs-123person יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 34 6 t0kd figs-doublet רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly towards them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 34 6 j7we figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** can be stated as “covenantally faithful” and “trustworthy.” (For **covenant faithfulness** see [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md)). Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 34 6 d1qj figs-doublet חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness This is emphasizing that Yahweh always does what he promises towards the people he loves. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 34 7 lt2j figs-abstractnouns נֹצֵ֥ר חֶ֨סֶד֙ לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully loving” or “faithful love.” See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 34 6 t0kd figs-doublet רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly toward them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious The phrase **long of nostril** is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 34 6 j7we figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** can be stated as “covenantally faithful” and “trustworthy.” (For **covenant faithfulness**, see [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md)). Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 34 6 d1qj figs-doublet חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness This is emphasizing that Yahweh always does what he promises toward the people he loves. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 34 7 lt2j figs-abstractnouns נֹצֵ֥ר חֶ֨סֶד֙ לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully loving” or “faithful love.” See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 34 7 q7z8 figs-ellipsis לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will Here, **thousands** may refer to thousands of generations or thousands of people. The two notes following deal with either possibility. See [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 34 7 x90l figs-hyperbole לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will Option 1: This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 34 7 dxkb figs-metonymy לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will Option 2: The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “to innumerable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 7 x90l figs-hyperbole לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 34 7 dxkb figs-metonymy לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “to innumerable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 7 hllt figs-litany עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַטָּאָ֑ה 1 But he will This list is meant to convey the idea of every kind of wrong. If a list like this would be misunderstood in your language you may need to use other terms or forms to make this point. Alternate translation: “every kind of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -EXO 34 7 e2qc figs-abstractnouns עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַטָּאָ֑ה…עֲוֺ֣ן 1 But he will If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns in another way as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 34 7 e2qc figs-abstractnouns עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַטָּאָ֑ה…עֲוֺ֣ן 1 But he will If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns in another way, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 34 7 x397 figs-123person וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 he will by no means clear the guilty Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will certainly not acquit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 34 7 ts1b figs-ellipsis וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 will by no means clear the guilty Whom Yahweh will not acquit is not stated. Many translations will require that information. Alternate translations: “he will certainly not clear the guilty” or “he will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “he will certainly not free guilty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 34 7 ts1b figs-ellipsis וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 will by no means clear the guilty Whom Yahweh will not acquit is not stated. Many translations will require that information. Alternate translations: “But he will certainly not clear the guilty” or “But he will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “But he will certainly not free guilty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 34 7 lyrg figs-metonymy עֲוֺ֣ן 1 will by no means clear the guilty Here, **iniquity** refers to the consequences or the punishment for iniquity. Alternate translation: “the punishment for the iniquity of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 7 px85 figs-metaphor פֹּקֵ֣ד׀ עֲוֺ֣ן אָב֗וֹת עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children The **iniquity of the fathers** is spoken of as if it were something capable of **visiting** people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “punishing the sons and the sons of the sons for the iniquity of the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 7 c3tb figs-metonymy עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 their children The references to **sons** and **sons of the sons** represents descendants. Alternate translation: “on their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 7 d462 figs-explicit עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִֽים 1 their children Here, “generation” is implied. Many translations will need to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 34 7 pacu figs-metonymy עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִֽים 1 their children Here, **third** and **fourth** means “several.” If this would not be understood and your language has a way of referring to an unspecified (but approximately 3-4) number, you may have to use it here. Alternate translation: “on a few generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 8 c1qt figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּֽחוּ 1 their children Here, **himself** means that Moses did this action to his own body. Some languages may use a special form to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 34 8 mf8o figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּקֹּ֥ד אַ֖רְצָ⁠ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּֽחוּ 1 their children These two verbs have very similar meanings and are often used together to express people’s physical and spiritual posture in worship. If such repetition would be misunderstood in your language you may need to express the physical action and spiritual action explicitly. Alternate translation: “bowed to the ground in worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 34 8 mf8o figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּקֹּ֥ד אַ֖רְצָ⁠ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּֽחוּ 1 their children These two verbs have very similar meanings and are often used together to express people’s physical and spiritual posture in worship. If such repetition would be misunderstood in your language, you may need to express the physical action and spiritual action explicitly. Alternate translation: “and bowed to the ground in worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 34 9 mh3a figs-idiom מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **I have found favor in your eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 34 9 vhu5 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֨רֶף֙ ה֔וּא 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Moses speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 9 hw66 figs-doublet לַ⁠עֲוֺנֵ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠חַטָּאתֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our iniquity and our sin The words **iniquity** and **sin** mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 34 10 zwsm 0 your people The covenant is largely repeated starting in this verse and consists of two parts (1) What Yahweh will do which is detailed in verses 10-11 (and briefly restated in verse 24) and (2) What is required of the Israelites which is detailed in verses 12-26. For further context see [Exodus 19:5 and following](../19/05.md), and [23:20-24:8](../23/20.md). Verses 12-26 are another list of ten commandments. -EXO 34 10 ps7o figs-idiom כֹּרֵ֣ת בְּרִית֒ 1 your people To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The terminology refers to ancient rituals around making covenants which is illustrated in Genesis 15. See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “am about to make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 34 10 zdq6 figs-possession עַמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 your people Here the **people** are referred to as belonging to Moses. This refers to his being their leader. Alternate translation: ”the people you lead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 34 10 itdx כָל־הָ֠⁠עָם אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֨ה בְ⁠קִרְבּ֜⁠וֹ 1 your people This phrase is ambiguous and could refer to (1) the nations that surrounded Israel or (2) the Israelites (who surrounded Moses). Attempt to maintain the ambiguity if you can, otherwise you may choose one, perhaps following another locally known translation’s choice. +EXO 34 10 zwsm 0 your people Starting in this verse, the covenant is largely repeated and consists of two parts: (1) what Yahweh will do, which is detailed in verses 10-11 (and briefly restated in verse 24) and (2) what is required of the Israelites, which is detailed in verses 12-26. For further context, see [Exodus 19:5 and following](../19/05.md), and [23:20-24:8](../23/20.md). Verses 12-26 are another list of ten commandments. +EXO 34 10 ps7o figs-idiom כֹּרֵ֣ת בְּרִית֒ 1 your people To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The terminology refers to ancient rituals around making covenants, which is illustrated in Genesis 15. See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “am about to make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 34 10 zdq6 figs-possession עַמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 your people Here, the **people** are referred to as belonging to Moses. This refers to his being their leader. Alternate translation: ”the people you lead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 34 10 itdx כָל־הָ֠⁠עָם אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֨ה בְ⁠קִרְבּ֜⁠וֹ 1 your people This phrase is ambiguous and could refer to: (1) the nations that surrounded Israel or (2) the Israelites (who surrounded Moses). Attempt to maintain the ambiguity if you can; otherwise you may choose one, perhaps following another locally known translation’s choice. EXO 34 10 bj1a כִּֽי־נוֹרָ֣א ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י עֹשֶׂ֥ה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 it is a fearful thing that I am doing with you This means that what Yahweh is doing causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear Yahweh when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “for what I am doing with you will cause fear” -EXO 34 10 s7uz figs-you עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 I am doing with you Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 34 10 s7uz figs-you עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 I am doing with you Here, **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 34 11 xtkf figs-metonymy גֹרֵ֣שׁ מִ⁠פָּנֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 I am doing with you Here, **from before your faces** means “ahead of you” or “on your behalf.” Yahweh is emphasizing who is doing the driving out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 11 kfix translate-names אֶת־הָ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִתִּי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 I am doing with you See how you translated these in [Exodus 33:2](../33/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 34 12 fmc9 0 General Information: Verses 12-16 are the first of these ten commandments. The original language is structured such that every clause in these verses is subordinate to the initial, **Guard yourself**. That sort of structure may not be possible in your language (as it is not in English). EXO 34 12 mnpv figs-rpronouns לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 General Information: Here, **yourself** means that each Israelite should guard against committing these sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 34 12 n1il figs-hypo פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה בָּ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 General Information: This sentence contains two hypotheticals as a warning. Each is introduced by **lest**. Use a marker in your language that introduces a hypothetical situation, but also see the next note. Alternate translation: “If you were to cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land where you are about to go into, probably he would become as a trap in your midst.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -EXO 34 12 t1hz grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה בָּ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 General Information: The second of these hypothetical statements is logically dependent on and follows after the first as a result. As you mark these hypotheticals, use a form that communicates that the second is a result of the first. Alternate translation: “because if you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land where you are about to go into then he will become as a trap in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +EXO 34 12 t1hz grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה בָּ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 General Information: The second of these hypothetical statements is logically dependent on and follows after the first as a result. As you mark these hypotheticals, use a form that communicates that the second is a result of the first. Alternate translation: “because if you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land where you are about to go into, then he will become as a trap in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 34 12 b459 figs-idiom תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ 1 General Information: See how you translated this in [34:10](../34/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 34 12 tnka grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב…יִהְיֶ֥ה 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronoun **he** is agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … they become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 12 lxz8 figs-simile פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 they will become a trap among you People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a **trap.** Alternate translation: “lest those remaining people tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 34 13 wkbx grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 they will become a trap among you This word marks a strong contrast with the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Do the opposite!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 34 13 tfd1 figs-infostructure אֶת־מִזְבְּחֹתָ⁠ם֙ תִּתֹּצ֔וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־מַצֵּבֹתָ֖⁠ם תְּשַׁבֵּר֑וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשֵׁרָ֖י⁠ו תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you This unusual word order reflects the original in bringing each item the Israelites must destroy into focus. You should use whatever form in your language would emphasize or focus on each item that they must destroy. Alternate translation: “as for their altars, break them down! As for their stone pillars, smash them to pieces! As for their trees where they worship the goddess Asherah, cut them all down!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +EXO 34 13 wkbx grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 they will become a trap among you This word marks a strong contrast with the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Do the opposite!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EXO 34 13 tfd1 figs-infostructure אֶת־מִזְבְּחֹתָ⁠ם֙ תִּתֹּצ֔וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־מַצֵּבֹתָ֖⁠ם תְּשַׁבֵּר֑וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשֵׁרָ֖י⁠ו תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you This unusual word order reflects the original in bringing each item the Israelites must destroy into focus. You should use whatever form in your language would emphasize or focus on each item that they must destroy. Alternate translation, as separate sentences: “as for their altars, break them down! As for their stone pillars, smash them to pieces! As for their trees where they worship the goddess Asherah, cut them all down!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 34 13 gbp0 grammar-collectivenouns תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you For some reason only this pronoun is singular, referring back the singular “inhabitant” in the previous verse. Translate it based on your decision in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 14 fzjz translate-symaction לֹ֥א תִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous To **bow to another god** means to worship it. This imagery is throughout scripture and should be retained in translation. Alternate translation: “you shall not bow to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 34 14 vmx2 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ קַנָּ֣א שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ אֵ֥ל קַנָּ֖א הֽוּא׃ 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous The repeated word **jealous** means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. This is pictured in a metaphor of a jealous spouse who is concerned that his spouse be faithful to him. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. The UST makes this image explicit as a simile, which can be done occasionally but would probably be too long for repeated use in a translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh jealously guards his reputation. He is a God jealous of his honor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2336,14 +2336,14 @@ EXO 34 15 udz0 figs-hypo פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠י EXO 34 15 f1e3 פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase is exactly the same as the second clause of [verse 12](../34/12.md). It serves as a reminder of the command Yahweh is giving as he begins to expand on the “trap” he mentioned in verse 12. Your language may need to mark this repetition in a particular way. Alternate translation: “Remember: keep yourself lest you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land” EXO 34 15 n4nt figs-idiom תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “you make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 34 15 gtd8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. This metaphor is most often used regarding the unfaithfulness of the Israelites. The metaphor is not quite as clear with the other nations because while Yahweh is the only true God, he is not in special covenant with the other nations as their god. However, since the worship is still impurely following false gods, the metaphor is used here. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and they worship their gods” or “because they worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 15 d1m0 figs-metonymy וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods This phrase may also be seen as a metonymy because sexual sin was a regular part of worshipping false gods. Alternate translation: “and they worship by fornicating with their gods’ cult prostitutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 15 vijl figs-ellipsis וְ⁠קָרָ֣א לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods Here, what the inhabitant will invite the Israelite to is not stated, but can be inferred from context. At the most basic level it is an invitation to eat food the Israelites were forbidden to eat. It is unclear how much more participation in worshipping false gods is implied. If your language requires that you specify what the Israelite is being invited into you may have to add some information. Alternate translation: “and he will invite you to eat from his sacrifice” or “and he will invite you to a feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 34 15 d1m0 figs-metonymy וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods This phrase may also be seen as a metonymy because sexual sin was a regular part of worshiping false gods. Alternate translation: “and they worship by fornicating with their gods’ cult prostitutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 15 vijl figs-ellipsis וְ⁠קָרָ֣א לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods Here, what the inhabitant will invite the Israelite to is not stated, but can be inferred from context. At the most basic level it is an invitation to eat food the Israelites were forbidden to eat. It is unclear how much more participation in worshiping false gods is implied. If your language requires that you specify what the Israelite is being invited into you may have to add some information. Alternate translation: “and he will invite you to eat from his sacrifice” or “and he will invite you to a feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 34 15 ygd9 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods The first part of the sin Yahweh is warning against in this and the next verse is to **eat from his sacrifice**. This clause is the result of disobedience regarding the **covenant** and the logical conclusion of the series of hypothetical events Yahweh presents before this. Alternate translation: “as a result, you will eat from his sacrifice” or “then you will eat from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 34 15 hhbc figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods Here, **and you eat from his sacrifice** may be a synecdoche for any and all parts of the worship of the other nations’ false gods. Alternate translation: “and you feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 34 15 bj2i figs-explicit וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 34 16 jaic grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical 0 you will eat some of his sacrifice The string of hypothetical actions, each with its logical result continues throughout this verse. Continue translating the transitions between clauses as you decided in verse 15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 34 16 d4ma figs-metaphor וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ בְנֹתָ֗י⁠ו אַחֲרֵי֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. This metaphor is most often used regarding the unfaithfulness of the Israelites. The metaphor is not quite as clear with the other nations because while Yahweh is the only true God, he is not in special covenant with the other nations as their god. However, since the worship is still impurely following false gods, the metaphor is used here. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and his daughters worship their gods” or “and his daughters worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 16 k0lr figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. The metaphor is clear here since it is referring to Israelite men who should be Yahweh worshippers. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and cause your sons to worship their gods” or “and cause your sons to worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 34 16 k0lr figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. The metaphor is clear here since it is referring to Israelite men who should be Yahweh worshipers. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and cause your sons to worship their gods” or “and cause your sons to worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 16 p98a grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice This is the climatic consequence of living in peace the nations God is driving out before them: complete apostacy from Yahweh and loss of the next generation to wickedness. Specifically it is the result of intermarriage with the pagans, which God has explicitly forbidden for this very reason. If your language marks the final consequence of a string of actions in a particular way it may be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “and in the end, they will cause even your sons to prostitute after their gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 34 17 lgab 0 you will eat some of his sacrifice The prohibition here is focused on making gods. In your translation make sure that the focus is not on the method, but the god-making. EXO 34 17 rux0 מַסֵּכָ֖ה 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice See how you translated **molten metal** in [Exodus 32:4](../32/04.md). @@ -2379,37 +2379,37 @@ EXO 34 29 d9zk קָרַ֛ן 1 had become radiant Alternate translation: “beca EXO 34 30 yn9s grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֖וּ 1 had become radiant They were afraid because of his bright face. Alternate translation: “because of that, they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 34 32 kt23 וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֕⁠ם אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 all the commands that Yahweh had given him This means that Moses commanded the Israelites to obey everything Yahweh had commanded Moses to command the Israelites to do. EXO 34 34 fzm1 grammar-connect-time-background 0 he would remove This and the next verse give a general statement about Moses’s practice for an unstated amount of time (it was probably from this point until his death as he continued to talk to Yahweh). You should mark this with a form in your language that is used for on-going action like **would** and the UST’s “Whenever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive יְצֻוֶּֽה 1 what he was commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes

## Translation issues in this chapter


- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the tabernacle complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.
- Many items, materials, and processes for building the tabernacle may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.


## Structure

- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command
- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))
- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the tabernacle complex
- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed
- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things +EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive יְצֻוֶּֽה 1 what he was commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n\n- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the tabernacle complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.\n- Many items, materials, and processes for building the tabernacle may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.\n\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command\n- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))\n- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the tabernacle complex\n- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed\n- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things EXO 35 2 hfaq 0 This verse is very similar to [Exodus 31:15](../31/15.md).
EXO 35 2 g6oe translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 the seventh day Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 the seventh day Alternate translation: “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 35 2 ax6u figs-activepassive שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִים֮ תֵּעָשֶׂ֣ה מְלָאכָה֒ 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Six days you shall work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 35 2 ax6u figs-activepassive שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִים֮ תֵּעָשֶׂ֣ה מְלָאכָה֒ 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Six days you shall work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 35 2 zij9 figs-activepassive כָּל־הָ⁠עֹשֶׂ֥ה ב֛⁠וֹ מְלָאכָ֖ה יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death If your language would not use passive here, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must execute anyone who works on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 4 jdb8 0 General Information: In verses 4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to collect the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:2-7](../25/02.md). You should check your translation for consistency between these passages. +EXO 35 4 jdb8 0 General Information: In verses 4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to collect the things Yahweh commanded him to collect in [Exodus 25:2-7](../25/02.md). You should check your translation for consistency between these passages. EXO 35 4 ugn4 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶל־כָּל־עֲדַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 General Information: Verses 5-19 are a second-level direct quotation. If it would be better to reduce the quotation level in your language, you may want to make this introductory comment (everything after the first **saying**) an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Moses told all of the congregation of the sons of Israel the things that Yahweh commanded, saying,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 35 5 h5c8 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 25:2-3](../25/02.md). EXO 35 5 n2c8 קְח֨וּ מֵֽ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶ֤ם תְּרוּמָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Alternate translation: “Take up a collection for Yahweh from what you have” EXO 35 5 qq0a figs-ellipsis כֹּ֚ל 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Here, “from” is omitted but suggested by the sentence grammar. Also, **every** means “every person.” Alternate translation: “from every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 35 5 pqa2 figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל נְדִ֣יב לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom though the body part often varies. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 35 5 pqa2 figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל נְדִ֣יב לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part often varies. Alternate translation: “from everyone who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 35 5 gx87 0 General Information: After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list. EXO 35 6 r12v 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). -EXO 35 6 g615 figs-explicit וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 35 6 g615 figs-explicit וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 35 6 cad9 translate-unknown וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 7 nmv4 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). -EXO 35 7 l5bq translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather) they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 35 7 wmsl translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides The meaning of this word is not known, it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 35 7 l5bq translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 35 7 wmsl translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides The meaning of this word is not known; it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 7 tzrk translate-unknown שִׂטִּֽים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 35 8 ikm4 0 General Information: Except for a couple of **and**s, this verse is identical to [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). -EXO 35 8 y11w translate-unknown וּ⁠בְשָׂמִים֙ 1 General Information: Here, **spices** are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 35 8 ikm4 0 General Information: Except for several uses of the word **and**, this verse is identical to [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). +EXO 35 8 y11w translate-unknown וּ⁠בְשָׂמִים֙ 1 General Information: Here, **spices** are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 9 f1dd 0 General Information: Except for an initial **and**, this verse is identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). EXO 35 9 hcs9 translate-unknown וְ⁠אַ֨בְנֵי־שֹׁ֔הַם 1 General Information: An **onyx stone** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 9 kk7z וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֖י 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “and valuable gems for” or “and treasured gems for” EXO 35 10 dc4b figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב 1 Every skilled man Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftsman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “And every man with a skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 10 lkp4 figs-ellipsis צִוָּ֖ה 1 Every skilled man Here, some the words that a sentence would need to be complete in some languages are left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 35 10 lkp4 figs-ellipsis צִוָּ֖ה 1 Every skilled man Here, some the words that a sentence would need to be complete in some languages are left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 35 10 ugjb 0 Every skilled man After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list. EXO 35 11 s0ip מִכְסֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 clasps See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md). -EXO 35 11 j5t7 קְרָסָי⁠ו֙ 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). +EXO 35 11 j5t7 קְרָסָי⁠ו֙ 1 clasps The **clasps** fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). EXO 35 11 u022 קְרָשָׁ֔י⁠ו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md). EXO 35 11 pvft בְּרִיחָ֖יו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). EXO 35 11 f1gk עַמֻּדָ֖י⁠ו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [26:32](../26/32.md). @@ -2417,39 +2417,39 @@ EXO 35 11 syn4 אֲדָנָֽי⁠ו 1 bases These are heavy objects that rest EXO 35 12 rj7s 0 atonement lid See how you translated these terms in [25:10-17](../25/10.md) and [26:36](../26/36.md). EXO 35 13 l641 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פָּנִֽים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 35 14 obmd 0 bread of the presence See [25:31-37](../25/31.md) for these items. -EXO 35 15 ht7x מִזְבַּ֤ח הַ⁠קְּטֹ֨רֶת֙…שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה…קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֑ים 1 bread of the presence For the **altar** see [30:1](../30/01.md). For the **oil** see [30:25](../30/25.md). For the **incense** see [30:7](../30/07.md). -EXO 35 16 h116 0 bronze grate For the **grate** see [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Most of the rest of the verse is almost identical to [30:28](../30/28.md). +EXO 35 15 ht7x מִזְבַּ֤ח הַ⁠קְּטֹ֨רֶת֙…שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה…קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֑ים 1 bread of the presence For the **altar**, see [30:1](../30/01.md). For the **oil**, see [30:25](../30/25.md). For the **incense**, see [30:7](../30/07.md). +EXO 35 16 h116 0 bronze grate For the **grate**, see [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Most of the rest of the verse is almost identical to [30:28](../30/28.md). EXO 35 17 h8zl קַלְעֵ֣י…מָסַ֖ךְ 1 hangings These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). EXO 35 17 x54f עַמֻּדָ֖י⁠ו 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). EXO 35 17 xtm8 אֲדָנֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 bases These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). EXO 35 18 n44r יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs These were sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). EXO 35 19 x1pc 0 finely-woven garments Except for **for serving in the holy place** and two “ands,” this verse is identical to [31:10](../31/10.md). EXO 35 20 w6rg figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶֽׁה 1 all the tribes of Israel Alternate translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 21 p2ls figs-parallelism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel These two phrases parallel each other and mean the same thing. It would be good to keep this poetic repetition in your translation unless it would be misunderstood. If repetition here would not highlight the joyful giving spirit of the Israelites in your language you may need to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Everyone who was motivated, body and soul, came and gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 35 21 r34y figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart** and **spirit** both refer to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using different body and spirit words or concepts which you can use. If your language would not express a persons’ will in this way you could translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “And every man whose will lifted him came and all who felt impelled brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 35 21 p2ls figs-parallelism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel These two phrases parallel each other and mean the same thing. It would be good to keep this poetic repetition in your translation unless it would be misunderstood. If repetition here would not highlight the joyful giving spirit of the Israelites in your language, you may need to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Everyone who was motivated, body and soul, came and gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 35 21 r34y figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart** and **spirit** both refer to a person's will, their desire to do something. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using different body and spirit words or concepts which you can use. If your language would not express a person's will in this way, you could translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “And every man whose will lifted him came, and all who felt impelled brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 35 21 ckmu figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart lifted** is a metaphor for being willing or excited. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using a different body part or a different action. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who was excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 21 u7kq figs-gendernotations כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **man, his,** and **him** all refer to men and women in a general way. This is made explicit in the next verse. If your readers might misunderstand this you may use terms that include men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 35 21 u7kq figs-gendernotations כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **man, whose,** and **him** all refer to men and women in a general way. This is made explicit in the next verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you may use terms that include men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 35 21 kew0 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠לְ⁠בִגְדֵ֖י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 all the tribes of Israel If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. Alternate translation: “and for the holy clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 35 22 mwx8 figs-synecdoche כֹּ֣ל׀ נְדִ֣יב לֵ֗ב 1 all who had a willing heart Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. This is a shortening and combining of the figure used in the [previous verse](../35/21.md), **heart** and **impelled** are brought together. See how you translated these ideas in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “anyone whose will impelled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 22 yzsw ל׀ נְדִ֣יב 1 all who had a willing heart Alternate translation: “all who were impelled” -EXO 35 22 wwp2 figs-litany חָ֣ח וָ⁠נֶ֜זֶם וְ⁠טַבַּ֤עַת וְ⁠כוּמָז֙ כָּל־כְּלִ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments These are different kinds of jewelry. The exact identity of each object is not known. The phrase **all of the things of gold** could either modify the whole list, meaning “all these items were made of gold,” or could mean “many other gold things.” If taken as a summary statement, in some languages it may be clearer to move it to the front of the list. Alternate translation: “all kinds of gold jewelry including necklaces, nose-rings, signet-rings, and gold ornaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +EXO 35 22 mwx8 figs-synecdoche כֹּ֣ל׀ נְדִ֣יב לֵ֗ב 1 all who had a willing heart Here, **heart** refers to a person's will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. This is a shortening and combining of the figure used in the [previous verse](../35/21.md): **heart** and **impelled** are brought together. See how you translated these ideas in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “anyone whose will impelled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 35 22 yzsw ל׀ נְדִ֣יב 1 all who had a willing heart Alternate translation: “who were impelled of” +EXO 35 22 wwp2 figs-litany חָ֣ח וָ⁠נֶ֜זֶם וְ⁠טַבַּ֤עַת וְ⁠כוּמָז֙ כָּל־כְּלִ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments These are different kinds of jewelry. The exact identity of each object is not known. The phrase **all of the things of gold** could either modify the whole list, meaning “all these items were made of gold,” or could mean “many other gold things.” If taken as a summary statement, in some languages it may be clearer to move it to the front of the list. Alternate translation: “all kinds of gold jewelry including necklaces, nose rings, signet rings, and gold ornaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) EXO 35 22 frci figs-gendernotations וְ⁠כָל־אִ֕ישׁ 1 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments Although the term **men** is used, the word here is used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “And every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 35 23 s3ky 0 Everyone who had…brought them See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:4-5](../25/04.md). -EXO 35 23 dweo figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־אִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נִמְצָ֣א אִתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “And every man who owned” or “And every man that found with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 35 23 dweo figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־אִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נִמְצָ֣א אִתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “And every man who owned” or “And every man having” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 35 23 hg0d figs-gendernotations וְ⁠כָל־אִ֞ישׁ 1 Everyone who had…brought them Although the term **men** is used, the word here is used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “And every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 35 23 t3ti figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־אִ֞ישׁ 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **every man** is used here without the restriction, “who was willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “And very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 35 24 qpep figs-activepassive וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א אִתּ֜⁠וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “And everyone who owned” or “And everyone that found with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 35 24 qpep figs-activepassive וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א אִתּ֜⁠וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “and everyone who owned” or “and everyone having” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 35 24 zk6i כָּל־מֵרִ֗ים 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **all** is limited by **presenters**, meaning only everyone who brought contributions. Avoid implying that every single Israelite did this (though very many did). Alternate translation: “All who decided to offer” -EXO 35 24 loob figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כֹ֡ל 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **all** is used here without the restriction, “who were willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “And very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 35 24 bab9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠כָל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle as a place for worshiping Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for any of the building of a place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 25 ae9d figs-metonymy חַכְמַת־לֵ֖ב 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftswoman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “And every man with a skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 25 ebm5 אֶֽת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). -EXO 35 26 k1gy figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָשָׂ֥א לִבָּ֛⁠ן אֹתָ֖⁠נָה 1 whose hearts stirred them up Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to use her skills for Yahweh. This is the same as the first phrase in [verse 21](../35/21.md). Alternate translation: “whose will impelled her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 27 f13n 0 The leaders brought…breastpiece From **onyx** on, this verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). +EXO 35 24 loob figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כֹ֡ל 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **all** is used here without the restriction, “who were willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “and very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 35 24 bab9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠כָל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh, and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle as a place for worshiping Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for any of the building of a place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 35 25 ae9d figs-metonymy חַכְמַת־לֵ֖ב 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftswoman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “who possessed the skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 35 25 ebm5 אֶֽת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). +EXO 35 26 k1gy figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָשָׂ֥א לִבָּ֛⁠ן אֹתָ֖⁠נָה 1 whose hearts stirred them up Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to use her skills for Yahweh. This is the same as the first phrase in [verse 21](../35/21.md). Alternate translation: “whose wills impelled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 35 27 f13n 0 The leaders brought…breastpiece Beginning with **onyx**, this verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). EXO 35 28 h3a1 0 they brought spices…fragrant incense [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md) has almost identical words, arranged slightly differently. -EXO 35 29 hqle figs-infostructure 0 whose heart was willing The order of clauses in the ULT is reversed from the original because of required English sentence structure. **The sons of Israel brought a freewill offering to Yahweh** is at the end of the verse. Other languages may be able to retain the original order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +EXO 35 29 hqle figs-infostructure 0 whose heart was willing The order of clauses in the ULT is reversed from the original because of required English sentence structure. In the original, **The sons of Israel brought a freewill offering to Yahweh** is at the end of the verse. Other languages may be able to retain the original order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 35 29 li5z figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָדַ֣ב לִבָּ⁠ם֮ אֹתָ⁠ם֒ 1 whose heart was willing Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [25:2](../25/02.md) and [35:22](../35/22.md). Alternate translation: “whose will impelled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 29 w582 figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah Here, **by the hand of Moses** refers to Moses as a messenger for Yahweh’s commands, not to Moses being the one who would build all these things. If this imagery of carrying a message would be misunderstood in your language you may use another figure or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh had told Moses to tell them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 35 29 w582 figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah Here, **by the hand of Moses** refers to Moses as a messenger for Yahweh’s commands, not to Moses being the one who would build all these things. If this imagery of carrying a message would be misunderstood in your language, you may use another figure or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh had told Moses to tell them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 35 30 z1e2 0 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah What Moses says in this verse is a quote from [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) EXO 35 30 kx4o translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah These are men’s names. See [31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 35 31 zd74 0 filled Bezalel…craftsmanship This verse is a quote from [Exodus 31:3](../31/03.md) @@ -2460,38 +2460,38 @@ EXO 35 31 qx5o figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠דַ֖עַת 1 He has filled Bez EXO 35 31 cf63 figs-abstractnouns מְלָאכָֽה 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **craftsmanship** in another way. Alternate translation: “and for making all kinds of crafts” or “and so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 35 32 r7e3 0 to make artistic designs…bronze This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md), except for the first **and**. EXO 35 33 fj6f 0 also to cut and set stones…craftsmanship This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md) except for the final **of invention**. -EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּ⁠לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach This is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he gave the ability and desire to teach to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּ⁠לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach Here, **put in his heart** is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he gave the ability and desire to teach to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names וְ⁠אָֽהֳלִיאָ֥ב…אֲחִיסָמָ֖ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 35 35 ehu7 0 filled them with skill This verse summarizes and pulls together many previously mentioned things. See [28:3](../28/03.md) (**skill of heart**), [25:4](../25/04.md) (for materials), [26:36](../26/36.md) (**embroiderer**), [28:32](../28/32.md) (**weaver**), [26:31](../26/31.md) (**skillful workman**), [31:3](../31/03.md) (**craftsman**), [28:6](../28/06.md) (**designer of designs**). -EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜⁠ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 35 jvtd figs-synecdoche חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **heart** refers to possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes

## Translation issues

- The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.
- Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes, some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
- Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

## Structure

- v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction
- v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already
-v. 8-38: construction of the tabernacle, verse-by-verse quotations marked below
* v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)
* v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)
* v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)
* v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)
-EXO 36 1 ubk2 0 General Information: This verse is the end of a quotation from Moses that begin in [35:30](../35/30.md). It should be connected as visually as possible to the previous verses as the chapter break here is poorly placed. -EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names בְצַלְאֵ֨ל וְ⁠אָהֳלִיאָ֜ב 1 Bezalel These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) and [31:6](../31/06.md) as well as in the end of [chapter 35](../35/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 36 1 y1h1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ 1 Bezalel We know from [35:25](../35/25.md) that women were included in the skilled workers, so **man** here includes women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 36 1 tr3p figs-synecdoche חֲכַם־לֵ֗ב 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability Here, **heart** refers to innately possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “who is skilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜⁠ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 35 35 jvtd figs-synecdoche חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **of heart** refers to possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes\n\n## Translation issues\n\n* The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.\n* Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes; some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.\n* Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n## Structure\n\n* v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction\n* v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already -v. 8-38: construction of the tabernacle, verse-by-verse quotations marked below\n * v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)\n * v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)\n * v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)\n * v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md) +EXO 36 1 ubk2 0 General Information: This verse is the end of a quotation from Moses that begin in [35:30](../35/30.md). It should be connected as visually as possible to the previous verses, as the chapter break here is poorly placed. +EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names בְצַלְאֵ֨ל וְ⁠אָהֳלִיאָ֜ב 1 Bezalel **Bezalel and Oholiab** are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) and [31:6](../31/06.md) as well as in the end of [chapter 35](../35/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 36 1 y1h1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ 1 Bezalel We know from [35:25](../35/25.md) that women were included in the skilled workers, so **man** means every person. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 36 1 tr3p figs-synecdoche חֲכַם־לֵ֗ב 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability Here, **of heart** refers to innately possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with innate ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 36 1 ah6j figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֤ה 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **skill** in another way. See [35:31](../35/31.md). Alternate translation: “the ability to work skillfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 36 1 d6os figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠תְבוּנָה֙ 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** in another way. See [35:31](../35/31.md). Alternate translation: “and so he can understand his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 36 1 mdi4 figs-metonymy מְלֶ֖אכֶת עֲבֹדַ֣ת הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 according to all that Yahweh has commanded Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle (**holy place**) where the Israelites would worship Yahweh. See [35:24](../35/24.md). Alternate translation: “the building of the holy place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 36 1 mdi4 figs-metonymy מְלֶ֖אכֶת עֲבֹדַ֣ת הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 according to all that Yahweh has commanded Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh, and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle (**holy place**) where the Israelites would worship Yahweh. See [35:24](../35/24.md). Alternate translation: “the building of the holy place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 36 2 tda7 אֶל־בְּצַלְאֵ֘ל וְ⁠אֶל־אָֽהֳלִיאָב֒ וְ⁠אֶל֙ כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ חֲכַם־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה חָכְמָ֖ה בְּ⁠לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 in whose mind Yahweh had given skill See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../36/01.md). EXO 36 2 vvtz figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֖ה 1 in whose mind Yahweh had given skill See how you translated this abstract noun in the [previous verse](../36/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 36 2 yuq8 figs-metaphor כֹּ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 whose heart stirred within him See how you translated this in [35:21](../35/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 36 3 est0 וַ⁠יִּקְח֞וּ 1 whose heart stirred within him Alternate translation: “and the craftsmen took” -EXO 36 3 xkix figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **before the face** means, with Moses. Moses had received and kept the building materials. Alternate translation: “from the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 36 3 xkix figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **before the face** means with Moses. Moses had received and kept the building materials. Alternate translation: “from the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 36 3 mtkr figs-idiom בַּ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּֽקֶר 1 whose heart stirred within him This is an idiom meaning every morning or every day. Use a similar expression or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “morning by morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 36 4 b772 figs-nominaladj הַ֣⁠חֲכָמִ֔ים 1 whose heart stirred within him Here the adjective **skilled** is used as a noun in order to describe the group of craftsmen. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the skilled workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -EXO 36 4 pz6u figs-idiom אִֽישׁ־אִ֥ישׁ 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **every single man** translates an idiom that cannot be rendered literally and sensibly in English. The original is ”a man a man.” If your language would use repetition to emphasize that each and every man came to see Moses you can follow the original, otherwise use a phrase or structure that emphasizes that they all came. Alternate translation: “every man without exception” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 36 4 pz6u figs-idiom אִֽישׁ־אִ֥ישׁ 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **every single man** translates an idiom that cannot be rendered literally and sensibly in English. The original is ”a man a man.” If your language would use repetition to emphasize that each and every man came to see Moses, you can follow the original; otherwise use a phrase or structure that emphasizes that they all came. Alternate translation: “every man without exception” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 36 4 gjrz figs-gendernotations אִֽישׁ־אִ֥ישׁ 1 whose heart stirred within him As previously, noted, there were some women who contributed (particularly in the cloth crafts) so this use may include women. Alternate translation: “every single worker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 36 5 tni7 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְרוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה לֵּ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַרְבִּ֥ים הָ⁠עָ֖ם לְ⁠הָבִ֑יא מִ⁠דֵּ֤י הָֽ⁠עֲבֹדָה֙ לַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֥ת אֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 36 6 es1y figs-quotations אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֗ה אַל־יַעֲשׂוּ־ע֛וֹד מְלָאכָ֖ה לִ⁠תְרוּמַ֣ת הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” This could be translated as an indirect quotation if that would help your readers. Alternate translation: “that no one in should bring any more contributions for the work of the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 36 6 es1y figs-quotations אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֗ה אַל־יַעֲשׂוּ־ע֛וֹד מְלָאכָ֖ה לִ⁠תְרוּמַ֣ת הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” This could be translated as an indirect quotation if that would help your readers. Alternate translation: “that no one should bring any more contributions for the work of the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 36 6 k3g1 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֥וֹל 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” Here, **sound** refers to the message. This means they spread Moses’ message orally. Alternate translation: “everyone to share this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 36 6 ak26 figs-merism אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֗ה אַל־יַעֲשׂוּ 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” The listing of **man and woman** is intended to mean everyone, or in this case, no one. Alternate translation: “No one shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 36 6 k1qm מְלָאכָ֖ה 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” Here, **work** means the sorts of crafted items listed in the previous chapter. EXO 36 6 utcw figs-ellipsis מֵ⁠הָבִֽיא 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” In some languages you may need to provide an object for this sentence. Alternate translation: “from bringing contributions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 36 7 ipiu וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֗ה 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” Here, **work** means the sorts of crafted items listed in the previous chapter. -EXO 36 8 kw33 0 General Information: Except for tense and, **every skilled of heart among the doers of the work,** this verse is identical to [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). +EXO 36 8 kw33 0 General Information: Except for tense and the addition of **every skilled of heart among the doers of the work,** this verse is identical to [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). EXO 36 8 l7ub figs-synecdoche כָל־חֲכַם־לֵ֜ב 1 ten curtains made from fine linen See how you translated this in [35:21](../35/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 36 8 zz0w figs-genericnoun עָשָׂ֥ה 1 ten curtains made from fine linen Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. Alternate translation: “they” or “a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +EXO 36 8 zz0w figs-genericnoun עָשָׂ֥ה 1 ten curtains made from fine linen Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. Alternate translation: “they made” or “a craftsman made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) EXO 36 9 p2mr 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 26:2](../26/02.md). Tense is implied. EXO 36 10 z6sq 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:3](../26/03.md). EXO 36 11 yw91 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:4](../26/04.md). @@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@ EXO 36 14 m2ac 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodu EXO 36 15 fa6i 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:8](../26/08.md). EXO 36 16 wwj6 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to the first sentence of [Exodus 26:9](../26/09.md). EXO 36 17 qt9b 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:10](../26/10.md). -EXO 36 18 mq1j 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md). The difference is largely leaving out the middle clause from 26:11. +EXO 36 18 mq1j 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md). The difference is the absence of the middle clause from 26:11. EXO 36 19 p3ke 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md). EXO 36 20 t739 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md). EXO 36 21 prx5 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 26:16](../26/16.md). @@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ EXO 36 35 pfc5 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodu EXO 36 36 hg2q 0 General Information: Aside from some verbal differences, this verse is very similar to [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md). EXO 36 37 r5ya 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). EXO 36 38 pr67 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md). -EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes

- This chapter continues record of the construction of the tabernacle and items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
- Throughout the chapter the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

## Structure

- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)
- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)
- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)
- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)
- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md) +EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the tabernacle and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.\nBe sure to consult your previous work for consistency.\n- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)\n- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)\n- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)\n- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)\n- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md) EXO 37 1 byr3 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md). EXO 37 2 kb3s 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md). EXO 37 3 pb6v 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md). @@ -2546,14 +2546,14 @@ EXO 37 19 g1y9 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:33 EXO 37 20 nl54 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:34](../25/34.md). EXO 37 21 x1u5 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:35](../25/35.md). EXO 37 22 ks9z 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:36](../25/36.md). -EXO 37 23 b2jq 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical with [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md), excluding the purpose clause in v. 37 (“and it will hold up its lamps and it will make light on the side of its face”). -EXO 37 24 uz5h 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical with [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md). +EXO 37 23 b2jq 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical with [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md), excluding the purpose clause in v. 37 (“and it will hold up its lamps, and it will make light on the side of its face”). +EXO 37 24 uz5h 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md). EXO 37 25 el8w 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 30:1-2](../30/01.md). EXO 37 26 ep66 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md). EXO 37 27 zez2 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md). EXO 37 28 hw37 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md). -EXO 37 29 c992 0 General Information: For the **oil**, see [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md) and for the **incense** see [25:6](../25/06.md) and [30:35](../30/35.md). -EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes

- This chapter continues record of the construction of the tabernacle and items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-20 of this chapter follow [Exodus 27:1-19](../27/01.md) almost verse for verse.
- Throughout the chapter the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO 37 29 c992 0 General Information: For the **oil**, see [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md), and for the **incense** see [25:6](../25/06.md) and [30:35](../30/35.md). +EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the tabernacle and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.\nBe sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-20 of this chapter follow [Exodus 27:1-19](../27/01.md) almost verse for verse.\n- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n EXO 38 1 r81c 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md). EXO 38 2 g71x 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). EXO 38 3 v73t 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md). @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ EXO 38 8 mdx9 figs-explicit בְּ⁠מַרְאֹת֙ 1 He made the basin out of EXO 38 9 clk6 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md). EXO 38 10 nz6q 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). EXO 38 11 mp6n 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md). -EXO 38 11 xl4c figs-ellipsis מֵאָ֣ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits Here, “the curtains of the courtyard” and “long” is omitted. If this verse would not be understood without these words you may add them. Alternate translation: “the curtains of the courtyard were 100 cubits long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 38 11 xl4c figs-ellipsis מֵאָ֣ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits Here, “the curtains of the courtyard” and “long” are both omitted. If this verse would not be understood without these words, you may add them. Alternate translation: “the curtains of the courtyard were 100 cubits long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 38 12 g5iz 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md). EXO 38 13 iju3 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md). EXO 38 14 n1xj 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md). @@ -2574,41 +2574,41 @@ EXO 38 15 dlq7 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27: EXO 38 17 s5g5 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). EXO 38 18 hmi5 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16 and 18](../27/16.md). EXO 38 18 yf6z translate-bdistance וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים…חָמֵ֣שׁ 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m … 2.3m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 38 18 trz5 אֹ֔רֶךְ וְ⁠קוֹמָ֤ה 1 The curtain was made of This probably refers to the general dimensions (20 cubits long by 5 cubits wide) but clarifies that the **width** would become the **height** of the curtain when the craftsmen or Levites set up the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “and the width which corresponded to the height” +EXO 38 18 trz5 אֹ֔רֶךְ וְ⁠קוֹמָ֤ה 1 The curtain was made of This probably refers to the general dimensions (20 cubits long by 5 cubits wide) but clarifies that the **width** would become the **height** of the curtain when the craftsmen or Levites set up the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “and the width, which corresponded to the height” EXO 38 19 fjw4 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). EXO 38 20 ye5c 0 General Information This verse is very similar to the second half of [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). -EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד 1 as it was taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Levites recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד 1 as it was taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Levites recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 38 21 qivw figs-idiom עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Ithamar This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 38 21 op5h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 Ithamar Here, **by the hand of** could mean (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “Ithamar son of Aaron the priest wrote these down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 Ithamar This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur **Bezalel, Uri,** and **Hur** are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 38 21 op5h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 Ithamar Here, **by the hand of** could mean: (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “written down by Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 Ithamar **Ithamar** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur **Bezalel**, **Uri,** and **Hur** are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 38 22 i4ha figs-ellipsis מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Yahweh had commanded Moses This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “Moses to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 38 23 f93b translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak **Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 38 23 f93b translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak **Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 38 23 wvw4 חָרָ֣שׁ וְ⁠חֹשֵׁ֑ב וְ⁠רֹקֵ֗ם בַּ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וּ⁠בָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן וּ⁠בְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י וּ⁠בַ⁠שֵּֽׁשׁ 1 an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer This is very similar to part of [Exodus 35:35](../35/35.md). -EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב הֶֽ⁠עָשׂוּי֙ 1 All the gold that was used for the project If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the craftsmen used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 24 y7hy translate-bweight תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 twenty-nine talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 25 ni5b translate-bweight מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אֶלֶף֩ וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 one hundred talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב הֶֽ⁠עָשׂוּי֙ 1 All the gold that was used for the project If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the craftsmen used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 38 24 y7hy translate-bweight תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 twenty-nine talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 38 25 ni5b translate-bweight מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אֶלֶף֩ וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 one hundred talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 26 rp46 0 one hundred talents See how you translated many of the same things in [Exodus 30:13-14](../30/13.md). -EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight בֶּ֚קַע לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md).Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight בֶּ֚קַע לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md).Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 26 fyy5 translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל 1 half a shekel A **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 38 26 nvf8 figs-ellipsis לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הָ⁠עֹבֵ֜ר עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֗ים מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה לְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 half a shekel Here the account leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The idea that this silver was “received” **from** these “men” is left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “received from every passer over to the counted ones from a son of 20 years and older—received from 603,550 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 38 26 ll8b figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 38 27 p7r5 translate-bweight מְאַת֙ כִּכַּ֣ר 1 One hundred talents of silver were cast A talent is about 34 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 28 nxf5 figs-ellipsis הָ⁠אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֤ע הַ⁠מֵּאוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֔ים 1 Bezalel Here the words **shekels of silver** has been omitted because it is understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If the text would not be understood without it you may add it in. Alternate translation: “the 1775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 38 28 nxf5 figs-ellipsis הָ⁠אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֤ע הַ⁠מֵּאוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֔ים 1 Bezalel Here the words **shekels of silver** have been omitted because they are understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If the text would not be understood without them, you may add them in. Alternate translation: “the 1,775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 38 28 rcda 0 Bezalel See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 30 rck7 מִכְבַּ֥ר 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). +EXO 38 30 rck7 מִכְבַּ֥ר 1 grate A **grate** is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). EXO 38 31 bvr9 יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). -EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes

- This chapter continues record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).
- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced to the correct specifications in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\nBe sure to consult your previous work to maintain consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).\n- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n EXO 39 1 h8kg 0 as Yahweh had commanded Moses See how you translated similar instructions in [Exodus 28:4-5](../28/04.md). EXO 39 1 e1xh figs-abstractnouns בִּגְדֵ֤י הַ⁠קֹּ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. Alternate translation: “the holy clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 39 2 b9mg 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md). EXO 39 4 pq62 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is very similar to [28:7](../28/07.md). EXO 39 5 g75w 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). -EXO 39 6 k7vw 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and especially [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Here, as there, the **sons of Israel** literally means Rueben through Benjamin, not the Israelite nation. +EXO 39 6 k7vw 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and especially [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Here, as there, the **sons of Israel** literally means the twelve sons, Rueben through Benjamin, not the Israelite nation. EXO 39 7 ize6 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to the first half of [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md). -EXO 39 8 mlf6 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md), a few words are omitted here. -EXO 39 9 lkt1 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md), a few words are added or repeated here. +EXO 39 8 mlf6 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md); a few words are omitted here. +EXO 39 9 lkt1 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md); a few words are added or repeated here. EXO 39 10 m54c 0 They set in it This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:17](../28/17.md). EXO 39 11 qx96 0 an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond This verse is identical to [Exodus 28:18](../28/18.md). EXO 39 12 kk8t 0 a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst This verse is identical to [Exodus 28:19](../28/19.md). @@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ EXO 39 31 fml2 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 28 EXO 39 32 jh64 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This verse marks the end of the narrative of the construction of the tabernacle. More precisely, it seems to mark the beginning of an ending section. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) EXO 39 32 z1z7 figs-doublet מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing. The two interchangeable terms are brought together here in a poetic doubling to bring this part of the narrative to a close. If your readers would find this confusing you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST. Alternate translation: “holy meeting tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 39 32 et19 figs-parallelism וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כְּ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֖ה כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything Here, **thus they did** parallels the whole rest of the sentence. Like the doubling of the terms for **tabernacle** this brings the narrative of building to an emphatic conclusion. If this sort of parallelism would convey a meaning other than this emphatic conclusion in your language you may need to use another natural way to close the narrative with emphasis on the Israelites complete obedience. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel faithfully did exactly according to all that Yahweh had commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 39 33 ri54 writing-newevent 0 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything This verse starts a short narrative of the Israelites bringing and presenting the items for the tabernacle to Moses for inspection. It is a summary of the construction and extended conclusion to the last few chapters. Your team may need to decide how to group verse 32 as it both closes the construction narrative and introduces this next section which ends with a very similar summary statement in [verses 42-43](../39/42.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 39 33 ri54 writing-newevent 0 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything This verse starts a short narrative of the Israelites bringing and presenting the items for the tabernacle to Moses for inspection. It is a summary of the construction and extended conclusion to the last few chapters. Your team may need to decide how to group verse 32, as it both closes the construction narrative and introduces this next section, which ends with a very similar summary statement in [verses 42-43](../39/42.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 39 33 y9ym 0 clasps This verse, especially the list of items, is very similar to [35:11](../35/11.md). EXO 39 34 z6r6 וְ⁠אֶת־מִכְסֵ֞ה עוֹרֹ֤ת הָֽ⁠אֵילִם֙ הַ⁠מְאָדָּמִ֔ים וְ⁠אֶת־מִכְסֵ֖ה עֹרֹ֣ת הַ⁠תְּחָשִׁ֑ים 1 the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather See how you translated similar phrases to this in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md). EXO 39 34 l0fi פָּרֹ֥כֶת הַ⁠מָּסָֽךְ 1 the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather See how you translated similar phrases to this in [35:12](../35/12.md). @@ -2648,31 +2648,31 @@ EXO 39 40 ajt4 figs-doublet הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֖ן לְ⁠אֹ֥הֶל מ EXO 39 41 z3ip 0 the tabernacle, the tent of meeting This verse is identical to [35:19](../35/19.md). EXO 39 42 ct6k 0 Thus the people This verse is almost identical to the second half of [verse 32](../39/32.md). EXO 39 43 t26m וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 behold Here, the word **behold** draws attention to the information that follows. Use a word or marking in your language that draws attention to the next information. -EXO 39 43 z79s writing-endofstory 0 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses,** is repeated seven times as in the previous chapter to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.
- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel in an expanded way verses 2-8.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter


- The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.
- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.
- “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) +EXO 39 43 z79s writing-endofstory 0 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this, consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses** is repeated seven times, as in the previous chapter, to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.\n- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel verses 2-8 in an expanded way.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n\n- The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing, but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing, you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.\n- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like with Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.\n- “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) EXO 40 1 ea7j writing-newevent 0 There is a transition to a new event at the beginning of this chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 40 2 bgv1 translate-ordinal בְּ⁠יוֹם־הַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 Alternate translation: “On day one of the month, in month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 40 2 gzk3 figs-doublet מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 the first day of the first month of the new year These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the tabernacle, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 40 2 clkf figs-ellipsis לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 the first day of the first month of the new year Here, the new or next year omitted because it can be inferred from context. However, if that would be misunderstood by your readers (perhaps they would think it just meant ”next month” or something) you could add a phrase making it clear that it is the first month of the year. This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md). Alternate translation: “month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 40 2 clkf figs-ellipsis לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 the first day of the first month of the new year Here, the new or next year is omitted because it can be inferred from context. However, if that would be misunderstood by your readers (perhaps they would think it just meant ”next month” or something), you could add a phrase to make it clear that it is the first month of the year. This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md). Alternate translation: “month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 40 3 l7fp וְ⁠סַכֹּתָ֥ עַל 1 place the ark of the testimony in it Alternate translation: “and you shall conceal” EXO 40 5 b3ct figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י 1 place the ark of the testimony in it Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 40 6 o5sz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֕י 1 place the ark of the testimony in it Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 40 6 nqha figs-doublet מִשְׁכַּ֥ן אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵֽד 1 place the ark of the testimony in it These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the tabernacle, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 40 10 yiq8 figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִֽׁים 1 General Information: Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 40 10 yiq8 figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִֽׁים 1 General Information: Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 40 12 gqld 0 General Information: Verses 12-15 are similar to [Exodus 29:4-9](../29/04.md). -EXO 40 16 xl61 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This statement starts a new section in which Moses does all the things, **just as Yahweh had commanded**, the poetic obedience statement seen so often in the previous chapter. You may wish to mark this transition and poetic statement in a particular way in your language similar to how you did in the last chapter. See [39:32](../39/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 40 17 r6pc figs-activepassive הוּקַ֖ם הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 So the tabernacle was set up The use of the passive here indicates that the important thing is the completion of the task of setting up the tent on the specific date Yahweh had commanded. If your language would show that focus in a different way use a natural form to do that. Alternate translation: “that they set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 40 16 xl61 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This statement starts a new section in which Moses does all the things **just as Yahweh had commanded**; this poetic obedience statement was seen so often in the previous chapter. You may wish to mark this transition and poetic statement in a particular way in your language that is similar to how you did in the last chapter. See [39:32](../39/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 40 17 r6pc figs-activepassive הוּקַ֖ם הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 So the tabernacle was set up The use of the passive here indicates that the important thing is the completion of the task of setting up the tent on the specific date Yahweh had commanded. If your language would show that focus in a different way, use a natural form to do that. Alternate translation: “that they set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 40 17 gzu5 בַּ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 the first day of the first month This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md). EXO 40 17 wnh8 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד 1 in the second year Alternate translation: “in month one, year two, on day one of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 40 18 kk4n figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֨קֶם מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֗ן וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ אֶת־אֲדָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 Moses set up Moses was the leader. It would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit. This applies from here to all the tabernacle assembly listing through [verse 33](../40/33.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses directed the people to raise up the tabernacle, and they placed its bases”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 40 20 chx4 writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח…וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם 1 Moses set up In this verse and the next there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 40 21 yhbs writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֵ֣א…וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם 1 Moses set up In this verse and the previous there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 40 18 kk4n figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֨קֶם מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֗ן וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ אֶת־אֲדָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 Moses set up Moses was the leader. It would have been impossible for him to do all this personally; the people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit. This applies from here to all the tabernacle assembly listing through [verse 33](../40/33.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses directed the people to raise up the tabernacle, and they placed its bases”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 40 20 chx4 writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח…וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם 1 Moses set up In this verse and the next, there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses, because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 40 21 yhbs writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֵ֣א…וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם 1 Moses set up In this verse and the previous verse, there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses, because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 40 23 b3pp figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 Moses set up Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 40 25 t2o2 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 Moses set up Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 40 26 i5gg figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י 1 in front of the curtain Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 40 27 iwuo 0 in front of the curtain See [30:7](../30/07.md). -EXO 40 35 ysd8 וְ⁠לֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד כִּֽי־שָׁכַ֥ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וּ⁠כְב֣וֹד יְהוָ֔ה מָלֵ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 Yahweh’s glory filled If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the cloud had settled on it and the glory of Yahweh had filled the tabernacle, Moses was not able to go into the tent of meeting.” -EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠הֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ 1 was taken up from over If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 that it was lifted up If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 40 35 ysd8 וְ⁠לֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד כִּֽי־שָׁכַ֥ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וּ⁠כְב֣וֹד יְהוָ֔ה מָלֵ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 Yahweh’s glory filled If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the cloud had settled on it and the glory of Yahweh had filled the tabernacle, Moses was not able to go into the tent of meeting.” +EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠הֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ 1 was taken up from over If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 that it was lifted up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 40 38 i8hu figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י כָל־בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **before the eyes of** refers to being able to see. All the Israelites could see the cloud and fire. Alternate translation: “and all the house of Israel could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob, who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index fe64e8e6fb..8f08745d1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Leviticus

1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
* Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
* Grain offerings (2:1–16)
* Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
* Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
* Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
1. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
* Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
* Grain offerings (6:14-23)
* Sin offerings (6:24-30)
* Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
1. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
* Peace offerings (7:11–21)
* Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
* The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
1. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
* Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
* Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
* Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
1. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
* Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
* Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
* Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
* Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
1. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
1. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
1. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
1. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
1. Gifts to God (27:1–34)

### What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.

In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.

Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.

It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.

Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.

### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.

### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”

This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.” +LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Leviticus

1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
* Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
* Grain offerings (2:1–16)
* Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
* Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
* Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
2. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
* Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
* Grain offerings (6:14-23)
* Sin offerings (6:24-30)
* Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
3. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
* Peace offerings (7:11–21)
* Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
* The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
4. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
* Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
* Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
* Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
5. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
* Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
* Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
* Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
* Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
6. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
7. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
8. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
9. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
10. Gifts to God (27:1–34)

### What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.

In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.

Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.

It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.

Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.

### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.

### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”

This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.” LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 1 1 j8us יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. LEV 1 2 yiq7 אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־ יַקְרִ֥יב מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם 1 When any man from among you Alternate translation: “When any one of you offers” or “When any of you offers” LEV 1 3 aps3 figs-123person קָרְבָּנ⁠וֹ֙…יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ…יַקְרִ֣יב 1 If his offering … he must offer Here, **“his** and **he** refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh. It can be translated in the second person as it is in [Leviticus 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “If your offering … you must offer … you must offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) LEV 1 3 wp8j figs-activepassive לִ⁠רְצֹנ֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 so that it may be accepted before Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that Yahweh will accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 1 4 n7j5 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֣ךְ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he is to lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself through the animal to Yahweh, so that God will forgive the person’s sins when they kill the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 1 4 el3u figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְצָ֥ה ל֖⁠וֹ 1 And it will be accepted on his behalf If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then Yahweh will accept it in his place and forgive his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 1 4 el3u figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְצָ֥ה ל֖⁠וֹ 1 And it will be accepted on his behalf If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then Yahweh will accept it in his place and forgive his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 1 5 swj4 figs-123person וְ⁠שָׁחַ֛ט 1 And he must slaughter Here, **“he** refers to the one making the offering. It can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “Then you must kill the bull” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) LEV 1 5 l2u1 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” -LEV 1 5 qcc2 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠הִקְרִיבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן הַֽ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 And the sons of Aaron, the priests, will offer the blood It is implied that **the priests** would catch **the blood** in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 1 5 qcc2 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠הִקְרִיבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן הַֽ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 And the sons of Aaron, the priests, will offer the blood It is implied that **the priests** would catch **the blood** in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 1 6 i4ll figs-events וְ⁠הִפְשִׁ֖יט אֶת־ הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה וְ⁠נִתַּ֥ח אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לִ⁠נְתָחֶֽי⁠הָ 1 And he must skin the burnt offering and cut it into its pieces As indicated in 1:9, the person must also wash the inner parts and the legs of the animal with water. The person would do this before giving the pieces to the priests so they could place them on the altar. As in the UST, you can state here the instructions to wash the inner parts and legs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) LEV 1 6 u7di וְ⁠הִפְשִׁ֖יט 1 And he must skin Here, **he** refers to the one making the offering. LEV 1 7 pp4m figs-events וְ֠⁠נָתְנוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֵ֖שׁ עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עָרְכ֥וּ עֵצִ֖ים עַל־ הָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 And the sons of Aaron the priest will put fire on the altar and arrange wood on the fire This may mean that the **Aaron** placed hot coals **on the altar**, then placed the **wood** on the coals. Or you may need to reorder this as in the UST. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Aaron the priest will put wood on the altar and light a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ LEV 1 9 zgz6 figs-metaphor רֵֽיחַ־ נִיח֖וֹחַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽ LEV 1 11 k2uc לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” LEV 1 12 q6a3 figs-123person וְ⁠נִתַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ 1 And he is to cut it Here, **he** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. It can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “And you must cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) LEV 1 12 kx1v לִ⁠נְתָחָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־ רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ פִּדְר֑⁠וֹ…עַל־ הָֽ⁠עֵצִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־ הָ⁠אֵ֔שׁ אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 pieces … head … fat … on the wood that is on the fire that is on the altar See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 1:7-9](./07.md). -LEV 1 13 ekd2 וְ⁠הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם…עֹלָ֣ה…אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 inner parts … legs he must wash with water … burnt offering … sweet aroma … made … by fire See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 1:9](./09.md). +LEV 1 13 ekd2 וְ⁠הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם…עֹלָ֣ה…אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 inner parts … legs he must wash with water … burnt offering … sweet aroma … made … by fire See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). LEV 1 13 zf3d figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 1 13 tij4 figs-activepassive אִשֵּׁ֛ה 1 an offering made by fire Yahweh tells Moses that the priests must burn their offerings with **fire**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 1 15 hs4d וּ⁠מָלַק֙ אֶת־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 and wring off its head Alternate translation: “and twist off its head” -LEV 1 15 sur7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִמְצָ֣ה דָמ֔⁠וֹ 1 And its blood must be drained out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest must drain its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 1 15 sur7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִמְצָ֣ה דָמ֔⁠וֹ 1 And its blood must be drained out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest must drain its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 1 16 x2cz וְ⁠הֵסִ֥יר 1 And he must remove Alternate translation: “And the priest must remove” LEV 1 16 zqs8 אֶת־ מֻרְאָת֖⁠וֹ 1 its crop A **crop** is a pouch in the bird’s throat where pre-digested food is stored. LEV 1 16 x63v אֶת־ מֻרְאָת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠נֹצָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 throw it beside the altar Here **it** refers to the **crop** and the **plumage**. @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ LEV 1 17 y2p1 figs-activepassive עֹלָ֣ה ה֗וּא אִשֵּׁ֛ה 1 It i LEV 2 intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yeast

Yeast is connected to the events of the Passover. Any prohibition of yeast may be connected to the original Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) LEV 2 1 jj1g 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 2 1 tf2u סֹ֖לֶת 1 fine flour Here, **flour** refers to a powder made from wheat. Alternate translation: “the finest flour” or “the best flour” -LEV 2 2 v2q7 וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם מְלֹ֣א קֻמְצ֗⁠וֹ 1 and take out from it his handful A **handful** is the amount that a person can hold in the palm of their hand. Alternate translation: “and take out what he can hold in his hand” -LEV 2 2 e7ss אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 its memorial portion The **memorial portion** of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. +LEV 2 2 v2q7 וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם מְלֹ֣א קֻמְצ֗⁠וֹ 1 and take out from it his handful A **handful** is the amount that a person can hold in the palm of their hand. Alternate translation: “and take out what he can hold in his hand” +LEV 2 2 e7ss אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 its memorial portion The **memorial portion** of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. LEV 2 2 bh7g figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 2 4 bmg7 figs-activepassive מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר 1 that is baked in an oven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you baked in an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 4 rvs7 translate-unknown תַנּ֑וּר 1 oven This **oven** was probably a hollow object made of clay. A fire was lit under the oven, and the heat would bake the dough inside of the oven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ LEV 2 7 l1pm translate-unknown מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת 1 in a pan A **pan** is a LEV 2 7 s232 figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶֽׂה 1 it must be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 8 vy42 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 that is made from these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you made from the flour and oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 8 j9l1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִקְרִיבָ⁠הּ֙ 1 And it will be presented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you will present it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 9 t1ms וְ⁠הֵרִ֨ים הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִן־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 And the priest will take from the grain offering its memorial portion, and he will burn it on the altar. It is an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 2:2](./02.md). -LEV 2 9 qgm4 אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 its memorial offering The handful of the grain is a **memorial offering** that represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). +LEV 2 9 t1ms וְ⁠הֵרִ֨ים הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִן־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 And the priest will take from the grain offering its memorial portion, and he will burn it on the altar. It is an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). +LEV 2 9 qgm4 אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 its memorial offering The handful of the grain is a **memorial offering** that represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). LEV 2 9 a7ye figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 2 10 c6hv מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:3](./03.md). +LEV 2 10 c6hv מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:3](../02/03.md). LEV 2 10 y8u4 figs-activepassive מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the burnt offerings to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 11 r3y3 figs-activepassive כָּל־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א תֵעָשֶׂ֖ה חָמֵ֑ץ 1 Every grain offering that you offer to Yahweh must not be made with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not use yeast in a grain offering that you offer to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 12 b9d5 תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 You will offer them Alternate translation: “You will offer the grain offerings made with leaven or honey” @@ -70,16 +70,16 @@ LEV 3 4 gs74 הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד 1 the l LEV 3 5 yv72 figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 3 7 vda3 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” LEV 3 8 j6nx translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 3 8 grd8 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ 1 And the sons of Aaron will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they **sprinkle** the **blood**, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 3 8 grd8 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ 1 And the sons of Aaron will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they **sprinkle** the **blood**, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 3 9 e5hx אֶת־ הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב 1 the inner parts The **inner parts** are the stomach and intestines. LEV 3 10 v2hz שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־ הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד עַל־ הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֖ת יְסִירֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 the two kidneys and the fat that is on them, which is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver which he will remove with the kidneys The words **he will remove** can be placed at the beginning of the sentence in verse 9. “he will remove the two kidneys and the fat that is on them, which is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver” -LEV 3 10 qp7h וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת 1 and the two kidneys You can start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He must remove the kidneys” +LEV 3 10 qp7h וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת 1 and the two kidneys You can start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He must remove the kidneys” LEV 3 10 l368 הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים 1 the loins The **loins** is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. LEV 3 10 vg1i הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד 1 the lobe on the liver The **lobe** is the curved or rounded part of the **liver**. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver” LEV 3 11 w7se וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה לֶ֥חֶם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 And the priest will burn it on the altar as food, an offering made by fire to Yahweh Translate this in a way that makes it clear that **Yahweh** does not actually eat the **food**. Alternate translation: “will burn those things on the altar as an offering to Yahweh. Those things will come from your food supplies” LEV 3 12 blm6 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” LEV 3 13 a245 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 And he must lay his hand on its head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 3 13 shc1 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ 1 And the sons of Aaron will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they **sprinkle** the **blood**, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 3 13 shc1 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ 1 And the sons of Aaron will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they **sprinkle** the **blood**, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 3 14 j58j וְ⁠הִקְרִ֤יב 1 And he will offer Here **he** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. LEV 3 16 c52y וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ֥⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה לֶ֤חֶם אִשֶּׁה֙ לְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ 1 And the priest will burn them on the altar as food, an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma Translate this in a way that it does not seem like Yahweh actually eats the **food**. Alternate translation: “will burn those things on the altar to be an offering to Yahweh. It will be as though they are food given to Yahweh” LEV 3 16 jfy7 figs-metaphor לְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ 1 a sweet aroma Yahweh is pleased with the **aroma** of burning meat when he is pleased with the worshiper’s sincerity. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ LEV 4 intro wrl4 0 # Leviticus 4 General Notes

## Structure and format LEV 4 2 zhp4 figs-quotesinquotes דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־ תֶחֱטָ֤א 1 “Speak to the sons of Israel, saying, ‘When a person sins This is a quotation that contains a quotation. You can use an direct quotation instead. “Tell the people of Israel that when anyone sins” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) LEV 4 2 qh8x figs-activepassive מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה 1 the commands of Yahweh, about what must not be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the commands of Yahweh that tell people what they must not do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 4 3 g1z4 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 so as to bring guilt on the people If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **guilt**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “so as to cause the people to be guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 4 4 xx9l וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֗ר 1 And he must bring the bull Alternate translation: “And the high priest must bring the bull” +LEV 4 4 xx9l וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֗ר 1 And he must bring the bull Alternate translation: “And the high priest must bring the bull” LEV 4 4 zy1f translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he must lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) LEV 4 5 m58i figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם 1 And the anointed priest will take some of the blood of It is implied that the priest catches **the blood** in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 4 6 uk96 וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־ 1 and sprinkle some of Alternate translation: “and drip some of” or “and splatter some of” @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ LEV 4 7 hz2u קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח 1 the horns of the altar of LEV 4 7 rv1h יִשְׁפֹּךְ֙ 1 he will pour out Alternate translation: “he will empty out” LEV 4 7 gm5k אֶל־ יְסוֹד֙ מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 at the base of the altar of Alternate translation: “at the bottom of the altar of” LEV 4 8 rd3l יָרִ֣ים 1 he will remove Alternate translation: “the priest will cut away” -LEV 4 8 c7cy הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב 1 the inner parts The **inner parts** are the stomach and intestines. +LEV 4 8 c7cy הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב 1 the inner parts The **inner parts** are the stomach and intestines. LEV 4 9 vd6f הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים 1 the loins The **loins** is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. LEV 4 9 r448 הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד 1 the lobe on the liver This is the curved or rounded part of the liver. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver” LEV 4 11 fr9j וְ⁠אֶת־ ע֤וֹר הַ⁠פָּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־ כְּרָעָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠קִרְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠פִרְשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 And the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its inner parts and its dung You may want to begin this sentence with words that tell your reader that the sentence is very long. “As for the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its inner parts and its dung” @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ LEV 4 15 a9t1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֖ LEV 4 16 l1qd figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵבִ֛יא הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם 1 And the anointed priest will bring some of the blood of It is implied that the **priest** caught **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drained from the bull. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 4 17 lq1m figs-explicit הַ⁠פָּרֹֽכֶת 1 the curtain It is implied that this is **the curtain** before the most holy place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 4 18 fn7v יִתֵּ֣ן 1 he will put Alternate translation: “the priest will put” -LEV 4 18 xn3f קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 the horns of the altar Here, **the horns of the altar** refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). +LEV 4 18 xn3f קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 the horns of the altar Here, **the horns of the altar** refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). LEV 4 18 ni6l כָּל־ הַ⁠דָּ֗ם יִשְׁפֹּךְ֙ 1 he will pour out all the blood Alternate translation: “he will pour out the rest of the blood” -LEV 4 19 t3pe כָּל־ חֶלְבּ֖⁠וֹ יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר 1 all its fat he will remove from it and burn Alternate translation: “he will remove all the fat from the bull and burn the fat” +LEV 4 19 t3pe כָּל־ חֶלְבּ֖⁠וֹ יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר 1 all its fat he will remove from it and burn Alternate translation: “he will remove all the fat from the bull and burn the fat” LEV 4 20 k2wc וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה 1 And he must do Alternate translation: “And the priest must do” LEV 4 20 t3ph figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֧ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 the priest will make atonement for the people If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the people’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 4 20 jd5j figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 and it will be forgiven them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ LEV 4 24 q1kq וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ 1 And he will lay Alternate translation: LEV 4 24 aby2 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) LEV 4 24 z9vz אֲשֶׁר־ יִשְׁחַ֥ט 1 where he slaughters Alternate translation: “where the priest kills” LEV 4 24 zee3 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” -LEV 4 25 wnl3 figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם 1 And the priest will take some of the blood It is implied that **the priest** will catch **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 4 25 wnl3 figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם 1 And the priest will take some of the blood It is implied that **the priest** will catch **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 4 25 hd5k קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). LEV 4 26 el4n יַקְטִ֣יר 1 he will burn Alternate translation: “the priest will burn” -LEV 4 26 h9gk figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 The priest will make atonement for the ruler If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +LEV 4 26 h9gk figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 The priest will make atonement for the ruler If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 4 26 zhk2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the ruler’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 4 27 ppx5 figs-activepassive אַחַ֨ת מִ⁠מִּצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־ תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה 1 one thing from the commands of Yahweh that must not be done All of the people of Israel were commanded not to sin. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one thing that Yahweh commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 28 al2q figs-activepassive הוֹדַ֣ע אֵלָ֔י⁠ו חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א 1 his sin which he sinned is made known to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he becomes aware of the sin he committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 28 al2q figs-activepassive הוֹדַ֣ע אֵלָ֔י⁠ו חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א 1 his sin which he sinned is made known to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he becomes aware of the sin he committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 4 29 rup1 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) LEV 4 30 su7w figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 And the priest will take some of its blood It is implied that **the priest** will catch **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 4 30 zr2b קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the altar, which are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). @@ -139,11 +139,11 @@ LEV 4 31 e8ap figs-metaphor לְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָ LEV 4 31 f423 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 The priest will make atonement for the man If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 4 31 rty9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 4 33 gp8z translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 4 33 n4w5 אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁחַ֖ט 1 where he slaughters Alternate translation: “where the priest kills” +LEV 4 33 n4w5 אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁחַ֖ט 1 where he slaughters Alternate translation: “where the priest kills” LEV 4 34 l4b7 קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). LEV 4 34 k2b9 כָּל־ דָּמָ֣⁠הּ יִשְׁפֹּ֔ךְ 1 he will pour out all its blood Alternate translation: “he will pour out the rest of its blood” LEV 4 35 z6xq יָסִ֗יר 1 he will remove Here, **he** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. -LEV 4 35 i2gb figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־ הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ 1 just as the fat of the lamb is removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person cuts away the fat of the lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 35 i2gb figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־ הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ 1 just as the fat of the lamb is removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person cuts away the fat of the lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 4 35 mpi3 וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 And the priest will burn them Alternate translation: “And the priest will burn the fat” LEV 4 35 sy5y figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן עַל־ חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ 1 will make atonement for him for the sin he has committed If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the sin the person committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 4 35 m4ms figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ LEV 5 4 g4f9 figs-explicit נֶ֡פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תִשָּׁבַע֩ לְ LEV 5 6 fj3k figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 the priest will make atonement for him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 5 8 bz85 וּ⁠מָלַ֧ק אֶת־ רֹאשׁ֛⁠וֹ מִ⁠מּ֥וּל עָרְפּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יַבְדִּֽיל 1 And he will wring off its head from the front of its neck, but he will not sever it Alternate translation: “And he will kill it by twisting its head and breaking its neck, but he will not remove the head” LEV 5 10 t4n3 כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 according to the regulation Alternate translation: “as Yahweh has instructed” -LEV 5 10 sf4t figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 the priest will make atonement for him for the sin that he has committed If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +LEV 5 10 sf4t figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 the priest will make atonement for him for the sin that he has committed If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 5 10 v199 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven for him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 5 11 cq1l translate-bvolume עֲשִׂירִ֧ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֛ה 1 a tenth of an ephah of An ephah is 22 liters. A **tenth of an ephah** is about two liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 5 11 lta4 translate-fraction עֲשִׂירִ֧ת 1 a tenth of A **tenth** is one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ LEV 5 13 zpm8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ 1 and it wi LEV 5 15 at39 נֶ֚פֶשׁ כִּֽי־ תִמְעֹ֣ל מַ֔עַל וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה 1 If a person acts unfaithfully and sins by mistake with the holy things of Yahweh This means the person sinned by not giving to **Yahweh** what Yahweh commanded him to give. Alternate translation: “If a person sins by failing to give to Yahweh what belongs to Yahweh” LEV 5 16 rlc3 וְ⁠אֶת־ חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 and one-fifth of it he must add to it This means the person must pay an extra **one-fifth** of the value of what he owes to Yahweh. LEV 5 16 g15p translate-fraction חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ 1 one-fifth of it The **one-fifth** is one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -LEV 5 16 c3af figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן יְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו 1 the priest will make atonement for him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +LEV 5 16 c3af figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן יְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו 1 the priest will make atonement for him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 5 16 c61p figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven for him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 5 17 aht3 figs-activepassive אַחַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל־ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה 1 one thing from all the commands of Yahweh that must not be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one thing that Yahweh has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 5 17 kv1l figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ 1 and must bear his iniquity A person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that guilt. Alternate translation: “and he is responsible for his own guilt” or “Yahweh will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ LEV 6 25 cq5t figs-explicit תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ ל LEV 6 25 zni8 figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ 1 the sin offering must be slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill the sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 6 25 a3q6 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה 1 where the burnt offering is slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where you kill the animal for the burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 6 26 eaw2 figs-activepassive תֵּֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 27 is2v כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ 1 All that touches its meat will become holy See how you translated a similar sentence in [6-18](../06/18.md). +LEV 6 27 is2v כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ 1 All that touches its meat will become holy See how you translated a similar sentence in [6:18](../06/18.md). LEV 6 27 vj7x figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 And if some of the blood is sprinkled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the blood sprinkles” or “And if you sprinkle some of the blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 6 28 f316 figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּבֻשַּׁל־ בּ֖⁠וֹ יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר 1 And the pot of clay in which it is boiled must be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you must break the clay pot in which you boiled the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 6 28 e4tz figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ בִּ⁠כְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ בֻּשָּׁ֔לָה וּ⁠מֹרַ֥ק וְ⁠שֻׁטַּ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 And if it is boiled in a pot of bronze, then it must be scrubbed and rinsed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if you boiled the meat in a bronze pot, then you must scrub the pot and rinse it with clean water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ LEV 7 15 h75f figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ LEV 7 16 wgx8 figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֑ל…וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יֵאָכֵֽל 1 it may be eaten … whatever remains of it may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he may eat it … he may eat whatever remains of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 7 17 m4fq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 on the third day The word **third** is the ordinal number for three. Alternate translation: “after two days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) LEV 7 17 ykv8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 And what is left from the meat of the sacrifice must be burned in the fire on the third day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the third day he must burn in the fire what is left from the meat of the sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 18 r23u figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־ זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֮ 1 And if any of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings to be eaten is eaten on the third day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone eats the meat of his peace offering sacrifice on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 18 r23u figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־ זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֮ 1 And if any of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings to be eaten is eaten on the third day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone eats the meat of his peace offering sacrifice on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 7 18 rfk6 figs-activepassive לֹ֣א יֵרָצֶה֒ 1 it will not be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 7 18 rzi4 figs-activepassive הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֣יב אֹת֗⁠וֹ לֹ֧א יֵחָשֵׁ֛ב ל֖⁠וֹ 1 It will not be credited to the one who offered it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not honor the sacrifice of the person who offered it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 7 18 u6eu figs-metaphor עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא 1 will carry his iniquity A person being responsible for the sin he committed is spoken of as if he had to carry his **iniquity** physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ LEV 7 32 f116 שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 the right thigh The **thig LEV 7 34 sns3 לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ 1 I have taken Here, **I** refers to Yahweh. LEV 7 36 mag4 בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 on the day of his anointing them Alternate translation: “on the day Moses anointed them as priests” LEV 7 36 sb6p לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 throughout their generations See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 7 37 duq2 1 Connecting Statement: Verses 37-38 are the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md). +LEV 7 37 duq2 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 37-38 are the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md). LEV 8 intro d9y6 0 # Leviticus 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) LEV 8 1 n6q2 0 General Information: In chapter 8 Moses ordains Aaron and his sons as priests according to the commands of Yahweh that Moses recorded in the book of Exodus. LEV 8 2 i9xv הַ⁠בְּגָדִ֔ים 1 the garments Alternate translation: “the priestly garments” or “the clothes that the priests wore” @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ LEV 10 1 afy8 לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה 1 befo LEV 10 2 et86 וַ⁠תֵּ֥צֵא אֵ֛שׁ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 And fire went out from before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “So Yahweh sent out fire” LEV 10 2 f9fy figs-metaphor וַ⁠תֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 and it devoured them The fire completely burning the men up is spoken of as if the fire **devoured** or completely used them up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 10 2 c893 וַ⁠יָּמֻ֖תוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 And they died before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “And they died in the presence of Yahweh” -LEV 10 3 pl7g figs-quotesinquotes הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 This is what Yahweh spoke, saying,
‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +LEV 10 3 pl7g figs-quotesinquotes הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 This is what Yahweh spoke, saying, ‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) LEV 10 3 c9g1 בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ 1 Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart The phrase **those who come near me** refers to the priests that serve Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will show those that come near to serve me that I am holy” or “Those who come near to serve me must treat me as holy” LEV 10 3 py8y figs-activepassive וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 I will be glorified before all the people This second part of Yahweh’s statement still concerns the priest, who are the ones who come near to Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must glorify me before all the people” or “And they must honor me in the presence of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 10 4 qzy6 translate-names מִֽישָׁאֵל֙…אֶלְצָפָ֔ן…בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל 1 Mishael … Elzaphan … Uzziel **Mishael**, **Elzaphan**, and **Uzziel** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ LEV 11 43 fzj2 figs-parallelism אַל־ תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־ נ LEV 11 43 hj9h figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ 1 And you must not make yourselves unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 11 47 x81a figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר 1 between the unclean and the clean Animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**, and those which he declared to be acceptable for the people to touch and eat are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 11 47 e7h6 figs-activepassive הַֽ⁠נֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת…אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל 1 that may be eaten … that may not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may eat … that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Menstruation\n\nA woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) +LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Menstruation

A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) LEV 12 2 wr5g figs-metaphor אִשָּׁה֙ כִּ֣י תַזְרִ֔יעַ וְ⁠יָלְדָ֖ה זָכָ֑ר וְ⁠טָֽמְאָה֙ 1 If a woman bears seed and gives birth to a male child, then she will be unclean A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 12 2 tuc3 figs-euphemism כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ 1 as at the time of the bleeding of her menstruation This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 12 3 rcr8 figs-activepassive יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 the flesh of his foreskin must be circumcised Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the baby boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -479,8 +479,8 @@ LEV 13 2 gy4s figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָא֙ 1 then he must be brought LEV 13 2 ukq4 אַחַ֥ד מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 one of his sons Alternate translation: “one of Aaron’s sons” LEV 13 3 xqd3 מֵ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 on the skin of his body Here, **his** refers to the person with the skin disease. LEV 13 3 k3cb figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֥א אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 and will pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. Alternate translation: “must pronounce the man unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 5 g2eb וְ⁠רָאָ֣⁠הוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֮ 1 And the priest must look at him Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease. -LEV 13 5 a6bj translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 13 5 g2eb וְ⁠רָאָ֣⁠הוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֮ 1 And the priest must look at him Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease. +LEV 13 5 a6bj translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven.” Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) LEV 13 5 z468 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד בְּ⁠עֵינָ֔י⁠ו לֹֽא־ פָשָׂ֥ה הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר 1 and if the skin disease has stayed unchanged in his eyes and the skin disease has not spread on the skin This means if the skin disease has not increased in size or moved to other parts of the body. LEV 13 6 cx9z figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהֲר֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙…וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 then the priest will pronounce him clean … and then he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 6 wn1f מִסְפַּ֣חַת 1 a rash A **rash** is an area of the skin that is irritated. @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ LEV 13 26 a2pm יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה 1 looks at it Here, **it** refers to t LEV 13 27 a6sa figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 27 jw1d צָרַ֖עַת 1 skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). LEV 13 28 rye3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִֽהֲר⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 And the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 30 ks4d figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֨א אֹת֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 30 ks4d figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֨א אֹת֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 33 li6b figs-activepassive הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חַ 1 the itchy area must not be shaved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but he must not shave the hair on the sore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 13 34 c5dp figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֤ר אֹת⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן…וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 then the priest must pronounce him clean … and he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 35 xt5g figs-metaphor אַחֲרֵ֖י טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 after he pronounced him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -521,14 +521,14 @@ LEV 13 39 e8v5 figs-gendernotations טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean Here LEV 13 39 gbm1 figs-metaphor טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 40 b37h figs-metaphor טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 42 vwu4 צָרַ֤עַת 1 a skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 13 44 i6x8 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֣א ה֑וּא טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛⁠נּוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 is unclean. The priest must surely pronounce him unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 44 i6x8 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֣א ה֑וּא טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛⁠נּוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 is unclean. The priest must surely pronounce him unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 45 m4ek figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א׀ טָמֵ֖א 1 Unclean, unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 46 zw43 מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה 1 outside the camp The **camp** is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. The unclean person was not permitted to live among them because his disease may spread to others. LEV 13 47 yjv7 וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 As for the garment, when it has in it the infection of skin disease Alternate translation: “A garment that has and infection of skin disease in it” or “A garment that is diseased with an infection” LEV 13 48 ww38 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠כָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר 1 in anything made with leather If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in anything that someone has made from leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 13 49 bk97 וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה הַ⁠נֶּ֜גַע יְרַקְרַ֣ק׀ א֣וֹ אֲדַמְדָּ֗ם בַּ⁠בֶּגֶד֩ 1 if the infection is greenish or reddish in the garment Alternate translation: “if there is greenish or reddish infection in the garment” LEV 13 49 xcr7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 And it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And he owner must show it to a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 51 b5hr translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh” is the ordinal number for "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 13 51 b5hr translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh” is the ordinal number for “seven.” Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) LEV 13 51 n4xg figs-activepassive לְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠ע֖וֹר לִ⁠מְלָאכָ֑ה 1 whatever the work for which the leather is used If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything in which a person uses leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 13 51 b3jb figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 it is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 52 r25j figs-activepassive בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף 1 In the fire it must be burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must burn the item in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ LEV 18 9 u8th figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲחֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֤ בַת־ LEV 18 9 i3mf בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father. LEV 18 10 hn2p כִּ֥י עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ הֵֽנָּה 1 for they are your nakedness Alternate translation: “for you will dishonor yourself as well as them” LEV 18 11 g9ak בַּת־ אֵ֤שֶׁת אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 your father’s wife’s daughter This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married. -LEV 18 12 pz5f figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father's sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 12 pz5f figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father’s sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 18 14 pwu9 figs-explicit אֶל־ אִשְׁתּ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְרָ֔ב 1 to his wife you must not come near You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 18 15 dj86 figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת כַּלָּֽתְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your daughter-in-law you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your daughter-in-law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 18 15 c463 figs-euphemism לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 You must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) @@ -814,431 +814,368 @@ LEV 19 36 wsl8 translate-bvolume אֵ֥יפַת צֶ֛דֶק 1 a just ephah An * LEV 19 36 s1cm translate-bvolume וְ⁠הִ֥ין צֶ֖דֶק 1 and a just hin A **hin** was a measurement for liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 19 37 m4f5 figs-doublet וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֤ם…וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם 1 And you must keep … and you must do These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) LEV 20 intro tvf2 0 # Leviticus 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Punishments for serious sins

This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism

“To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### Metaphor

The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death. -LEV 20 2 b75v figs-explicit 1 gives any of his children to Molech Those who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 20 2 wp2c figs-activepassive 1 must certainly be put to death. The people in the land must stone him with stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must stone him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 20 3 h93p figs-idiom 1 I also will set my face against that man This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 20 3 x9y6 1 will set my face against Alternate translation: “will stare angrily at” -LEV 20 3 t5xb 1 he has given his child Alternate translation: “he has sacrificed his child” -LEV 20 3 blk3 1 so as to defile my holy place and profane my holy name Alternate translation: “and by doing that, he has defiled my holy place and profaned my holy name” +LEV 20 2 b75v figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֧ן מִ⁠זַּרְע֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ 1 who gives any of his offspring to Molech Those who worshiped **Molech** sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 20 2 wp2c figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת 1 must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must certainly stone him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 3 h93p figs-idiom וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶתֵּ֤ן אֶת־ פָּנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 I also will set my face against that man The idiom ***set me face** means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 20 3 t5xb כִּ֤י מִ⁠זַּרְע⁠וֹ֙ נָתַ֣ן לַ⁠מֹּ֔לֶךְ 1 For he has given his offspring to Molech Se how you translated a similar phrase in [20:2](../20/02.md). Alternate translation: “he has sacrificed his child” +LEV 20 3 blk3 לְמַ֗עַן טַמֵּא֙ אֶת־ מִקְדָּשִׁ֔⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 so as to make my holy place unclean and to profane my holy name Alternate translation: “and by doing that, he has defiled my holy place and profaned my holy name” LEV 20 3 qcs4 figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 profane my holy name Here God’s **name** represents God and his reputation. Alternate translation: “and to dishonor my reputation” or “and to dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 20 4 u6g4 figs-metonymy 1 close their eyes to The phrase “to close their eyes” implies they “cannot see.” This speaks of ignoring something as not seeing. Alternate translation: “disregard” or “ignore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 20 5 ehp6 figs-metaphor 1 who prostitutes himself in order to play the harlot with Molech This phrase compares those who are unfaithful to Yahweh to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “who is unfaithful to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 20 6 f771 figs-metaphor 1 so as to prostitute themselves with them This phrase compares the unfaithful people to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “by doing that, they seek advice from the spirits rather than from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 20 6 f2f2 figs-idiom 1 I will set my face against that person This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind that I will oppose that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 20 6 lf97 1 will set my face against Alternate translation: “will stare angrily at” -LEV 20 8 s4bq figs-parallelism 1 You must keep my commands and carry them out The words “keep” and “carry out” mean basically the same thing. They are used together in order to emphasize that the people must obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 20 9 n5cd figs-activepassive 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 20 10 a9y7 figs-activepassive 1 certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put both of them to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 20 11 p7fh figs-euphemism 1 lies with his father’s wife This is a polite way of saying that he had sex with his father’s wife. Some languages use more direct phrases such as “has sex with his father’s wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 12 vcw5 1 They have committed perversion Here God calls a man having sex with his son’s wife a “perversion”, a serious sin. See how you translated “perversion” in [Leviticus 18:23](../18/23.md). -LEV 20 13 erg8 figs-euphemism 1 lies with This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 13 b2rv figs-simile 1 as with a woman The way he treats the man is the same way he would treat a woman. Alternate translation: “just like he would with a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -LEV 20 13 t53e 1 what is detestable Alternate translation: “something detestable” or “something detestable” -LEV 20 13 au83 figs-activepassive 1 They must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put them to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 20 14 du7x figs-activepassive 1 They must be burned, both he and the women If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must burn to death both the man and the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 20 15 h6tx figs-euphemism 1 lies with This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 15 c3hj figs-activepassive 1 he must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 20 16 wb4d figs-euphemism 1 lies with it This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 16 k7m4 figs-parallelism 1 you must kill the woman and the animal. They must certainly be put to death Both clauses mean the same thing. They emphasize that the woman and animal must die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 20 16 yw4l figs-activepassive 1 They must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly put them to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 20 17 x8tw figs-euphemism 1 takes This could mean: (1) this is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” or (2) it simply means “to marry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 17 cv3p figs-explicit 1 a daughter of his father or a daughter of his mother This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister, even if she has a different mother or father. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “whether it is his full sister or half-sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 20 17 d1dr 1 he uncovers her nakedness, and she sees his nakedness Alternate translation: “they have sexual relations” -LEV 20 17 d2px figs-euphemism 1 has uncovered the nakedness of This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has had sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 17 hc1c figs-idiom 1 he must carry his guilt This phrase means the man is responsibile for his sin. Alternate translation: “He is responsible for his sin” or “You must punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 20 18 p47v figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם 1 And both of them must be cut off from among their people People being excluded from their community is spoken of as if they had been **cut off from their people**, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “And both of them must be cut off among their people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 20 18 e4mn figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם 1 And both of them must be cut off from among their people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 20 18 ay1j 1 menstrual period the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb +LEV 20 4 u6g4 figs-metonymy הַעְלֵ֣ם יַעְלִימֽוּ֩ עַ֨ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִן־ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 the people of the land cause their eyes to be hidden at all from that man The phrase **to cause their eyes to be hidden** implies they do not see that thing. This speaks of ignoring something as closing the eyes. Alternate translation: “the people of the land disregard that man at all” or “the people of the land even partially ignore that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 20 5 ehp6 figs-metaphor כָּל־ הַ⁠זֹּנִ֣ים אַחֲרָ֗י⁠ו לִ⁠זְנ֛וֹת אַחֲרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ 1 all the ones who prostitute themselves after him, by prostituting themselves after Molech This phrase compares those who are unfaithful to Yahweh to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “who is unfaithful to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 20 6 f771 figs-metaphor לִ⁠זְנ֖וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 so as to prostitute themselves after them This phrase compares the unfaithful people to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “by doing that, they seek advice from the spirits rather than from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 20 6 f2f2 figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ פָּנַ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֔וא 1 I will set my face against that person The idiom **set my face** means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind that I will oppose that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 20 8 s4bq figs-parallelism וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 And you must keep my statutes and do them The words **keep** and **do** mean basically the same thing. They are used together in order to emphasize that the people must obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 20 9 n5cd figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת 1 he must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 10 a9y7 figs-activepassive מֽוֹת־ יוּמַ֥ת 1 must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put both of them to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 11 p7fh figs-euphemism יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ אֵ֣שֶׁת אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 lies with his father’s wife This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Some languages use more direct phrases such as “has sex with his father’s wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 12 vcw5 תֶּ֥בֶל עָשׂ֖וּ 1 They have committed perversion Here God calls a man having sex with his son’s wife a **perversion**, an especially serious sin. See how you translated **perversion** in [Leviticus 18:23](../18/23.md). +LEV 20 13 erg8 figs-euphemism יִשְׁכַּ֤ב אֶת 1 lies with This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 13 b2rv figs-simile מִשְׁכְּבֵ֣י אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 as one lies with a woman The way he treats the man is the same way he would treat **a woman**. Alternate translation: “just like he would with a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +LEV 20 13 t53e תּוֹעֵבָ֥ה 1 a detestable thing Alternate translation: “something detestable” or “something detestable” +LEV 20 13 au83 figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ 1 They must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put them to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 14 du7x figs-activepassive בָּ⁠אֵ֞שׁ יִשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹת⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶתְ⁠הֶ֔ן 1 In the fire they must be burned, he and they If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must burn to death in the fire both the man and the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 15 h6tx figs-euphemism יִתֵּ֧ן שְׁכָבְתּ֛⁠וֹ בִּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה 1 lies with an animal This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 15 c3hj figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת 1 he must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 16 wb4d figs-euphemism לְ⁠רִבְעָ֣ה אֹתָ֔⁠הּ 1 to lie with it This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 16 k7m4 figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָרַגְתָּ֥ אֶת־ הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ 1 then you must kill the woman and the animal. They must certainly be put to death Both clauses mean the same thing. They emphasize that **the woman and animal** must die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 20 16 yw4l figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ 1 They must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly put them to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 17 x8tw figs-euphemism יִקַּ֣ח 1 takes This could mean: (1) this is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” or (2) it simply means “to marry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 17 cv3p figs-explicit בַּת־ אָבִ֣י⁠ו א֣וֹ בַת־ אִ֠מּ⁠וֹ 1 a daughter of his father or a daughter of his mother This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister, even if she has a different **mother** or **father**. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “whether it is his full sister or half-sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 20 17 d1dr figs-euphemism וְ⁠רָאָ֨ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָתָ֜⁠הּ וְ⁠הִֽיא־ תִרְאֶ֤ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָת⁠וֹ֙ 1 and he uncovers her nakedness, and she sees his nakedness This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Alternate translation: “they have sexual relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 17 d2px figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֧ת אֲחֹת֛⁠וֹ גִּלָּ֖ה 1 He has uncovered the nakedness of his sister This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He has had sexual relations with his sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 17 hc1c figs-idiom עֲוֺנ֥⁠וֹ יִשָּֽׂא 1 He must bear his iniquity This phrase means the man is responsible for his sin. Alternate translation: “He is responsible for his sin” or “You must punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 20 18 azt4 figs-euphemism וְ֠⁠אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר־ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת־ אִשָּׁ֜ה דָּוָ֗ה 1 And if a man lies with a menstruating woman This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with a menstruating woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 18 ay1j אִשָּׁ֜ה דָּוָ֗ה 1 a menstruating woman This means it is the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb. LEV 20 18 xtb1 figs-metaphor אֶת־ מְקֹרָ֣⁠הּ הֶֽעֱרָ֔ה וְ⁠הִ֕יא גִּלְּתָ֖ה אֶת־ מְק֣וֹר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 he has exposed her flow and she has uncovered the flow of her blood This phrase compares having sex with a woman during her menstrual period to removing the cover off of something that should remain hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 20 18 ym6o figs-explicit אֶת־ מְקֹרָ֣⁠הּ הֶֽעֱרָ֔ה וְ⁠הִ֕יא גִּלְּתָ֖ה אֶת־ מְק֣וֹר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 he has exposed her flow and she has uncovered the flow of her blood The fact that this was a shameful thing to do can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have done a shameful thing by exposing and uncovering the flow of her blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 20 18 azt4 figs-euphemism 1 a man lies with a woman This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “a man has sexual relations with a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 18 z4zf figs-explicit 1 Both the man and woman must be cut off It can be stated clearly why this must be done. Alternate translation: “Because they have done this shameful thing, both the man and woman must be cut off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 20 19 t9ja figs-euphemism 1 You must not uncover the nakedness of your mother’s sister This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “You must not have sexual relations with your mother’s sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 19 rdn4 figs-idiom 1 You must carry your own guilt The idiom “carry your own guilt” means “you are responsible for your own sin.” Alternate translation: “You are responsible for your sin” or “I will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 20 20 kt2e figs-euphemism 1 man lies with his aunt This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “man has sexual relations with his aunt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 21 a99a figs-euphemism 1 If a man marries his brother’s wife This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “If a man marries his brother’s wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 20 21 n5ht 1 I will take away from their children any property they may have inherited from their parents Many versions of the Bible translate this as “they will die childless.” +LEV 20 18 p47v figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם 1 And both of them must be cut off from among their people People being excluded from their community is spoken of as if they had been **cut off from their people**, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “And both of them must be cut off among their people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 20 18 e4mn figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם 1 And both of them must be cut off from among their people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 18 z4zf figs-explicit וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 And both of them must be cut off It can be stated clearly why this must be done. Alternate translation: “Because they have done this shameful thing, both the man and woman must be cut off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 20 19 t9ja figs-euphemism וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲח֧וֹת אִמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וַ⁠אֲח֥וֹת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 And the nakedness of your mother’s sister, or your father’s sister, you must not uncover This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “You must not have sexual relations with your mother’s sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 19 rdn4 figs-idiom עֲוֺנָ֥⁠ם יִשָּֽׂאוּ 1 They must bear their iniquity The idiom “carry your own guilt” means “you are responsible for your own sin.” Alternate translation: “They are responsible for their own sin” or “You must punish them for their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 20 20 kt2e figs-euphemism וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ דֹּ֣דָת֔⁠וֹ 1 And if a man lies with his aunt This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with his aunt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 20 21 a99a figs-euphemism וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִקַּ֛ח אֶת־ אֵ֥שֶׁת אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 If a man takes his brother’s wife This could mean: (1) this is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “If a man has sexual relations with his brother’s wife” or (2) it simply means “to marry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 20 22 qs8l figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹא־ תָקִ֤יא אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֜י מֵבִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 the land into which I am bringing you to live will not vomit you up This phrase describes the removal of the people from **the land** as if they were bad food that a person vomits out. See how you translated this metaphor in [Leviticus 18:25](../18/25.md). Alternate translation: “the land to which I am bringing you will not reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 20 22 g9ny figs-personification וְ⁠לֹא־ תָקִ֤יא אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֜י מֵבִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 the land into which I am bringing you to live will not vomit you up Here, **the land** is describes as if it were a person who could **vomit**. Alternate translation: “the land to which I am bringing you will not reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 20 23 lmg7 figs-metaphor 1 You must not walk in Doing the actions of idol worshipers is spoken of as walking in their ways. Alternate translation: “you must not follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 20 23 ry5q 1 drive out Alternate translation: “remove” -LEV 20 24 bt1d figs-idiom 1 a land flowing with milk and honey The phrase “flowing with milk and honey” means “that is rich and productive with enough food for everyone.” Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for cattle and farming” or “a productive land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 20 26 jdt7 1 I have separated you Alternate translation: “I have distinguished you” or “I have set you apart” -LEV 20 27 i739 1 talks with Alternate translation: “attempts to communicate with” -LEV 20 27 kt2g figs-activepassive 1 must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they must certainly put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 20 23 lmg7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֤א תֵֽלְכוּ֙ בְּ⁠חֻקֹּ֣ת הַ⁠גּ֔וֹי 1 And you must not walk in the statutes of the nations Doing the actions of idol worshipers is spoken of as walking in their ways. Alternate translation: “And you must not act like the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 20 23 ry5q אֲנִ֥י מְשַׁלֵּ֖חַ 1 I will drive out Alternate translation: “I will remove” +LEV 20 24 bt1d figs-idiom אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey The phrase **flowing with milk and honey** means “that is rich and productive with enough food for everyone.” Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for cattle and farming” or “a productive land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 20 26 jdt7 וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 and I have separated you Alternate translation: “and I have distinguished you” or “and I have set you apart” +LEV 20 27 kt2g figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑תוּ 1 they must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they must certainly put them to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 21 intro l1al 0 # Leviticus 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Priests must be holy

Priests must be separate from the rest of the world. Priests should not do anything that would be unclean. They also cannot be unclean because of a birth defect, and they must not marry an unclean woman. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) -LEV 21 1 nwz2 figs-metaphor 1 make himself unclean A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 21 1 gv2c 1 among his people Alternate translation: “among the Israelites” -LEV 21 3 kba1 1 virgin This can also be translated as “young woman” -LEV 21 5 fy55 1 shave off the corners of their beards It is impossible to be certain what the writer intended here. This could mean: (1) shave off certain parts of their beards or (2) cut or shave any part of their beards. -LEV 21 6 vam1 1 They must be holy Alternate translation: “They must be set apart” -LEV 21 6 q1bp figs-metonymy 1 not disgrace the name of their God This word “name” is used to represent Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “not disgrace God’s reputation” or “not disgrace their God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 21 6 t99p figs-synecdoche 1 the bread of their God Here “bread” represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. It is the sincerity of those offering the food that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 21 7 h4wf 1 They must not Alternate translation: “The priests must not” -LEV 21 7 bxx7 1 for they are separate Alternate translation: “for they are set apart” -LEV 21 8 aim5 1 You will set him apart Alternate translation: “You people must treat the priest as holy” -LEV 21 8 t6iq figs-synecdoche 1 for he is the one who offers bread to your God Here “bread” represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. Translate this in a way that makes it clear that Yahweh does not actually eat the food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 21 8 l82b figs-activepassive 1 He must be holy to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must regard him as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 21 9 i1i1 figs-activepassive 1 She must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must burn her to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 21 10 jhq7 figs-explicit 1 anointing oil This is a reference to the anointing oil used in the ceremony consecrating a new the high priest. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 21 10 i6rn figs-activepassive 1 on whose head the anointing oil has been poured, and who has been consecrated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on whose head they poured anointing oil and consecrated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 21 10 bg4j figs-explicit 1 must not wear his hair loose or tear his clothes Loose hair and torn clothes were signs of mourning. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 21 12 wlv9 figs-explicit 1 must not leave the sanctuary area This does not mean the high priest could never leave. God did not allow him to leave in order to grieve over someone who died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 21 14 sbf8 1 from his own people Alternate translation: “from among his own tribe, the tribe of Levi” -LEV 21 15 u8zz figs-idiom 1 he will not defile his children among his people By marrying an unholy or ungodly woman, the priest would have children unworthy to be priest. Alternate translation: “that he will not have unworthy children by marrying an ungodly woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 21 17 hsd8 figs-explicit 1 he must not approach to offer the food to his God The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he must not come to burn the burnt offering of food on God’s altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 21 18 v2na 1 must not approach Yahweh A priest had to meet specific physical standards in order to approach Yahweh. This does not imply that physical defects were the result of immorality or that all people with physical defects are unable to approach Yahweh. -LEV 21 18 jyl1 1 one who is disfigured or deformed Alternate translation: “one whose body or face is deformed” -LEV 21 21 x45u figs-synecdoche 1 to offer the bread of his God Here “bread” represents food in general. Alternate translation: “to make burnt offering of food on God’s altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 21 22 n6gw 1 He may Here “he” refers to the priest with the bodily defect. -LEV 21 22 m8mz 1 eat the food of his God Parts of the sacrifices belonged to the priests and could be eaten. Alternate translation: “eat the food offering of his God” -LEV 21 22 f3nk figs-explicit 1 some of the most holy or some of the holy This also refers to the food that was sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “some of the sacrifices offered in the most holy place or some of the sacrifices offered in the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 21 24 m5k8 1 to his sons Alternate translation: “to Aaron’s sons” +LEV 21 1 nwz2 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־ יִטַּמָּ֖א 1 he must not make himself unclean A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 21 1 gv2c בְּ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 among his people Alternate translation: “among the Israelites” +LEV 21 3 kba1 הַ⁠בְּתוּלָה֙ 1 virgin The word **virgin** is sometimes translated as “young woman.” +LEV 21 5 fy55 וּ⁠פְאַ֥ת זְקָנָ֖⁠ם לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חוּ 1 and they must not shave off the corner of their beard It is impossible to be certain what the writer intended here. This could mean: (1) shave off certain parts of their beards or (2) cut or shave any part of their beards. +LEV 21 6 q1bp figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֣א יְחַלְּל֔וּ שֵׁ֖ם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 and they must not profane the name of their God This word **name** is used to represent Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “and they must not disgrace God’s reputation” or “and they must not disgrace their God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 21 6 t99p figs-synecdoche לֶ֧חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 the bread of their God Here, **bread** represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. It is the sincerity of those offering the food that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 21 6 vam1 וְ⁠הָ֥יוּ קֹֽדֶשׁ 1 so they must be holy Alternate translation: “so they must be set apart” +LEV 21 7 h4wf לֹ֣א יִקָּ֔חוּ…לֹ֣א יִקָּ֑חוּ 1 He must not take … he must not take Alternate translation: “The priest must not take … the priest must not take” +LEV 21 7 bxx7 כִּֽי־ קָדֹ֥שׁ ה֖וּא 1 For he is holy Alternate translation: “For he is set apart” +LEV 21 8 aim5 וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 And you will make him holy Alternate translation: “And you people must treat the priest as holy” +LEV 21 8 t6iq figs-synecdoche כִּֽי־ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֑יב 1 for he is the one who offers the bread of your God Here, **bread** represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. Translate this in a way that makes it clear that Yahweh does not actually eat the food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 21 8 l82b figs-activepassive קָדֹשׁ֙ יִֽהְיֶה־ לָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 He must be holy for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must regard him as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 21 9 i1i1 figs-activepassive תִּשָּׂרֵֽף 1 she must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn her to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 21 10 jhq7 figs-explicit שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֙ 1 the oil of anointing This is a reference to the **anointing** **oil** used in the ceremony consecrating a new the high priest. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 21 10 i6rn figs-activepassive אֲֽשֶׁר־ יוּצַ֥ק עַל־ רֹאשׁ֣⁠וֹ׀ שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֙ וּ⁠מִלֵּ֣א אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 who has had the oil of anointing poured upon his head and has had his hand filled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on whose head they poured anointing oil and whose hand they filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 21 10 bg4j figs-explicit אֶת־ רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א יִפְרָ֔ע וּ⁠בְגָדָ֖י⁠ו לֹ֥א יִפְרֹֽם 1 he must not let his head be unbound and he must not tear his clothes Loose hair and torn **clothes** were signs of mourning. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he must not mourn for dead relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 21 12 wlv9 figs-explicit וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠מִּקְדָּשׁ֙ לֹ֣א יֵצֵ֔א 1 And he must not leave from the holy place This does not mean the high priest could never **leave**. God did not allow him to leave in order to grieve over someone who died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 21 14 sbf8 מֵ⁠עַמָּ֖י⁠ו 1 from his people Alternate translation: “from among his own tribe, the tribe of Levi” +LEV 21 15 u8zz figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יְחַלֵּ֥ל זַרְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠עַמָּ֑י⁠ו 1 And he will not profane his offspring among his people By marrying an unholy or ungodly woman, the priest would have children unworthy to be priest. Alternate translation: “And he will not have unworthy children by marrying an ungodly woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 21 17 hsd8 figs-explicit לֹ֣א יִקְרַ֔ב לְ⁠הַקְרִ֖יב לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו 1 must not come near to offer food to his God The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not come to burn the burnt offering of food on God’s altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 21 18 v2na לֹ֣א יִקְרָ֑ב 1 must not come near A priest had to meet specific physical standards in order to approach Yahweh. This does not imply that physical defects were the result of immorality or that all people with physical defects are unable to approach Yahweh. +LEV 21 21 x45u figs-synecdoche אֵ֚ת לֶ֣חֶם אֱלֹהָ֔י⁠ו לֹ֥א יִגַּ֖שׁ לְ⁠הַקְרִֽיב 1 He must not approach to offer the bread of his God Here, **bread** represents food in general. Alternate translation: “He must not make burnt offering of food on God’s altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 21 22 m8mz לֶ֣חֶם אֱלֹהָ֔י⁠ו מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים יֹאכֵֽל 1 The food of his God, some of the holiest holy things and some of the holy things, he may eat Parts of the sacrifices belonged to the priests and could be eaten. Alternate translation: “He may eat the food offering of his God, some of the holiest holy things and some of the holy things” +LEV 21 22 n6gw יֹאכֵֽל 1 he may eat Here, **he** refers to the priest with the bodily defect. +LEV 21 22 f3nk figs-explicit מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים 1 some of the holiest holy things and some of the holy things This also refers to the food that was sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “some of the sacrifices offered in the most holy place or some of the sacrifices offered in the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 21 24 m5k8 וְ⁠אֶל־ בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 and to his sons Alternate translation: “and to Aaron’s sons” LEV 22 intro d2sr 0 # Leviticus 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holy things

Priests who are unclean must not touch any holy thing. The things in the temple and involved in sacrifices must remain clean. An unclean priest would cause anything he touched to become unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) -LEV 22 2 xs6u 1 tell them to keep away from the holy things Yahweh is about to describe situations where a priest is unclean and not allowed to touch holy things. Alternate translation: “tell them when they should keep away from the holy things” -LEV 22 2 r1dd figs-metonymy 1 profane my holy name The word “profane” here means to dishonor. The word “name” represents Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “dishonor my reputation” or “dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 22 3 t1cx 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “from now on” -LEV 22 3 psy4 figs-metaphor 1 while he is unclean A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 22 2 xs6u וְ⁠יִנָּֽזְרוּ֙ מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֣י 1 that they must deal respectfully with the holy things of Yahweh is about to describe situations where a priest is unclean and not allowed to touch holy things. Alternate translation: “that there are times when they should keep away from the holy things” +LEV 22 2 r1dd figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְחַלְּל֖וּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 And they must not profane my holy name The word **profane** here means to dishonor. The word **name** represents Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “And they must not dishonor my reputation” or “And they must not dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 22 3 t1cx לְ⁠דֹרֹ֨תֵי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “from now on” +LEV 22 3 psy4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 and his uncleanness is upon him A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “while he is unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 22 3 ewt8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֛וא מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 that person must be cut off from before my face A priest no longer being able to serve Yahweh is spoken of as if that person had been cut off from Yahweh’s presence, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from before me as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 22 3 uwch figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֛וא מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 that person must be cut off from before my face If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person will no longer be able to serve as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 4 bbd6 1 infectious skin disease a disease on the skin easily spread from one person to another -LEV 22 4 nqk1 1 an infection flowing from his body Alternate translation: “a bodily discharge” -LEV 22 4 q5bm figs-euphemism 1 from his body This is a polite way of referring to a man’s private parts. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “from his private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 22 4 j2zc figs-metaphor 1 until he is clean A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 22 4 r3xg figs-metaphor 1 Whoever touches anything unclean Something that Yahweh has said is unfit to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 22 4 y1ym 1 through contact with the dead Alternate translation: “by touching a dead body” -LEV 22 4 g41m figs-activepassive 1 the sacrifices made to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices that someone has offered to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 5 in85 figs-explicit 1 or whoever touches any creeping animal that makes him unclean, or any person who makes him unclean This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “or whoever is unclean from touching a creeping animal or from touching another unclean person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 22 6 a8tz figs-metaphor 1 the priest … will be unclean A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 22 6 v9vm 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 22 7 w1dk figs-metaphor 1 he will then be clean A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. Alternate translation: “the priest will then be considered clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 22 8 tve2 figs-activepassive 1 found dead or killed by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone found dead or that a wild animal has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 12 dg4g figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠תְרוּמַ֥ת הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים 1 the holy contribution offerings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **contributions**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the holy offerings which people have contributed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 22 14 rd8r 1 he must repay the priest for it; he must add one-fifth to it This could mean: (1) that the person had to replace the food that he had eaten with the same kind of food or (2) that the person had to pay money to the priest for the food that he had eaten. -LEV 22 14 kg3k translate-fraction 1 one-fifth This is one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +LEV 22 4 bbd6 צָר֨וּעַ֙ 1 one with a skin disease This refers to a disease on the skin easily spread from one person to another. +LEV 22 4 j2zc figs-metaphor עַ֖ד אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְהָ֑ר 1 until he becomes clean A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 22 4 r3xg figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֨עַ֙ בְּ⁠כָל־ טְמֵא 1 And the one who touches anything unclean Something that Yahweh has said is unfit to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 22 5 in85 figs-explicit אִישׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגַּ֔ע בְּ⁠כָל־ שֶׁ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְמָא־ ל֑⁠וֹ א֤וֹ בְ⁠אָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְמָא־ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 man who touches any swarming thing that makes him unclean, or a person who makes him unclean This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “or whoever is unclean from touching a creeping animal or from touching another unclean person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 22 6 a8tz figs-metaphor נֶ֚פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּגַּע־ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠טָמְאָ֖ה 1 the person who touches it will be unclean A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 22 6 v9vm עַד־ הָ⁠עָ֑רֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 22 7 w1dk figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵ֑ר 1 then he will be clean A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically **clean**. Alternate translation: “then he will be considered clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 22 8 tve2 figs-activepassive נְבֵלָ֧ה וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֛ה 1 an animal found dead or killed by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an animal that someone found dead or that a wild animal has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 22 12 dg4g figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠תְרוּמַ֥ת הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים 1 the holy contribution offerings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **contributions**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the holy offerings which people have contributed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +LEV 22 14 rd8r וְ⁠יָסַ֤ף חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן אֶת־ הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 then he must add its fifth on it and give the holy thing to the priest This could mean: (1) that the person had to replace the food that he had eaten with the same kind of food or (2) that the person had to pay money to the priest for the food that he had eaten. +LEV 22 14 kg3k translate-fraction חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙ 1 its fifth The term **its fifth** refers to one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) LEV 22 15 qr33 translate-symaction אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־ יָרִ֖ימוּ 1 that they lifted up Here the phrase **lifted up** refers to a symbolic gesture of respect that represents offering something to Yahweh. It means basically the same thing as “presented.” Alternate translation: “that they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) LEV 22 16 dbv5 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה 1 and cause themselves to bear the guilt of the guilt offering Here, **guilt** is spoken of as if it were an object that people can carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 22 16 t742 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה 1 and cause themselves to bear the guilt of the guilt offering This could mean: (1) they would be responsible for their sin and so become guilty. Alternate translation: “they would be guilty for the sin that they committed” or (2) the word **guilt** is a metonym for punishment for the sin that they committed. Alternate translation: “they would receive the punishment because they are guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 22 18 nkn4 1 an alien Alternate translation: “a foreigner” -LEV 22 19 fhu4 figs-activepassive 1 if it is to be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if Yahweh is to accept it” or “if I, Yahweh, am to accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 21 z634 figs-activepassive 1 to be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for me to accept it” or “for Yahweh to accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 22 x2kp 1 disabled, or maimed These words refer to defects caused by accidents. -LEV 22 22 x5xy 1 warts, sores, or scabs These refer to types of skin diseases. -LEV 22 23 tmi7 figs-activepassive 1 will not be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not accept” or “Yahweh will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 23 d9zb 1 deformed or small These words refer to defects the animal has from birth. -LEV 22 25 pe4u figs-synecdoche 1 must not present the bread of your God Here “bread” represents food in general. God did not actually eat the sacrifices. Priests would offer the sacrifice on God’s altar, and they would eat some of the meat. Alternate translation: “must not present an animal as a food offering to your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 22 18 nkn4 הַ⁠גֵּ֣ר 1 the sojourner Alternate translation: “the foreigner” +LEV 22 19 fhu4 לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 for your acceptance Alternate translation: “in order for Yahweh to accept it” +LEV 22 21 z634 figs-activepassive לְ⁠רָצ֔וֹן 1 to be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for me to accept it” or “for Yahweh to accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 22 22 x2kp שָׁב֜וּר אוֹ־ חָר֣וּץ 1 disabled, or maimed, or The words **disabled** and **maimed** refer to defects caused by accidents. +LEV 22 22 x5xy יַבֶּ֗לֶת א֤וֹ גָרָב֙ א֣וֹ יַלֶּ֔פֶת 1 that have warts, or eczema, or scabs The words **warts**, **eczema**, and **scabs** refer to types of skin diseases. +LEV 22 23 d9zb שָׂר֣וּעַ וְ⁠קָל֑וּט 1 deformed or small The words **deformed** and**small** refer to defects the animal has from birth. +LEV 22 23 tmi7 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה 1 it will not be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not accept it” or “Yahweh will not accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 22 25 as6g figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד בֶּן־ נֵכָ֗ר לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠כָּל־ אֵ֑לֶּה כִּ֣י מָשְׁחָתָ֤⁠ם בָּ⁠הֶם֙ מ֣וּם בָּ֔⁠ם 1 And from the hand of the son of a foreigner you must not offer the food of your God from any of these because their deformity is in them and a defect is in them Here the word **hand** represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “And you must not offer as food to your God any deformed animal from a foreigner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 22 25 pe4u figs-synecdoche לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 you must not offer the food of your God God did not actually eat the sacrifices. Priests would offer the sacrifice on God’s altar, and they would eat some of the meat. Alternate translation: “you must not present an animal as a food offering to your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LEV 22 25 n9fu figs-explicit וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד בֶּן־ נֵכָ֗ר לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠כָּל־ אֵ֑לֶּה כִּ֣י מָשְׁחָתָ֤⁠ם בָּ⁠הֶם֙ מ֣וּם בָּ֔⁠ם 1 And from the hand of the son of a foreigner you must not offer the food of your God from any of these because their deformity is in them and a defect is in them It is implied that Israelites could not use animals as a sacrifice to God if they bought it from a foreigner, because foreigners castrated their animals making them unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “And you must not offer to your God any animal that a foreigner has castrated, because that animal is deformed as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 22 25 zq7w figs-activepassive 1 they will not be accepted for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept them from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 27 m6tu figs-activepassive 1 it may be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 27 z5ck figs-activepassive 1 for an offering made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 30 a239 figs-activepassive 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 30 x1gm figs-activepassive 1 that it is sacrificed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you sacrificed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 31 x62z figs-doublet 1 keep my commandments and carry them out The words “keep” and “carry out” mean the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey God’s commands. Alternate translation: “obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -LEV 22 32 nc63 figs-metonymy 1 You must not profane my holy name Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself and his reputation and “profane” means to remove the honor that belongs to God as Creator and Lord of the universe. Alternate translation: “You must not dishonor me, for I am holy” or “You must not dishonor my holy reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 22 32 dq3e figs-activepassive 1 I must be acknowledged as holy by the people of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel must acknowledge me as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 22 25 zq7w figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵרָצ֖וּ לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 They will not be accepted for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept them from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 22 27 m6tu figs-activepassive יֵרָצֶ֕ה 1 it may be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 22 27 z5ck figs-activepassive אִשֶּׁ֖ה 1 an offering made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 22 30 a239 figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֔ל 1 it must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 22 31 x62z figs-doublet וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 And you must keep my commandments and you must do them The words **keep** and **do** mean the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey God’s commands. Alternate translation: “you must obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +LEV 22 32 nc63 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֤א תְחַלְּלוּ֙ אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 And you must not profane my holy name Here the word **name** represents Yahweh himself and his reputation and **profane** means to remove the honor that belongs to God as Creator and Lord of the universe. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor me, for I am holy” or “And you must not dishonor my holy reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 22 32 dq3e figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִ֨קְדַּשְׁתִּ֔י בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I must be treated as holy in the midst of the sons of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel must treat me as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 23 intro j29n 0 # Leviticus 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting


## Special concepts in this chapter

### The feasts

The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) -LEV 23 2 v493 1 the appointed festivals for Yahweh These were festivals that the Lord had appointed times for. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals” -LEV 23 3 vk4w 1 the seventh day is a Sabbath of complete rest This is something the people must do habitually. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day. -LEV 23 3 t53y figs-metonymy 1 a holy assembly The requirement that people assemble to worship God on that day is spoken of as if that day were the assembly. Alternate translation: “a holy day, when you must assemble together to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 23 4 l6ez 1 at their appointed times Alternate translation: “at their proper times” -LEV 23 5 nv3g translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 In the first month, on day 14 of the month The **first month** of the Hebrew calendar marks when Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fourteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]]) -LEV 23 5 p2bw translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן 1 In the first month The word **first** is the ordinal form of “one”. Alternate translation: “In month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 5 bbn4 1 at twilight Alternate translation: “at sunset” +LEV 23 2 v493 מוֹעֲדֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 the appointed times of Yahweh These refers to festivals that the Lord had **appointed** to happen on specific dates. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals” +LEV 23 3 vk4w וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ 1 and on the seventh day is a sabbath of solemn rest The people must **rest** habitually on the **seventh day**. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day. +LEV 23 3 t53y figs-metonymy מִקְרָא־ קֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 a holy assembly The requirement that people assemble to worship God on that day is spoken of as if that day were the **assembly**. Alternate translation: “a holy day, when you must assemble together to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 23 4 l6ez בְּ⁠מוֹעֲדָֽ⁠ם 1 at their appointed times Alternate translation: “at their proper times” +LEV 23 5 nv3g translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 In the first month, on day 14 of the month The **first month** of the Hebrew calendar marks when Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fourteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]]) +LEV 23 5 p2bw translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן 1 In the first month The word **first** is the ordinal form of “one”. Alternate translation: “In month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 23 5 bbn4 בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 between the evenings Alternate translation: “at sunset” LEV 23 6 b47g translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 And on day 15 of this month Here, **this month** is the first month of the Hebrew calendar (verse 5). It was in the first month that Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fifteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -LEV 23 7 z6ky 1 The first day you must set apart to gather together Alternate translation: “You must set apart the first day to gather together” or “You must treat the first day as different and gather together” -LEV 23 8 fd7s 1 will present a food offering They would present it to Yahweh by burning it on the altar. -LEV 23 8 eif1 figs-metonymy 1 The seventh day is an assembly set apart to Yahweh The requirement that people assemble on that day is spoken of as if that day were the assembly. Being set apart to Yahweh means that when they assemble, they must worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “The seventh day is a day when you must assemble together to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 23 11 l79v figs-activepassive 1 for it to be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh to accept it” or “and I will accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 13 js1u translate-bvolume 1 two-tenths of an ephah An ephah is 22 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 23 13 awi9 translate-bvolume 1 a fourth of a hin A hin is 3.7 liters. Alternate translation: “one liter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 23 14 ueu6 1 nor roasted or fresh grain Alternate translation: “nor cooked or uncooked grain” -LEV 23 14 ge4f 1 This will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 23 16 aa6p translate-ordinal 1 seventh This is the ordinal for number seven. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] -LEV 23 17 wz93 figs-activepassive 1 made from two-tenths of an ephah. They must be made from fine flour and baked with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you have made from two-tenths of an ephah of flour and then baked with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 17 sd2q translate-bvolume 1 two-tenths of an ephah This is approximately 4.5 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 23 18 t6w3 figs-metaphor 1 producing a sweet aroma for Yahweh The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be pleased with you” or “that pleases the Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 23 22 cza3 1 When you reap the harvest of your land, you must not completely reap the corners of your fields Alternate translation: “When you gather your crops, do not gather them all the way to the edges of your fields” +LEV 23 7 z6ky בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן מִקְרָא־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 On the first day there will be a holy assembly for you Alternate translation: “You must set apart the first day to gather together” or “You must treat the first day as different and gather together” +LEV 23 8 fd7s וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם אִשֶּׁ֛ה 1 And you will offer an offering made by fire They would present the **offering** to Yahweh by burning it on the altar. +LEV 23 8 eif1 figs-metonymy בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ מִקְרָא־ קֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 On day seven is a holy assembly The requirement that people assemble on that day is spoken of as if that day were an **assembly**. Being **holy** means that when they assemble, they must worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “The seventh day is a day when you must assemble together to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 23 11 l79v figs-activepassive לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 to be accepted for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh to accept it for you” or “and I will accept it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 23 13 js1u translate-bvolume שְׁנֵ֨י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים 1 two-tenths of an ephah An **ephah** is 22 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 23 13 awi9 translate-bvolume רְבִיעִ֥ת הַ⁠הִֽין 1 a fourth of a hin A **hin** is 3.7 liters. Alternate translation: “a liter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 23 14 ge4f חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 It is a permanent statute throughout your generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 23 16 aa6p translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔ת 1 seventh The word **seventh** is the ordinal for number seven. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] +LEV 23 17 wz93 figs-activepassive שְׁ֚תַּיִם שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים סֹ֣לֶת תִּהְיֶ֔ינָה חָמֵ֖ץ תֵּאָפֶ֑ינָה 1 They must be two loaves of two-tenths of an ephah of fine flour. They must be baked with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must be two loaves of bread that you have made from two-tenths of an ephah of flour and then baked with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 23 17 sd2q translate-bvolume שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים 1 two-tenths of an ephah An **ephah** is 22 liters. Two-tenths of an ephah is is approximately 4.4 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 23 18 t6w3 figs-metaphor רֵֽיחַ־ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma for Yahweh The Lord’s pleasure with the **aroma** represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be pleased with you” or “that pleases the Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 23 22 cza3 וּֽ⁠בְ⁠קֻצְרְ⁠כֶ֞ם אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֗ם לֹֽא־ תְכַלֶּ֞ה פְּאַ֤ת שָֽׂדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 And when you harvest the harvest of your land, you must not finish the edge of your field Alternate translation: “And when you gather your crops, do not gather them all the way to the edges of your fields” LEV 23 24 awp8 translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ 1 In the seventh month, on day one of the month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 24 im9z translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י 1 In the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “In month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 24 j9ft 1 a solemn rest a period of time that was only for worship and not for work -LEV 23 25 axe7 figs-activepassive 1 you must offer a sacrifice made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must offer a sacrifice that you make by fire to Yahweh” or “you must burn an offering on the altar to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 23 24 j9ft שַׁבָּת֔וֹן 1 a solemn rest This was a period of time that was only for worship and not for work. +LEV 23 25 axe7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 and you must offer a sacrifice made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must offer a sacrifice that you make by fire to Yahweh” or “and you must burn an offering on the altar to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 23 27 b777 translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֣וֹר לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 on day 10 of this seventh month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 27 qtyo translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 of this seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 27 ei44 translate-unknown 1 the Day of Atonement On this day each year the high priest made a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the Day of Sacrifice for Forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 23 27 ei44 translate-unknown י֧וֹם הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֣ים 1 the Day of Atonement On this day each year the high priest made a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the Day of Sacrifice for Forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 23 29 vh74 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 then he must be cut off from his people Being excluded is spoken of as being **cut off**. See how you translated this idea in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “then he must be cut off from his people as a branch is cut off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 23 29 yhns figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 then he must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then you must exclude him from his people” or “then you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 30 a1cb 1 on that day Alternate translation: “on the Day of Atonement” -LEV 23 31 w1ug 1 This will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 23 32 vhl2 1 a Sabbath of solemn rest This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement. -LEV 23 32 qw7i figs-explicit 1 you must humble yourselves In this case humbling themselves implies that they would not eat any food. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you must humble yourselves and eat nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 23 32 jwy1 figs-explicit 1 the ninth day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The ninth day is near the end of September on Western calendars. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ninth day of the seventh month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 23 32 q4wj 1 From evening to evening Alternate translation: “From sunset to sunset on the next day” +LEV 23 30 a1cb בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 on that very day Alternate translation: “on the Day of Atonement” +LEV 23 31 w1ug חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 It is a permanent statute throughout your generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 23 32 vhl2 שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הוּא֙ 1 It is a sabbath of solemn rest This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement. +LEV 23 32 qw7i figs-explicit וְ⁠עִנִּיתֶ֖ם אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 and you must humble yourselves In this case humbling themselves implies that they would not eat any food. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and you must humble yourselves and eat nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 23 32 jwy1 figs-explicit בְּ⁠תִשְׁעָ֤ה לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 on day nine of the month This refers to the seventh **month** of the Hebrew calendar. The ninth **day** is near the end of September on Western calendars. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ninth day of the seventh month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 23 32 q4wj מֵ⁠עֶ֣רֶב עַד־ עֶ֔רֶב 1 From evening to evening Alternate translation: “From sunset to sunset on the next day” LEV 23 34 u83n translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֜ר י֗וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ 1 On day 15 of the seventh month This date is near the beginning of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 34 gg6x translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ 1 of the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 34 by89 translate-unknown 1 Festival of Shelters This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 23 35 vp3p 0 General Information: Yahweh is giving instructions for the Festival of Shelters. -LEV 23 37 ul95 1 These are the appointed festivals This refers to the festivals mentioned in 23:1-36. -LEV 23 39 i44i 1 Festival of Shelters This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt. See how you translated it in [Leviticus 23:34](../23/34.md). +LEV 23 34 by89 translate-unknown חַ֧ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֛וֹת 1 is the Festival of Huts This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 23 37 ul95 אֵ֚לֶּה מוֹעֲדֵ֣י 1 These are the appointed festivals This refers to the festivals mentioned in 23:1-36. LEV 23 39 s52d translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on day 15 of the seventh month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 39 fsue translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 of the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 39 mz9z figs-synecdoche 1 when you have gathered in the fruits The word “fruits” here represents various kinds of crops. Alternate translation: “after you have gathered the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 23 40 br1c 0 General Information: Yahweh continues his instructions for the Festival of Shelters. -LEV 23 40 ven2 figs-explicit 1 branches of palm trees … willows from streams Possible uses for these branches are: (1) to make temporary shelters or (2) to wave them as part of their joyous celebration. Some translations state their use clearly; other translations leave it implicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 23 40 cnz9 translate-unknown 1 willows trees with long, narrow leaves, which grow near water (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 23 42 w2iy 0 General Information: Yahweh continues his instructions for the Festival of Shelters. -LEV 23 43 ig75 figs-idiom 1 your descendants, generation after generation, may learn Here, **Generation after generation** is an idiom that refers to each generation that lives after another. Alternate translation: “your descendants belonging to all future generations may learn” or “all your descendants may learn forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 23 39 mz9z figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠אָסְפְּ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ תְּבוּאַ֣ת 1 when you have gathered the produce of The word **produce** here represents various kinds of crops. Alternate translation: “after you have gathered the crops of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 23 40 ven2 figs-explicit כַּפֹּ֣ת תְּמָרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲנַ֥ף עֵץ־ עָבֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַרְבֵי־ נָ֑חַל 1 branches of palm trees, and branches of leafy trees, and willows of the stream Possible uses for these **branches** are: (1) to make temporary shelters or (2) to wave them as part of their joyous celebration. Some translations state their use clearly; other translations leave it implicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 23 40 cnz9 translate-unknown וְ⁠עַרְבֵי 1 and willows of The **willows** are trees with long, narrow leaves, which grow near water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 24 intro hb64 0 # Leviticus 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God

The punishment for someone who curses God is to have stones thrown at him until he is dead. This was acceptable in ancient Israel, but it is no longer considered acceptable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) LEV 24 1 s8ts 0 General Information: God gives Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. -LEV 24 2 d6z4 1 pure oil beaten from olives Alternate translation: “pure olive oil” -LEV 24 2 aa52 figs-explicit 1 the lamp This refers to the lamp or lamps in Yahweh’s sacred tent. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the lamp in the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 24 3 f13k 1 Connecting Statement: God continues giving Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. -LEV 24 3 wxd8 figs-synecdoche 1 Outside the curtain before the covenant decrees The phrase “covenant decrees” represents either the tablets that the decrees were written on or the box that the tablets were put in. These were kept in the very holy place, which was the room behind the curtain in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “Outside the curtain that is in front of the tablets of the covenant decrees” or “Outside the curtain that is in front of the box of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 24 3 cr1j 1 curtain This was a thick fabric hung as a wall. It was not like a light window curtain. -LEV 24 3 x78g 1 from evening to morning Alternate translation: “from sunset to sunrise” or “all night” -LEV 24 3 t1wc 1 This will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 24 5 k9ni 1 Connecting Statement: God continues giving Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. -LEV 24 5 bwx9 translate-bvolume 1 two-tenths of an ephah This is about 4.5 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 24 6 e3he 1 the table of pure gold before Yahweh This table is in the holy place, which is before the most holy place. -LEV 24 7 u2eb 1 Connecting Statement: God continues giving Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. -LEV 24 7 ixi1 figs-explicit 1 You must put pure incense along each row of loaves The incense was probably next to the loaves, rather than directly on the loaves. Alternate translation: “You must put pure incense next to the loaves in each row” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 24 7 v5k2 figs-explicit 1 as a representative offering What the incense would represent can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “to represent the loaves as an offering” or “to be an offering that represents the loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 24 7 c4tc figs-activepassive 1 This incense will be burnt for Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will burn the incense for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 9 x294 1 This offering Alternate translation: “This bread that is offered” -LEV 24 9 gj5v 1 for it is a portion from the offerings Alternate translation: “for they took it from the offerings” -LEV 24 9 c8b1 1 the offerings to Yahweh made by fire Alternate translation: “the burnt offerings to Yahweh” or “the offerings that you burn to Yahweh” -LEV 24 10 v13h 1 Now it happened This phrase marks a new section of the book. -LEV 24 11 uzp5 figs-parallelism 1 blasphemed the name of Yahweh and cursed God Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “blasphemed Yahweh by cursing him” or “said terrible things about Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 24 11 x1rf translate-names 1 Shelomith This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -LEV 24 11 y53u translate-names 1 Dibri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -LEV 24 14 br93 translate-symaction 1 All who heard him must lay their hands on his head They were to put their hands on his head to show that he was the guilty one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 24 15 rj6p figs-metaphor 1 must carry his own guilt Suffering for sin is spoken of if a person were to carry his guilt. Alternate translation: “must suffer for his sin” or “must be punished (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 24 16 uv4b figs-activepassive 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people must surely put him to death” or “the people must surely kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 17 mu9u figs-activepassive 1 he must certainly be put to death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly put to death anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 18 pg7s figs-explicit 1 must pay it back How he would pay it back can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “must pay it back by giving him a live animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 24 18 x28q figs-idiom 1 life for life This is an idiom that means that one life would replace the other. Alternate translation: “one life to replace the other life” or “to replace the one that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 19 p3k7 figs-activepassive 1 it must be done to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must do to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 20 icn4 1 fracture for fracture, eye for eye, tooth for tooth These phrases emphasize that a person should receive the same harm he did to someone else. -LEV 24 20 ls9h figs-idiom 1 fracture for fracture This refers to broken bones. Alternate translation: “broken bone for broken bone” or “If he breaks someone’s bone, one of his bones must be broken” or “If he breaks someone’s bone, they will break one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 20 u64z figs-idiom 1 eye for eye This refers to eyes being seriously injured or gouged out. Alternate translation: “If he destroys someone’s eye, one of his bones must be destroyed” or “If he destroys someone’s eye, they will destroy his eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 20 gu8y figs-idiom 1 tooth for tooth This refers to teeth being knocked out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “If he knocks out someone’s tooth, one of his teeth must be knocked out” or “If he knocks out someone’s tooth, they will knock out one of his teeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 21 vq5t figs-activepassive 1 anyone who kills a person must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they must put to death anyone who kills a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 23 jg5f 1 carried out the command Alternate translation: “obeyed the command” +LEV 24 2 d6z4 שֶׁ֣מֶן זַ֥יִת זָ֛ךְ כָּתִ֖ית 1 pure beaten oil of the olive Alternate translation: “pure olive oil” +LEV 24 2 aa52 figs-explicit נֵ֖ר 1 the lamp This refers to the **lamp** or lamps in Yahweh’s sacred tent. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the lamp in the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 24 3 wxd8 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠חוּץ֩ לְ⁠פָרֹ֨כֶת הָ⁠עֵדֻ֜ת 1 Outside the curtain of the testimony Here, **the testimony** represents either the tablets that the decrees were written on or the box that the tablets were put in. These were kept in the very holy place, which was the room behind the curtain in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “Outside the curtain that is in front of the tablets of the covenant decrees” or “Outside the curtain that is in front of the box of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 24 3 cr1j לְ⁠פָרֹ֨כֶת 1 the curtain of This **curtain** was a thick fabric hung as a wall. It was not like a light window curtain. +LEV 24 3 x78g מֵ⁠עֶ֧רֶב עַד־ בֹּ֛קֶר 1 from evening until morning Alternate translation: “from sunset to sunrise” or “all night” +LEV 24 3 t1wc חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹֽתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It is a permanent statute throughout your generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 24 5 bwx9 translate-bvolume שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים 1 two-tenths of an ephah An **ephah** is about 22 litres. This **two-tenths** is about 4.4 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 24 6 e3he הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָ֥ן הַ⁠טָּהֹ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 the pure gold table before the face of Yahweh This **table** is in the holy place, which is before the most holy place. +LEV 24 7 ixi1 figs-explicit וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּעֲרֶ֖כֶת לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה 1 And you must put on the row pure incense The incense was probably next to the loaves, rather than directly on the loaves. Alternate translation: “And you must put pure incense next to the loaves in each row” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 24 7 v5k2 figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיְתָ֤ה לַ⁠לֶּ֨חֶם֙ לְ⁠אַזְכָּרָ֔ה 1 and it will be a memorial portion for the bread What the incense would represent can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and it will represent the loaves as an offering” or “and it will be an offering that represents the loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 24 9 x294 וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ 1 And it will be Alternate translation: “And this bread that is offered will be” +LEV 24 9 c8b1 מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 from Yahweh’s offerings made by fire Alternate translation: “fro the burnt offerings to Yahweh” or “from the offerings that you burn to Yahweh” +LEV 24 10 v13h וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ 1 Now … went out This phrase marks a new section of the book. +LEV 24 11 uzp5 figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יִּקֹּב בֶּן־ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֨ה הַ⁠יִּשְׂרְאֵלִ֤ית אֶת־ הַ⁠שֵּׁם֙ וַ⁠יְקַלֵּ֔ל 1 And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed the Name and cursed The words **blasphemed** and **cursed** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed Yahweh by cursing him” or “And the son of the Israelite woman said terrible things about Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 24 11 x1rf translate-names שְׁלֹמִ֥ית 1 Shelomith **Shelomith** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +LEV 24 11 y53u translate-names בַּת־ דִּבְרִ֖י 1 the daughter of Dibri ** Dibri** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +LEV 24 14 br93 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמְכ֧וּ כָֽל־ הַ⁠שֹּׁמְעִ֛ים אֶת־ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־ רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 And all the hearers must lay their hands on his head They were to put their **hands on his head** to show that he was the guilty one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 24 15 rj6p figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א חֶטְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 then he must bear his sin Suffering for sin is spoken of if a person were to carry his guilt. Alternate translation: “then he must suffer for his sin” or “then he must be punished (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 24 16 uv4b figs-activepassive יוּמָֽת 1 he must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people must put him to death” or “the people must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 24 17 mu9u figs-activepassive מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 he must certainly be put to death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 24 18 pg7s figs-explicit יְשַׁלְּמֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 must repay it How he would **repay it** can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “must pay it back by giving him a live animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 24 18 x28q figs-idiom נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ 1 life in place of life This is an idiom that means that one life would replace the other. Alternate translation: “one life to replace the other life” or “to replace the one that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 24 19 p3k7 figs-activepassive כֵּ֖ן יֵעָ֥שֶׂה לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 so it will be done to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must do the same to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 24 20 icn4 שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן 1 fracture in place of fracture, eye in place of eye, tooth in place of tooth These phrases emphasize that a person should receive the same harm he did to someone else. +LEV 24 20 ls9h figs-idiom שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר 1 fracture in place of fracture A **fracture** refers to broken bones. Alternate translation: “broken bone for broken bone” or “if he breaks someone’s bone, one of his bones must be broken” or “if he breaks someone’s bone, they will break one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 24 20 u64z figs-idiom עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן 1 eye in place of eye This refers to an **eye** being seriously injured or gouged out. Alternate translation: “if he destroys someone’s eye, one of his bones must be destroyed” or “if he destroys someone’s eye, they will destroy his eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 24 20 gu8y figs-idiom שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן 1 tooth in place of tooth This refers to a **tooth** being knocked out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “if he knocks out someone’s tooth, one of his teeth must be knocked out” or “if he knocks out someone’s tooth, they will knock out one of his teeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 24 21 vq5t figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָדָ֖ם יוּמָֽת 1 And he who strikes dead a human must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must put to death anyone who kills a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 intro z6ra 0 # Leviticus 25 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Over-farming

There is a provision made in this chapter to prevent over-farming of the land. If a land is farmed every year with the same crops, it will quickly become unable to grow anything.

### Sabbath and Jubilee Years

Every seventh year, the land should not be planted. Every fiftieth year Israelite slaves must be freed and all land that has been bought returned to its original owners. This prevented people from getting trapped by their poverty. LEV 25 2 e4st figs-personification וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 then the land must keep a sabbath, a sabbath for Yahweh The **land** is spoken of as if it were a person that could obey the Sabbath by resting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LEV 25 2 id1e figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 then the land must keep a sabbath, a sabbath for Yahweh Here the people honoring God by not farming the **land** every seventh year is spoken of as if the land were taking a sabbath rest. Alternate translation: “you must let the land rest every seventh year to honor Yahweh” or “you must obey Yahweh’s Sabbath by not farming the land every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 25 3 bf66 1 prune your vineyard To prune a vineyard is to cut the branches and vines to help the fruit grow better. +LEV 25 3 bf66 תִּזְמֹ֣ר כַּרְמֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 you must prune your vineyard To **prune** a **vineyard** is to cut the branches and vines to help the fruit grow better. LEV 25 4 dc2m figs-metaphor שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 there must be a sabbath of solemn rest for the land Not farming the land is spoken of as letting **the land** **rest**. Alternate translation: “you must observe a Sabbath of solemn rest for the land by not farming it” or “you must obey the Sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 25 5 jtb8 1 You must not conduct … for the land Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find. -LEV 25 5 mxc6 figs-activepassive 1 your unpruned vines This means that no one has taken care of the vines and cut them as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your vines that you do not prune” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 6 ixl4 1 Whatever the unworked land … who live with you may gather food Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find. -LEV 25 6 h8qg 1 Whatever the unworked land grows Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the unworked land” -LEV 25 6 itc3 figs-activepassive 1 the unworked land This means that no one has taken care of the gardens or farms as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your gardens that you do not tend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 7 v4ie 1 whatever the land produces Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the land” -LEV 25 8 g6u6 1 there will be seven Sabbaths of years Alternate translation: “they will be seven sets of seven years” +LEV 25 5 jtb8 אֵ֣ת סְפִ֤יחַ קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְצ֔וֹר וְ⁠אֶת־ עִנְּבֵ֥י נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תִבְצֹ֑ר 1 You must not harvest the second growth of your harvest and you must not gather the grapes of your unpruned vines Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find. +LEV 25 5 mxc6 figs-activepassive נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ 1 your unpruned vines To be **unpruned** means that no one has taken care of the **vines** and cut them as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your vines that you do not prune” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 6 ixl4 וְ֠⁠הָיְתָה שַׁבַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֤רֶץ לָ⁠כֶם֙ לְ⁠אָכְלָ֔ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲמָתֶ֑⁠ךָ וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׂכִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠תוֹשָׁ֣בְ⁠ךָ֔ הַ⁠גָּרִ֖ים עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 And the sabbath of the land will be for you, as food for you, and for your male slave, and for your female slave, and for your hired servant, and for the foreign resident who is sojourning with you Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find. +LEV 25 7 v4ie כָל־ תְּבוּאָתָ֖⁠הּ 1 all its yield Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the land” +LEV 25 8 g6u6 שֶׁ֚בַע שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֔ים 1 seven sabbaths of years Alternate translation: “seven sets of seven years” LEV 25 9 cf78 translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 on the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The **tenth day** is near the end of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 25 9 igkl translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 on the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month The words **seventh** and **tenth** are the ordinals of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven, on day ten of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 25 9 l873 1 the Day of Atonement On this day each year the high priest would make a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 23:27](../23/27.md). -LEV 25 10 p451 translate-numbers 1 fiftieth year This is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “year 50” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -LEV 25 10 gq84 1 a Jubilee for you The Jubilee was a year when the Jews had to return land to its’ original owners and set slaves free. Alternate translation: “a year of restoration for you” or “a year for you to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 10 ua35 figs-activepassive 1 property and slaves must be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must return property and slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 11 a5fs figs-explicit 1 a Jubilee for you You can state clearly who they were returning the land to. Alternate translation: “a year for you to return the land to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 25 12 ccr2 1 You must eat the produce that grows by itself out of the fields Yahweh did not allow the land owner to organize his workers and harvest the land as he did the other six years. However, he did allow individuals to go through the fields and eat what they find. -LEV 25 13 gq74 1 this year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “this year of restoration” or “this year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 15 em1q figs-activepassive 1 that can be harvested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you can harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 15 kv8f 1 the next Jubilee Alternate translation: “the next year of restoration” or “the next year to return land” -LEV 25 18 r63d figs-parallelism 1 obey my decrees, keep my laws, and carry them out All of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything Yahweh says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 25 19 cf3a figs-idiom 1 you will eat your fill This means that they would eat enough until their stomach was full. Alternate translation: “you will eat till you are full” or “you will eat plenty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 25 20 m3ed figs-you 1 You might say Here “You” refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -LEV 25 21 qk7b figs-personification 1 I will command my blessing to come upon you God speaks of his blessing as if it were a person that could obey him. Alternate translation: “I will send my blessing on you” or “I will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 25 22 sm7w figs-activepassive 1 from the provisions stored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the food you store” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 23 pm7a 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. -LEV 25 23 gm2n figs-activepassive 1 The land must not be sold to a new permanent owner If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell your land permanently to another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 9 l873 בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים 1 On the Day of Atonement On ** the Day of Atonement** each year the high priest would make a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 23:27](../23/27.md). +LEV 25 10 gq84 יוֹבֵ֥ל הִוא֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 It will be a jubilee for you The Jubilee was a year when the Jews had to return land to its’ original owners and set slaves free. Alternate translation: “it will be a year of restoration for you” or “it will be a year for you to return land and free slaves” +LEV 25 11 a5fs figs-explicit יוֹבֵ֣ל…תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 will be a jubilee for you You can state clearly who they were returning the land to. Alternate translation: “will be a year for you to return the land to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 25 12 ccr2 מִן־ הַ֨⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה תֹּאכְל֖וּ אֶת־ תְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 You must eat its yield from the field Yahweh did not allow the land owner to organize his workers and harvest the land as he did the other six years. However, he did allow individuals to go through the fields and eat what they find. +LEV 25 13 gq74 בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֖ל הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 In this Year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “In this year of restoration” or “In this year to return land and free slaves” +LEV 25 18 r63d figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֥⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֣ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 And you must do my statutes, and my laws you must keep and do them All of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything Yahweh says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 25 19 cf3a figs-idiom וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם לָ⁠שֹׂ֑בַע 1 and you will eat to satisfaction This means that they would eat enough until their stomach was full. Alternate translation: “and you will eat till you are full” or “snd you will eat plenty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 25 20 m3ed figs-you תֹאמְר֔וּ 1 you say Here, **you** refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +LEV 25 21 qk7b figs-personification וְ⁠צִוִּ֤יתִי אֶת־ בִּרְכָתִ⁠י֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Then I will command my blessing for you God speaks of Yahweh’s **blessing** as if it were a person that could obey him. Alternate translation: “Then I will send my blessing on you” or “Then I will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LEV 25 23 gm2n figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ לֹ֤א תִמָּכֵר֙ 1 And the land must not be sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 24 af5k figs-abstractnouns גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּתְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 You must observe the right of redemption If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **redemption**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “redeem” or “buy back.” Alternate translation: “you must remember that the original owner has the right to redeem the land whenever he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 25 24 mg9y figs-activepassive 1 you must allow the land to be bought back by the family from whom you bought it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must allow the family from whom you bought the land to buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 27 c8fs figs-activepassive 1 the land was sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he sold the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 27 lw57 figs-explicit 1 repay the balance to the man to whom he sold it This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “repay to the purchaser who bought it the money the purchaser would have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 25 28 gbe7 1 the year of Jubilee See how you translated it in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md). Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land” -LEV 25 28 f4jg figs-activepassive 1 the land will be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one who had bought it will return the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 28 me5x 1 will return to his property Alternate translation: “will go back to his land” -LEV 25 29 ll7h figs-activepassive 1 after it was sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after he sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 27 c8fs אֶת־ שְׁנֵ֣י מִמְכָּר֔⁠וֹ 1 the years of its sale Alternate translation: “the number of years since he sold the land” +LEV 25 27 lw57 figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֙ אֶת־ הָ֣⁠עֹדֵ֔ף לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽכַר־ ל֑⁠וֹ 1 and return the balance to the man whom he sold it to This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and repay to the purchaser who bought it the money the purchaser would have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 25 28 gbe7 שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֑ל 1 the year of Jubilee See how you translated this in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md). Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land” +LEV 25 28 me5x וְ⁠שָׁ֖ב לַ⁠אֲחֻזָּתֽ⁠וֹ 1 and he will return to his property Alternate translation: “and he will go back to his land” LEV 25 29 ibe6 figs-abstractnouns גְּאֻלָּת֔⁠וֹ 1 the right of redemption If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **redemption**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “redeem” or “buy back.” Alternate translation: “the right to redeem it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 25 30 h32c figs-activepassive 1 If the house is not redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If he or his family does not redeem the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 30 c7lq figs-activepassive 1 It is not to be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The man who bought that house will not have to return it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 30 z5l8 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 31 hgm4 1 But the houses of the villages that have no wall Some villages did not have a wall around them. -LEV 25 31 y1dt figs-activepassive 1 They may be redeemed, and they must be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may buy back those houses, and those who bought them must return them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 31 f1yq 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 32 k9jx figs-activepassive 1 the houses owned by the Levites in their cities If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the houses that the Levites own in their cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 32 sk2r figs-activepassive 1 may be redeemed at any time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Levites may redeem them at any time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 33 yf5t figs-activepassive 1 the house that was sold in the city where it is located must be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one who bought the house in the city where it is located must return it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 33 kaj1 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 33 js2l 1 their property among the people of Israel The land of Canaan was divided up among the people of Israel, but of that land, the Levites were only given 48 cities with the fields around them. Alternate translation: “their part of the land that the Israelites possessed” or “their property in the land of Israel” -LEV 25 34 ehh8 figs-activepassive 1 But the fields around their cities may not be sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Levites must not sell the fields around their cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 36 pkf5 1 Do not charge him interest Alternate translation: “Do not make him pay you back more than what you lend him” -LEV 25 39 mgw3 1 you must not make him work like a slave The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave. -LEV 25 40 si62 1 Treat him as a hired servant The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave. -LEV 25 40 u2tl 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 42 ucx8 1 they are my servants Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen are my servants” -LEV 25 42 i1ab figs-activepassive 1 They will not be sold as slaves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell them as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 44 wz9f 1 you may buy slaves from them Alternate translation: “you may buy slaves from those nations” -LEV 25 48 u2as figs-activepassive 1 after your fellow Israelite has been bought, he may be bought back. Someone in his family may redeem him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the foreigner buys your fellow Israelite, someone in the Israelite’s family may buy him back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 50 c6m4 1 until the year of Jubilee An Israelite could be a slave only until the year of Jubilee. These instructions are for when an Israelite wanted to buy back his freedom before the year of Jubilee. -LEV 25 50 fa22 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and to free slaves” -LEV 25 50 atu9 figs-activepassive 1 The price of his redemption must be figured If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must figure the price of his redemption” or “They must figure how much to pay for the foreigner to set the Israelite free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 50 cqg2 figs-activepassive 1 in keeping with the rate paid to a hired servant If the Israelite bought back his freedom, the foreigner would have to hire a servant to do the work that the Israelite would have done but will not. If your language does not use the passive verbs **paid** and **hired** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the rate a person would pay to hire a servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 50 twu2 1 for the number of years he might continue to work Alternate translation: “for the number of years until the jubilee that the Israelite would have continued to work but will not” -LEV 25 51 iq2q 1 he must pay back Alternate translation: “the Israelite slave must pay back” -LEV 25 53 g8n2 figs-activepassive 1 He is to be treated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The foreigner who bought him as a slave must treat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 53 v7sk figs-activepassive 1 he is not treated with harshness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one treats him badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 30 h32c figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִ֣ם לֹֽא־ יִגָּאֵ֗ל 1 And if it is not redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if he or his family does not redeem the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 31 hgm4 וּ⁠בָתֵּ֣י הַ⁠חֲצֵרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵין־ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם חֹמָה֙ סָבִ֔יב 1 And the houses of the villages that have no wall around them Some **villages** did not have a **wall** around them. +LEV 25 33 yf5t מִמְכַּר־ בַּ֛יִת 1 a sold house Alternate translation: “a house that he has sold” +LEV 25 33 kaj1 בַּ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל 1 in the Jubilee Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “in the year to return land and free slaves” +LEV 25 33 js2l הִ֚וא אֲחֻזָּתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 it is their possession among the sons of Israel The land of Canaan was divided up among the people of Israel, but of that land, the Levites were only given 48 cities with the fields around them. Alternate translation: “it is their part of the land that the Israelites possessed” or “it is their property in the land of Israel” +LEV 25 34 ehh8 figs-activepassive וּֽ⁠שְׂדֵ֛ה מִגְרַ֥שׁ עָרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֣א יִמָּכֵ֑ר 1 And the field of the pastureland of their cities must not be sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the Levites must not sell the fields around their cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 36 pkf5 אַל־ תִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תַרְבִּ֔ית 1 Do not take from him interest or usury Alternate translation: “Do not make him pay you back more than what you lend him” +LEV 25 39 mgw3 לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ד בּ֖⁠וֹ עֲבֹ֥דַת עָֽבֶד 1 you must not make him work the work of a slave The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat **a slave**. +LEV 25 40 si62 כְּ⁠שָׂכִ֥יר כְּ⁠תוֹשָׁ֖ב יִהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 Like a hired worker, like a temporary resident, he must be with you The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave. +LEV 25 40 u2tl שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” +LEV 25 42 ucx8 עֲבָדַ֣⁠י הֵ֔ם 1 they are my servants Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen are my servants” +LEV 25 42 i1ab figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִמָּכְר֖וּ מִמְכֶּ֥רֶת עָֽבֶד 1 They will not be sold in a slave sale If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell them as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 48 u2as figs-activepassive אַחֲרֵ֣י נִמְכַּ֔ר גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּהְיֶה־ לּ֑⁠וֹ אֶחָ֥ד מֵ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו יִגְאָלֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 after he has been sold, there will be redemption for him. One of his brothers may redeem him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the foreigner buys your fellow Israelite, someone in the Israelite’s family may buy him back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 50 c6m4 עַ֖ד שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל 1 until the year of Jubilee An Israelite could be a slave only **until the year of Jubilee**. These instructions are for when an Israelite wanted to buy back his freedom before the year of Jubilee. +LEV 25 50 fa22 שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and to free slaves” +LEV 25 50 twu2 בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שָׁנִ֔ים 1 according to the number of years Alternate translation: “according to the number of years until the jubilee that the Israelite would have continued to work but will not” +LEV 25 50 cqg2 figs-activepassive כִּ⁠ימֵ֥י שָׂכִ֖יר יִהְיֶ֥ה עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 like the days of a hired worker it will be with him If the Israelite bought back his freedom, the foreigner would have to hire a servant to do the work that the Israelite would have done but will not. If your language does not use the passive verb **hired** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the rate a person would pay to hire a servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 51 iq2q יָשִׁ֣יב 1 he must pay back Alternate translation: “the Israelite slave must pay back” LEV 25 54 yn4a figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 And if he is not redeemed by these If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If no one redeems him by these means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 54 lr8h figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 And if he is not redeemed by these You can state explicitly who he is to be redeemed from. Alternate translation: “If no one redeems him by these means from the one who bought him as a slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 25 54 u2vz 1 by these means Alternate translation: “in this way” -LEV 25 54 e1ni 1 he must serve until the year of Jubilee, he and his children with him The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the year of Jubilee, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free. -LEV 25 55 g12z 1 To me the people of Israel are servants This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his servants. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave. Alternate translation: “For it is to me that the people of Israel are servants” +LEV 25 54 e1ni וְ⁠יָצָא֙ בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֔ל ה֖וּא וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 then he must go out in the Year of Jubilee, he and his sons with him The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the **Year of Jubilee**, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free. +LEV 25 55 g12z לִ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 to me the sons of Israel are servants This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his **servants**. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave. Alternate translation: “it is to me that the people of Israel are servants” LEV 26 intro tb8x 0 # Leviticus 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh

If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) LEV 26 1 cd19 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -LEV 26 2 rh4n 1 keep my Sabbaths Alternate translation: “obey the rules for my Sabbaths” -LEV 26 3 wkx2 figs-parallelism 1 walk in my laws and keep my commandments and obey them These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 26 3 kv48 figs-metaphor 1 walk in my laws Behaving according to the laws is spoken of as if they were to walk in the laws. Alternate translation: “If you behave according to my laws” or “if you live according to my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 2 rh4n אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֔רוּ 1 My sabbaths you must keep Alternate translation: “You must obey the rules for my Sabbaths” +LEV 26 3 wkx2 figs-parallelism בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ וְ⁠אֶת־ מִצְוֺתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֔וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 you walk in my statutes and keep my commandments and do them These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 26 3 kv48 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ 1 you walk in my statutes Behaving according to the **statutes** is spoken of as if they were to **walk** in the laws. Alternate translation: “you behave according to my laws” or “you live according to my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 26 5 t78x figs-synecdoche וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע 1 And you will eat your bread to satisfaction Here **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “will eat your food to satisfaction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LEV 26 5 unad figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע 1 And you will eat your bread to satisfaction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **satisfaction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And you will eat food until you are satisfied” or “And you will have plenty of food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 26 6 m5jk 1 I will give peace in the land Alternate translation: “I will cause there to be peace in the land” -LEV 26 6 s3gb figs-metonymy 1 the sword will not pass through your land Here the word “sword” represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “no armies will attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 7 xxd1 figs-metonymy 1 they will fall before you by the sword Here “falling” represents dying, and “the sword” represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “you will kill them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 8 nd6t 1 Five of you will chase away a hundred, and a hundred of you will chase ten thousand This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies. -LEV 26 8 hvk7 translate-numbers 1 Five … hundred … ten thousand Alternate translation: “5…100…10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -LEV 26 9 p7zz 1 I will look at you with favor Alternate translation: “I will show you favor” or “I will bless you” -LEV 26 9 fq7x figs-doublet 1 make you fruitful and multiply you These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -LEV 26 9 l7q1 figs-metaphor 1 make you fruitful God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “cause you to have many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 10 u1ax 1 You will eat food stored a long time Alternate translation: “You will have enough food stored to eat for a long time” or “you will have enough food to store and eat it for a long time” -LEV 26 11 n29m 1 I will place my tabernacle among you Alternate translation: “I will put my dwelling place among you” -LEV 26 11 cl4q 1 I will not detest you Alternate translation: “I will accept you” -LEV 26 12 xh2c figs-metaphor 1 I will walk among you Walking among them represents living with them. Alternate translation: “I will live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 13 wh35 figs-metaphor 1 I have broken the bars of your yoke God speaks of their slavery as if they had to wear a yoke that animals wear in order to do hard work. Breaking the bars of the yoke represents setting them free. Alternate translation: “I have set you free from the hard labor they made you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 14 g8tn 0 General Information: Yahweh is telling Moses what will happen if the people do not obey his commands. -LEV 26 16 kw48 1 if you do these things The phrase “these things” refers to the things listed in [Leviticus 26:14-15](./14.md). -LEV 26 16 u8mf figs-metaphor 1 I will inflict terror on you Here “terror” represents the things that will cause them to be terrified. Alternate translation: “I will send disasters that will terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 16 k4xi 1 will drain away your life It is the diseases and the fever that will do this. Alternate translation: “will slowly take away your life” or “will slowly make you die” -LEV 26 16 a48w figs-idiom 1 You will plant your seeds for nothing The phrase “for nothing” means that they would get nothing from their work. Alternate translation: “You will plant your seeds in vain” or “You will plant your seeds, but you will not get anything from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 17 ae65 figs-idiom 1 I will set my face against you This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 17 q4fp figs-activepassive 1 you will be overpowered by your enemies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 26 18 kng3 figs-idiom 1 seven times Here “seven times” is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 19 q54p figs-metaphor 1 I will break your pride in your power Using force to cause them not to be proud is spoken of as if he were to break their pride. Alternate translation: “I will punish you and so end the pride that you feel about your power” or “I will punish you so that you will no longer be proud of your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 19 wsq1 figs-simile 1 I will make the sky over you like iron and your land like bronze This means God will stop the rain from falling from the sky. This will make the ground hard so that people cannot plant seed or grow crops. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +LEV 26 6 m5jk וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י שָׁלוֹם֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 And I will give peace in the land Alternate translation: “And I will cause there to be peace in the land” +LEV 26 6 s3gb figs-metonymy וְ⁠חֶ֖רֶב לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּ⁠אַרְצְ⁠כֶֽם 1 and the sword will not pass through your land Here the word **sword** represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “and no armies will attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 7 xxd1 figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָפְל֥וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 and they will fall before your face by the sword Here, **fall** represents dying, and **the sword** represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “and they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “and you will kill them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 8 nd6t וְ⁠רָדְפ֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵאָ֥ה מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ 1 And five from you will pursue a hundred, and a hundred from you will pursue ten thousand This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies. +LEV 26 9 p7zz וּ⁠פָנִ֣יתִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And I will turn to you Alternate translation: “And I will show you favor” or “And I will bless you” +LEV 26 9 fq7x figs-doublet וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֖י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 and make you fruitful and multiply you These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +LEV 26 9 l7q1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 and make you fruitful God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “and cause you to have many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 10 u1ax וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֥ם יָשָׁ֖ן נוֹשָׁ֑ן 1 And you will eat the old that has grown old Alternate translation: “And you will have enough food stored to eat for a long time” or “And you will have enough food to store and eat it for a long time” +LEV 26 11 cl4q figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תִגְעַ֥ל נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 and my spirit will not detest you If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not detest**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “and I will accept you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +LEV 26 12 xh2c figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִתְהַלַּכְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹכְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And I will walk in the midst of you Walking among them represents living with them. Alternate translation: “And I will live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 13 wh35 figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשְׁבֹּר֙ מֹטֹ֣ת עֻלְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And I broke the bars of your yoke God speaks of their slavery as if they had to wear a **yoke** that animals wear in order to do hard work. Breaking **the bars** of the yoke represents setting them free. Alternate translation: “I have set you free from the hard labor they made you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 16 u8mf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִפְקַדְתִּ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֤ם בֶּֽהָלָה֙ 1 I will inflict terror on you Here, **terror** represents the things that will cause them to be terrified. Alternate translation: “I will send disasters that will terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 16 k4xi וּ⁠מְדִיבֹ֣ת נָ֑פֶשׁ 1 and drains away life It is the diseases and the fever that will do this. Alternate translation: “and will slowly take away your life” or “and will slowly make you die” +LEV 26 16 a48w figs-idiom וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֤ם לָ⁠רִיק֙ זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And you will sow your seed for nothing The phrase **for nothing** means that they would get nothing from their work. Alternate translation: “And you will plant your seeds in vain” or “And you will plant your seeds, but you will not get anything from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 17 ae65 figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י פָנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And I will set my face against you This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 18 kng3 figs-idiom שֶׁ֖בַע 1 seven times Here, **seven times** is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 19 q54p figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁבַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־ גְּא֣וֹן עֻזְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And I will break the pride of your power Using force to cause them not to be proud is spoken of as if he were to **break** their **pride**. Alternate translation: “And I will punish you and so end the pride that you feel about your power” or “And I will punish you so that you will no longer be proud of your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 19 wsq1 figs-simile וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ שְׁמֵי⁠כֶם֙ כַּ⁠בַּרְזֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶֽת־ אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֖ם כַּ⁠נְּחֻשָֽׁה 1 And I will make your sky like iron and your land like bronze This means God will stop the rain from falling from **the sky**. This will make the ground hard so that people cannot plant seed or grow crops. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) LEV 26 20 j47f figs-metaphor וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And your strength will be used up for nothing Working very hard is spoken of as if they were to use all their **strength** until they had no more strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 26 20 c0hd figs-idiom וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And your strength will be used up for nothing The phrase **for nothing** means that they would get nothing from working so hard. Alternate translation: “You will work very hard in vain” or “You will work very hard, but you will not receive anything good from working so hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 21 fy3n figs-metaphor 1 walk against me Walking represents behavior. Walking against God represents opposing him or rebelling against him. Alternate translation: “rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 21 mar9 figs-metaphor 1 I will bring seven times more blows on you Yahweh causing disasters to happen to the Israelites is spoken of as if he would strike them with blows or hit them. Alternate translation: “I will cause seven times as many disasters to come against you” or “I will punish you seven times more severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 21 tp4i figs-idiom 1 seven times Here “seven times” is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 21 fy3n figs-metaphor תֵּֽלְכ֤וּ עִמִּ⁠י֙ 1 you walk against me Walking represents behavior. To **walk against** God represents opposing him or rebelling against him. Alternate translation: “you rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 21 mar9 figs-metaphor וְ⁠יָסַפְתִּ֤י עֲלֵי⁠כֶם֙ מַכָּ֔ה שֶׁ֖בַע 1 then I will add upon you a plague seven times Yahweh causing disasters to happen to the Israelites is spoken of as if he would strike them with blows or hit them. Alternate translation: “I will cause seven times as many disasters to come against you” or “I will punish you seven times more severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 21 tp4i figs-idiom שֶׁ֖בַע 1 seven times Here, **seven times** is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LEV 26 21 uyk7 figs-abstractnouns כְּ⁠חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 in proportion to your sins If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sins**, you could express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “according to how much you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 26 22 lgr8 figs-metaphor 1 which will steal your children Stealing represents attacking or attacking and dragging them away. Alternate translation: “which will attack your children” or “which will drag your children away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 22 qpn6 1 So your roads will become deserted Deserted means that there is no one there. Alternate translation: “So no one will travel on your roads” -LEV 26 23 u17j 1 If in spite of these things Alternate translation: “If when I punish you like this” or “If I discipline you like this and” -LEV 26 23 a4z5 figs-metaphor 1 you still do not accept my correction Accepting his correction represents responding rightly to it. In this case responding rightly to it is choosing to obey him. Alternate translation: “you still do not listen to my correction” or “you still do not obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 23 l9uu figs-metaphor 1 walk in opposition to me Walking represents behavior. Walking in opposition to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “oppose me” or “fight against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 24 v5bm figs-metaphor 1 I will also walk in opposition to you Walking represents behavior. Walking in opposition to them means opposing them or fighting against them. Alternate translation: “I also will oppose you” or “I also will fight against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 24 e1h9 1 I myself will punish you seven times The number 7 represents completeness. Alternate translation: “I will personally punish you many times” or “I myself will punish you most severely” +LEV 26 22 qpn6 וְ⁠נָשַׁ֖מּוּ דַּרְכֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 And your roads will become deserted Here, **deserted** means that there is no one there. Alternate translation: “And so no one will travel on your roads” +LEV 26 23 u17j וְ⁠אִ֨ם־ בְּ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 And if in spite of these things Alternate translation: “And if when I punish you like this” or “And if I discipline you like this and” +LEV 26 23 a4z5 figs-metaphor לֹ֥א תִוָּסְר֖וּ לִ֑⁠י 1 you do not accept my discipline Accepting his **discipline** represents responding rightly to it. In this case responding rightly to it is choosing to obey him. Alternate translation: “you still do not listen to my correction” or “you still do not obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 23 l9uu figs-metaphor וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י קֶֽרִי 1 and you walk against me in opposition To **walk** represents behavior. Walking **in opposition** to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “and you oppose me” or “and you fight against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 24 v5bm figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֧י אַף־ אֲנִ֛י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠קֶ֑רִי 1 then I will also walk, I myself, against you in opposition To **walk** represents behavior. Walking **in opposition** to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “then I myself will also oppose you” or “ then I myself will also fight against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 24 e1h9 וְ⁠הִכֵּיתִ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ גַּם־ אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע 1 And I will strike you, even I myself, seven times The number **seven** represents completeness. Alternate translation: “And I will personally punish you many times” or “And I myself will punish you most severely” LEV 26 24 rqi5 figs-abstractnouns עַל־ חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 because of your sins If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sins**, you could express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to sin against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 26 25 ca56 figs-metonymy 1 I will bring a sword on you Here the word “sword” represents an army or an attack from an army. Alternate translation: “I will bring an enemy army against you” or “I will cause an enemy army to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 25 z45g 1 that will execute vengeance Alternate translation: “that will punish you” -LEV 26 25 eix8 1 for breaking the covenant Alternate translation: “for disobeying the covenant” or “because you disobey the covenant” -LEV 26 25 tfd5 figs-activepassive 1 You will be gathered together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will gather together” or “You will hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 26 25 ca56 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הֵבֵאתִ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֜ם חֶ֗רֶב 1 And I will bring a sword upon you Here the word **sword** represents an army or an attack from an army. Alternate translation: “And I will bring an enemy army against you” or “And I will cause an enemy army to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 25 z45g נֹקֶ֨מֶת֙ נְקַם־ בְּרִ֔ית 1 that will avenge with the vengeance of the covenant Alternate translation: “that will punish you because you broke the covenant” +LEV 26 25 tfd5 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נֶאֱסַפְתֶּ֖ם 1 and you will be gathered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you will gather together” or “and you will run to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 26 25 y2qp figs-metonymy וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־ אוֹיֵֽב 1 and you will be given into the hand of the one who is hostile Here “into the hand” means “into the control” and refers to defeat by their enemy. Alternate translation: “and you will be place under the control of your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 26 25 pytz figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־ אוֹיֵֽב 1 and you will be given into the hand of the one who is hostile If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will deliver you into the hand of your enemy” or “I will allow your enemy to control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 26 26 c11s figs-metaphor 1 When I cut off your food supply Destroying the food that people have stored or stopping people from being able to get it is spoken of as cutting off the supply of food. Alternate translation: “When I destroy the food you have stored” or “When I stop you from being able to get food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 26 nw44 1 ten women will be able to bake your bread in one oven This implies that there will be so little flour that one small oven will be able to hold all the bread that many women can put into it. -LEV 26 26 jm66 1 they will distribute your bread by weight This means there will be so little food that they will have to measure how much each person gets. -LEV 26 27 l2dr figs-metonymy 1 If you do not listen to me Listening represents obeying what he has said. Alternate translation: “If you do not obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 27 gbl4 figs-metaphor 1 to walk against me Walking represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “to oppose me” or “to fight against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 28 y7le figs-metaphor 1 I will walk against you Walking represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “I will oppose you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 28 l1fi figs-idiom 1 I will punish you even seven more times as much Here “seven more times” is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 30 i3eb figs-metonymy 1 I will destroy … cut down … throw your corpses Because God would send an army to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to destroy … cut down … throw your corpses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 30 fnw5 1 your corpses Alternate translation: “your dead bodies” -LEV 26 30 hay8 figs-metaphor 1 the corpses of your idols God speaks of idols not being alive as if they had been alive and then died. Alternate translation: “your lifeless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 31 d1nw figs-metonymy 1 I will turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries Because God would send armies to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 31 w7pu 1 your sanctuaries These were places where people worshiped idols instead of God. -LEV 26 31 fx76 figs-metaphor 1 I will not be pleased with the aroma of your offerings Normally the Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with those who burn the offering. But in this case, people would burn offerings, but God would not be pleased with them. Alternate translation: “You will burn offerings, but I will not be pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 33 zv5m figs-metonymy 1 I will draw out my sword and follow you This represents sending armies to attack them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to attack you” or “I will send enemy armies to attack you with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 33 hix7 figs-activepassive 1 Your land will be abandoned, and your cities will be ruined If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will abandon your land, and your enemies will destroy your cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 26 34 uf4v figs-personification 1 Then the land will enjoy its Sabbaths The people were supposed to obey the Sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year. God speaks about this as if the land were a person that would obey the Sabbath law and rest. Alternate translation: “Then the land will rest according to the Sabbath law” or “Then, as required by the Sabbath law, the land will not be farmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 26 35 h58y figs-personification 1 it will have rest God speaks about the land not being farmed as if it were a person that would rest. Alternate translation: “it will not be farmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 26 36 y4ha figs-metaphor 1 I will send fear into your hearts Sending fear into their hearts represents making them afraid. Alternate translation: “I will make you terribly afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 36 l3gz figs-metonymy 1 as though you were fleeing from the sword The sword represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were fleeing from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were fleeing from an enemy army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 37 u6pr 0 General Information: Yahweh continues describing what will happen to the Israelites when they are forced to go to their enemies’ countries. -LEV 26 37 fz4e figs-metonymy 1 as though you were running from the sword The sword represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were running away from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were running away from an enemy army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 37 kn1c figs-metonymy 1 to stand before your enemies Standing before the enemies represents not falling when the enemies attack and fighting against them. Alternate translation: “to resist your enemies when they attack you” or “to fight back against your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 38 ae6m figs-personification 1 your enemies’ land will itself devour you Yahweh speaks about the enemies’ land as if it were a wild animal that would eat the Israelites. The word “devour” emphasizes that most of the Israelites will die there. Alternate translation: “you will die in your enemies’ land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 26 39 dj82 1 Those who are left among you Alternate translation: “Those of you who do not die” -LEV 26 39 rvh2 1 waste away in their sins Wasting away in their sins represents wasting away because of their sins. -LEV 26 39 yg26 figs-metonymy 1 their fathers’ sins Here “their fathers” represents their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 40 dys3 figs-metonymy 1 their fathers’ sin The word “fathers” represents their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 40 bz79 1 their treason by which they were unfaithful to me Alternate translation: “the way that they were unfaithful to me and tuned against me after I had been so good to them” -LEV 26 41 n8ms figs-metaphor 1 to turn against them This represents opposing them. Alternate translation: “to oppose them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 41 u7i8 figs-synecdoche 1 if their uncircumcised hearts become humbled Here the term “uncircumcised hearts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “if they will be humble instead of stubbornly disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 26 26 c11s figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שִׁבְרִ֣⁠י לָ⁠כֶם֮ מַטֵּה־ לֶחֶם֒ 1 When I break the staff of your bread Destroying the food that people have stored or stopping people from being able to get it is spoken of as **breaking the staff of** their **bread**. Alternate translation: “When I destroy the food you have stored” or “When I cut off your food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 26 nw44 וְ֠⁠אָפוּ עֶ֣שֶׂר נָשִׁ֤ים לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ בְּ⁠תַנּ֣וּר אֶחָ֔ד 1 then ten women will bake your bread in one oven This implies that there will be so little flour that **one** small **oven** will be able to hold all the **bread** that many **women** have to put into it. +LEV 26 26 jm66 וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֥יבוּ לַחְמְ⁠כֶ֖ם בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֑ל 1 And they will distribute your bread by weight This means there will be so little bread that they will have to measure how much each person gets. +LEV 26 27 l2dr figs-metonymy לֹ֥א תִשְׁמְע֖וּ לִ֑⁠י 1 you do not listen to me To **listen** represents obeying what he has said. Alternate translation: “you do not obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 27 gbl4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קֶֽרִי 1 and you walk against me in opposition To **walk** represents behavior. Walking **against** someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “and you oppose me” or “and you fight against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 28 y7le figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֥י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 then I will walk against you To **walk** represents behavior. Walking **against** someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “then I will oppose you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 28 l1fi figs-idiom וְ⁠יִסַּרְתִּ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ אַף־ אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע 1 And I will discipline you, even I, seven times Here, **seven times** is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 30 i3eb figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִשְׁמַדְתִּ֞י אֶת־ בָּמֹֽתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם וְ⁠הִכְרַתִּי֙ אֶת־ חַמָּ֣נֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נָֽתַתִּי֙ אֶת־ פִּגְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם עַל־ פִּגְרֵ֖י גִּלּוּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And I will destroy your high places, and cut down your incense altars, and put your corpses on the corpses of your idols Because God would send an army to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to destroy your high places, and cut down your incense altars, and put your corpses on the corpses of your idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 30 hay8 figs-metaphor פִּגְרֵ֖י גִּלּוּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 the corpses of your idols God speaks of **idols** not being alive as if they had been alive and then died. Alternate translation: “your lifeless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 31 d1nw figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ עָֽרֵי⁠כֶם֙ חָרְבָּ֔ה וַ⁠הֲשִׁמּוֹתִ֖י אֶת־ מִקְדְּשֵׁי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And I will lay your cities in ruins and make your holy places desolate Because God would send armies to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 31 w7pu אֶת־ מִקְדְּשֵׁי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 your holy places These **holy places** were places where people worshiped idols instead of God. +LEV 26 31 fx76 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֣א אָרִ֔יחַ בְּ⁠רֵ֖יחַ נִיחֹֽחֲ⁠כֶֽם 1 And I will not smell your sweet aromas Normally the Lord’s pleasure with the **aroma** represents his pleasure with those who burn the offering. But in this case, people would burn offerings, but God would not be pleased with them. Alternate translation: “You will burn offerings, but I will not be pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 33 zv5m figs-metonymy וַ⁠הֲרִיקֹתִ֥י אַחֲרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑רֶב 1 and I will unsheathe a sword behind you To ** unsheathe a sword** represents sending armies to chase them. Alternate translation: “and I will send enemy armies to chase you” or “and I will send enemy armies to attack you with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 34 uf4v figs-personification אָז֩ תִּרְצֶ֨ה הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 Then the land will enjoy its sabbaths The people were supposed to obey the sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year. God speaks about this as if the land were a person that would obey the sabbath law and rest. Alternate translation: “Then the land will rest according to the sabbath law” or “Then, as required by the sabbath law, the land will not be farmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LEV 26 35 h58y figs-personification תִּשְׁבֹּ֑ת 1 it will rest God speaks about the land not being farmed as if it were a person that would **rest**. Alternate translation: “it will not be farmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LEV 26 36 y4ha figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵבֵ֤אתִי מֹ֨רֶךְ֙ בִּ⁠לְבָבָ֔⁠ם 1 I will bring despair into their hearts To **bring despair** into their hearts represents making them afraid. Alternate translation: “I will make you terribly afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 36 l3gz figs-metonymy מְנֻֽסַת־ חֶ֛רֶב 1 as one fleeing from a sword The **sword** represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were fleeing from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were fleeing from an enemy army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 37 fz4e figs-metonymy כְּ⁠מִ⁠פְּנֵי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 as from the face of a sword The **sword** represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were running away from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were running away from an enemy army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 37 kn1c figs-metonymy תְּקוּמָ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 power to stand to the face of those who are hostile to you Standing before the enemies represents not falling when the enemies attack and fighting against them. Alternate translation: “power to resist your enemies when they attack you” or “power to fight back against your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 38 ae6m figs-personification וְ⁠אָכְלָ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶ֖רֶץ אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 and the land of those who are hostile to you will devour you Yahweh speaks about the enemies’ **land** as if it were a wild animal that would eat the Israelites. The word **devour** emphasizes that most of the Israelites will die there. Alternate translation: “and you will die in your enemies’ land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LEV 26 39 dj82 וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֣ים בָּ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 And the ones who are remaining among you Alternate translation: “And those of you who do not die” +LEV 26 39 rvh2 יִמַּ֨קּוּ֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם 1 will rot in their iniquity To **rot** in their * iniquity** represents wasting away because of their sins. +LEV 26 39 yg26 figs-metonymy בַּ⁠עֲוֺנֹ֥ת אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 in the iniquities of their fathers Here, **their fathers** represents their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 40 dys3 figs-metonymy עֲוֺ֣ן אֲבֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 the iniquity of their fathers Here, **their fathers** represents their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 40 bz79 בְּ⁠מַעֲלָ֖⁠ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽעֲלוּ־ בִ֑⁠י 1 in their unfaithfulness which they acted unfaithfully against me Alternate translation: “the way that they were unfaithful to me and tuned against me after I had been so good to them” +LEV 26 41 n8ms figs-metaphor אֵלֵ֤ךְ עִמָּ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֔רִי 1 went against them in opposition To go **against them** represents opposing them. Alternate translation: “opposed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 41 u7i8 figs-synecdoche אוֹ־ אָ֣ז יִכָּנַ֗ע לְבָבָ⁠ם֙ הֶֽ⁠עָרֵ֔ל 1 if then their uncircumcised hearts become humbled Here the term **uncircumcised hearts** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “if they will be humble instead of stubbornly disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LEV 26 42 zpa2 figs-metonymy וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־ בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י יַעֲק֑וֹב 1 then I will remember my covenant with Jacob Here, **remember** represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “then I will fulfill the covenant I made with Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 26 42 r2ih figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ אֶזְכֹּֽר 1 And I will remember the land Here, **remember** represents fulfilling his promise concerning the land. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my promise about the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 43 u8qp figs-activepassive 1 The land will be abandoned by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel will abandon their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 26 43 cad8 figs-personification 1 so it will be pleased with its Sabbaths Yahweh speaks about the land as if it were a person who is happy about resting, because no one will be planting seed or growing crops on it. This will allow the land to become more fertile. Alternate translation: “so it will benefit from the Sabbaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 26 44 i5np 0 General Information: This concludes Yahweh’s message to Moses at Mount Sinai regarding the blessings for obedience and the punishments for disobedience. +LEV 26 43 u8qp figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אָרֶץ֩ תֵּעָזֵ֨ב מֵ⁠הֶ֜ם 1 And the land was abandoned by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel will abandon their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 26 43 cad8 figs-personification וְ⁠תִ֣רֶץ אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 and it will rejoice with its sabbaths Yahweh speaks about the land as if it were a person who **will rejoice** about resting, because no one will be planting seed or growing crops on it. This will allow the land to become more fertile. Alternate translation: “so it will benefit from the sabbaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LEV 26 45 x7p9 figs-metonymy וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים 1 And I will remember for their sake the covenant with their ancestors Here, **remember** represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my covenant with their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 45 b2vu figs-metonymy 1 in the sight of the nations This represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 45 js1r figs-metonymy 1 the nations This represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 45 b2vu figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם 1 in the eyes of the nations Here , **eyes** represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 45 js1r figs-metonymy הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם 1 the nations Here, **nations** represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 27 intro u6u9 0 # Leviticus 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Dedicated to Yahweh

This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) -LEV 27 2 ds9v figs-explicit 1 If anyone makes a special vow to Yahweh In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 27 2 w962 figs-explicit 1 use the following valuations Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. AT “use the following values as your gift to the Lord in place of the person” or “give the Lord the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 27 3 dj1b 1 Your standard value Alternate translation: “The amount to pay” or “You must pay” -LEV 27 3 ju46 translate-numbers 1 twenty … sixty … fifty Alternate translation: “20…60…50” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -LEV 27 3 hy8z translate-bweight 1 fifty shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “five hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 3 fr3t translate-bweight 1 after the shekel of the sanctuary There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “Use the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “When you weigh the silver, use the weight that is used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 4 mcw3 translate-bweight 1 thirty shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “three hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 5 pit4 1 your standard value Alternate translation: “the amount to pay” or “you must pay” -LEV 27 5 e8ag translate-bweight 1 twenty shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “twenty pieces of silver” or “two hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 5 y1cx figs-ellipsis 1 for the female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -LEV 27 5 z1uc translate-bweight 1 ten shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “one hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 6 r5vd translate-bweight 1 five shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “fifty grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 6 r13l translate-bweight 1 three shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “thirty grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 7 cry4 1 sixty years old and up Alternate translation: “sixty years old and older” -LEV 27 7 xmg4 translate-numbers 1 sixty … fifteen … ten Alternate translation: “60…15…10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -LEV 27 7 n5vt translate-bweight 1 fifteen shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifteen pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 7 wau8 figs-ellipsis 1 for a female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -LEV 27 8 ucc6 figs-activepassive 1 the person being given must be presented to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. AT “he must present to the priest the person he is giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 9 ax5s 1 set apart to him Alternate translation: “set apart to Yahweh” -LEV 27 10 a66v figs-activepassive 1 both it and the one for which it is exchanged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “both it and the one he exchanges it for” or the animals can be referred to simply as “both animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 11 dz9h figs-metaphor 1 is in fact unclean, so that Yahweh will not accept it If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 27 12 yzw5 1 market value This is the value the animal is normally worth when someone buys or sells it. -LEV 27 13 f9my 1 wishes to redeem it Alternate translation: “wishes to buy it back” -LEV 27 15 ugc7 translate-fraction 1 he must add a fifth of its value to its redemption price A “fifth” is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -LEV 27 16 l7we figs-metonymy 1 a homer of barley will be valued at Here “a homer of barley” represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it will be valued at” or ‘the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 27 16 ub6b translate-bvolume 1 homer A homer is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 27 2 ds9v figs-explicit אִ֕ישׁ כִּ֥י יַפְלִ֖א נֶ֑דֶר בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 If a man vows a vow according to your valuation of persons to Yahweh In this case the **vow** would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 27 2 w962 figs-explicit בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת 1 according to your valuation of persons Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. Alternate translation: “according to the following values for the person” or “according to the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 27 3 dj1b עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֙…עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֗ 1 your valuation … your valuation Alternate translation: “the amount … the amount” +LEV 27 3 hy8z translate-bweight חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כֶּ֖סֶף 1 50 shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 3 fr3t translate-bweight בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 according to the shekel of the holy place There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “the weight that is used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 4 mcw3 translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים שָֽׁקֶל 1 30 shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “30 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “300 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 5 pit4 עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ 1 your valuation Alternate translation: “the amount you must pay” +LEV 27 5 e8ag translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שְׁקָלִ֑ים 1 20 shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “20 pieces of silver” or “200 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 5 y1cx figs-ellipsis וְ⁠לַ⁠נְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים 1 and for the female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +LEV 27 5 z1uc translate-bweight עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים 1 ten shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “100 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 6 r5vd translate-bweight חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּ֑סֶף 1 five shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “50 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 6 r13l translate-bweight שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּֽסֶף 1 three shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “30 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 7 cry4 שִׁשִּׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה וָ⁠מַ֨עְלָ⁠ה֙ 1 60 years and up Alternate translation: “60 years old and older” +LEV 27 7 n5vt translate-bweight חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר שָׁ֑קֶל 1 fifteen shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “15 pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 7 wau8 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠לַ⁠נְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֥ה שְׁקָלִֽים 1 and for the female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +LEV 27 10 a66v figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָֽיָה־ ה֥וּא וּ⁠תְמוּרָת֖⁠וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 then it will be and the exchanged one will be set apart If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will set apart both it and the one he exchanges it for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 11 dz9h figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִם֙ כָּל־ בְּהֵמָ֣ה טְמֵאָ֔ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹא־ יַקְרִ֧יבוּ מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה קָרְבָּ֖ן לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 And if any animal is unclean from which an offering must not be offered to Yahweh If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “And if it is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 27 12 yzw5 כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ 1 According to the valuation of you This refers to the value the animal is normally worth when someone buys or sells it. +LEV 27 13 f9my גָּאֹ֖ל יִגְאָלֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 he ever redeems it Alternate translation: “he every buys it back” +LEV 27 15 ugc7 translate-fraction וְ֠⁠יָסַף חֲמִישִׁ֧ית כֶּֽסֶף־ עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 then he must add a fifth of the silver of your valuation to it A **fifth** is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “then he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +LEV 27 16 l7we figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠פִ֣י זַרְע֑⁠וֹ זֶ֚רַע חֹ֣מֶר שְׂעֹרִ֔ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף 1 then your valuation will be in proportion to its seed—a homer of barley seed for 50 shekels of silver Here, **a homer of barley seed** represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “then you will value a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it at 50 shekels of silver” or ‘then the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be 50 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 27 16 ub6b translate-bvolume חֹ֣מֶר 1 a homer of A **homer** is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 27 16 pve5 translate-bweight בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף 1 for fifty shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two way of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 17 b2qb 1 the year of Jubilee This occurs every 50 years. See how you translated “Jubilee” in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md). -LEV 27 17 wa1x figs-metaphor 1 the valuation of it will stand Here, **Stand** represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 27 18 as3z figs-activepassive 1 the valuation of it must be reduced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must reduce the estimated value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 20 kl7j figs-activepassive 1 it cannot be redeemed any more If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 20 grb9 figs-explicit 1 If he does not redeem the field The time for redeeming the field can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: If he does not redeem the field before the year of Jubilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 27 21 ip9r 1 in the year of Jubilee This was a year when the Jews had to return land to its original owners and set slaves free See how you translated it in [Leviticus 25:13](../25/13.md) Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “the year for you to return land and free slaves” -LEV 27 21 nx1t figs-activepassive 1 that has been completely given to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has completely given to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 24 aiu1 1 the man from whom it was bought … the land’s owner These two phases refer to the same person. Normally the land would be bought from its owner. -LEV 27 24 dd64 figs-activepassive 1 the man from whom it was bought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 25 kd47 figs-activepassive 1 All the valuations must be set If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priests must determine the estimated values” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 25 sj13 translate-bweight 1 by the weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 25 y6zj translate-bweight 1 Twenty gerahs must be the equivalent of one shekel The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “One shekel must equal twenty gerahs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 17 b2qb מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל 1 during the year of Jubilee The **Jubilee** occurs every 50 years. See how you translated **Jubilee** in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md). +LEV 27 17 wa1x figs-metaphor כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ יָקֽוּם 1 according to your valuation it will stand Here, **stand** represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 27 18 as3z figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִגְרַ֖ע מֵֽ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 and it must be reduced from your valuation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he must reduce the estimated value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 20 grb9 figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֤א יִגְאַל֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 And if he does not redeem the field The time for redeeming the field can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “And if he does not redeem the field before the year of Jubilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 27 20 kl7j figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל עֽוֹד 1 it cannot be redeemed again If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 21 ip9r בַ⁠יֹּבֵ֗ל 1 in the Jubilee The **Jubilee** was a year when the Jews had to return land to its original owners and set slaves free. See how you translated it in [Leviticus 25:13](../25/13.md). Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “the year for you to return land and free slaves” +LEV 27 21 nx1t figs-activepassive הַ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 that has been dedicated by ban If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has completely given to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 24 aiu1 לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר קָנָ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁר־ ל֖⁠וֹ אֲחֻזַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 to whom he bought it from, to whom belongs the possession of the land These two phases refer to the same person. Normally the land would be bought from its owner. +LEV 27 25 sj13 translate-bweight בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 by the shekel of the holy place There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +LEV 27 25 y6zj translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל 1 20 gerahs must be the shekel The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “one shekel must equal 20 gerahs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) LEV 27 25 b3gq translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל 1 20 gerahs must be the shekel If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here is a way to do it. Alternate translation: “one shekel must weigh ten grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -LEV 27 26 pji9 1 No one may set apart Alternate translation: “No one may set apart to Yahweh” -LEV 27 27 snk3 figs-activepassive 1 a fifth must be added to that value If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must add a fifth to that value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 27 ng2y figs-activepassive 1 If the animal is not redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the person does not buy back the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 27 vfw8 figs-activepassive 1 it is to be sold at the set value If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priest must sell it at the set value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 28 adb4 figs-activepassive 1 nothing that a man devotes to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, may be sold or redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one may sell or redeem anything a man has devoted to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether it is a human, an animal, or his family land” or “If a man devotes to Yahweh anything he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, no one may sell or redeem it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 28 yy2u 1 Everything that is devoted is very holy to Yahweh Alternate translation: “Everything that anyone devotes to Yahweh is very holy to Yahweh” -LEV 27 29 k4sd figs-activepassive 1 No ransom may be paid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one may pay a ransom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 29 epj5 figs-activepassive 1 for the person who is devoted for destruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for any person whom Yahweh has devoted to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 29 i8d2 figs-explicit 1 for the person who is devoted for destruction Why a person would be devoted to destruction can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for any person whom Yahweh has determined should die because of his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 27 29 uj9k figs-activepassive 1 That person must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must put that person to death” or “you must kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 31 n1ly 1 If a man redeems any of his tithe Alternate translation: “If a man wants to buy back any of his tithe” -LEV 27 32 h1au figs-metonymy 1 whatever passes under the shepherd’s rod This refers to the way they would count their animals. Alternate translation: “when you count your animals by raising your shepherd rod and having them walk under it to the other side” or “when you count the animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 27 32 y6be figs-activepassive 1 one-tenth must be set apart to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must set apart one-tenth to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 32 rzb2 1 one-tenth Alternate translation: “every tenth animal” -LEV 27 33 j4n9 1 then both it and that for which it is changed Alternate translation: “then both animals” -LEV 27 33 f56x figs-activepassive 1 It cannot be redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He cannot redeem it” or “He cannot buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 34 dxq6 1 These are the commandments This is a summary statement. It refers to the commandments that were given in the past chapters. +LEV 27 26 pji9 לֹֽא־ יַקְדִּ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 a man must not set it apart Alternate translation: “no one may set it apart to Yahweh” +LEV 27 27 ng2y figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל 1 And if it is not redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the person does not buy back the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 27 vfw8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֥ר בְּ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 then it will be sold at your valuation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priest must sell it at the set value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 28 adb4 figs-activepassive כָּל־ חֵ֡רֶם אֲשֶׁ֣ר יַחֲרִם֩ אִ֨ישׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֜ה מִ⁠כָּל־ אֲשֶׁר־ ל֗⁠וֹ מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם וּ⁠בְהֵמָה֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠שְּׂדֵ֣ה אֲחֻזָּת֔⁠וֹ לֹ֥א יִמָּכֵ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִגָּאֵ֑ל 1 any dedicated thing that a man dedicates to Yahweh, from all that belongs to him, from human or animal, or from the field of his property, must not be sold and must not be redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one may sell or redeem anything a man has devoted to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether it is a human, an animal, or his family land” or “if a man devotes to Yahweh anything he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, no one may sell or redeem it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 28 yy2u כָּל־ חֵ֕רֶם קֹֽדֶשׁ־ קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Every dedicated thing, it is the holiest holy thing to Yahweh Alternate translation: “Everything that anyone devotes to Yahweh is very holy to Yahweh” +LEV 27 29 i8d2 figs-explicit כָּל־ חֵ֗רֶם אֲשֶׁ֧ר יָחֳרַ֛ם 1 Every dedicated one who is dedicated Why a person would be dedicated to destruction can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Any person whom Yahweh has determined should die because of his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 27 29 k4sd figs-activepassive לֹ֣א יִפָּדֶ֑ה 1 must not be ransomed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “no one may pay a ransom for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 29 epj5 figs-activepassive מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 He must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 31 n1ly וְ⁠אִם־ גָּאֹ֥ל יִגְאַ֛ל אִ֖ישׁ מִ⁠מַּֽעַשְׂר֑⁠וֹ 1 And if a man ever redeems some of his tenth Alternate translation: “And if a man wants to buy back any of his tithe” +LEV 27 32 h1au figs-metonymy כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־ יַעֲבֹ֖ר תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שָּׁ֑בֶט 1 anything that passes under the rod This refers to the way they would count their animals. Alternate translation: “any animals you count by raising your shepherd rod and having them walk under it to the other side” or “any animals you count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 27 32 y6be figs-activepassive הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֕י יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּ֖דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 the tenth must be set apart to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must set apart one-tenth to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 32 rzb2 הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֕י 1 the tenth Alternate translation: “every tenth animal” +LEV 27 33 j4n9 וְ⁠הָֽיָה־ ה֧וּא וּ⁠תְמוּרָת֛⁠וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 then it will be and its substitute will be set apart Alternate translation: “then you will set apart both animals” +LEV 27 33 f56x figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵֽל 1 It must not be redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He cannot redeem it” or “He cannot buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 27 34 dxq6 אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠מִּצְוֺ֗ת 1 These are the commandments This is a summary statement. It refers to the commandments that were given in the past chapters. diff --git a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv index 18becce9a5..7347de73a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them” JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). -JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jotham’s curse

Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jotham’s curse

Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) diff --git a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv index 00e4420c89..8b30eca547 100644 --- a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 15 34 p6j7 translate-names 0 Ramah … Gibeah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 15 34 wed2 0 went up to his house at Gibeah Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking. 1SA 15 35 hha6 0 Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death Alternate translation: “Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived” -1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

==Rhetorical Question ==
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Question
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 16 1 ib7t figs-rquestion 0 How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel? This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 16 1 aav1 0 Fill your horn with oil The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king. 1SA 16 2 msu1 figs-rquestion 0 How can I go? Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “I cannot go!” or “I am afraid to go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) diff --git a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv index b6a13972df..0950b65652 100644 --- a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Kings

1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)
1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)
* Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)
* Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)
* Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)
1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)
* Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)
* Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)
* Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)
* Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)
1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)
* Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)
* Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)
* Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)
* Elah in Israel (16:8–14)
* Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)
* Omri in Israel (16:23–28)
* Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)
* Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)
* Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?

These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.

In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.

The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?

These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.

### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?

The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?

The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends. -1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.

This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

==The next king==
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.

This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The next king

David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm. 1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].) 1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched” @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships” 1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
==Queen of Sheba ==
King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Queen of Sheba

King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) 1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.” diff --git a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv index f7bc25696e..4a6e677dae 100644 --- a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy” 2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

==Impossible actions ==
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) +2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Impossible actions

Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) 2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor. diff --git a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv index 31a45f0dfe..7814572e32 100644 --- a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ ISA 4 4 l3vm 0 spirit of judgment This could mean: (1) Yahweh will punish the ISA 4 4 si1b figs-metaphor 0 the spirit of flaming fire This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will remove sinners from Zion like a fire removes impurities or (2) “flaming fire” is a metonym that represents the destruction in general of all the sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 4 5 yk4j 0 a canopy over all the glory This could mean: (1) a canopy for protecting the glorious city, or (2) a canopy consisting of God’s glory that will protect the city. If the first meaning is followed, then it may further mean that the city is glorious because Yahweh is present in it. ISA 4 5 h7ct 0 canopy This is a cloth that is hung over something to cover it for protecton. -ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

==Animals being present where people once lived==
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people. +ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Animals being present where people once lived

Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people. ISA 5 1 wd3z figs-parables 0 General Information: Isaiah tells a parable about a farmer and his vineyard. The farmer represents God and the vineyard represents the people of Judah, the southern kingdom of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) ISA 5 1 csd3 0 my well beloved Alternate translation: “my dear friend” ISA 5 1 y5t9 0 on a very fertile hill Alternate translation: “on a hill where very good crops could grow” diff --git a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv index e1ad25b2b4..3c5830f245 100644 --- a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv +++ b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ JER 12 16 j3ji figs-idiom 0 As Yahweh lives “As surely as Yahweh is alive.” JER 12 16 uph7 figs-metaphor 0 they will be built up in the midst of my people This speaks of the people becoming prosperous as if they were a building that was being built. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will build them up in the midst of my people” or “I will make them wealthy and they will live among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 12 16 pe5g 0 midst middle JER 12 17 w4yd figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.

===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===

### Symbolism

The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.

### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Symbolism

The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 13 1 yq1d 0 linen a type of very fine cloth JER 13 1 puq2 0 undergarment clothing that people wear under their clothes; underwear JER 13 1 d4jw 0 waist the middle part of the body, usually the narrowest, between the hips and chest diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 949ca4d881..adbd15e5df 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1,62 +1,75 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Mark

1. Introduction (1:1-13)
1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee
* Early ministry (1:14-3:6)
* Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)
* Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)
1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)
1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)
1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)

### What is the Book of Mark about?

The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Mark?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?

The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:

*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.

*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?

The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.

### Sabbath/Sabbaths

Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.
* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)
* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)

The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.
* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You can make me clean”

Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### “The kingdom of God is near”

Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.” -MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the story of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent) MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 1 2 e3by writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, where it says” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet—he wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MRK 1 2 z8b7 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 2 dglq translate-names Ἠσαΐᾳ 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 1 2 fsqn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” -MRK 1 3 cf0e figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 **a voice** here is used to depict the person of the “messenger” from the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it “The voice of the messenger is crying out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 1 3 lkm3 writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MRK 1 3 dqi9 figs-quotesinquotes φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 1 3 cf0e figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, **a voice** figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear his voice as he crys out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord **Make ready the way of the Lord** represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 1 3 xlxd figs-explicit ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord People prepare for the coming of Lord by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 3 yyk3 figs-explicit Κυρίου 1 **the Lord** in this verse refers to Jesus the Messiah. Do not translate this as Jesus, as this would not reflect the quote well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing **paths** or **the way** that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MRK 1 3 yyk3 figs-extrainfo Κυρίου 1 In this quote from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo) MRK 1 3 h8rt figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν 1 The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) +MRK 1 3 wltl figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε 1 These words are both plural, addressing people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 1 4 di1o translate-names Ἰωάννης 1 **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 1 4 s05n καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which were done to gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that the person was converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them so that they might follow God and turn from their former evil ways” -MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 1 4 s05n figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which gentiles did who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 4 dtqv figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 1 5 cf75 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem Here, **the whole region** and **all the people** are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And John was baptizing them in the Jordan River as there were confessing their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 1 6 n3rk writing-background καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 1 6 u2io figs-extrainfo καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This description of John the Baptist would have reminded the readers of Elijah, who was a prophet in the Old Testament. John the Baptist is commonly associated with Elijah in the New Testament by Jesus (See [John 1:21](../jhn/01/4.21md)). You do not need to clarify this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 1 6 j141 figs-explicit ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 The camels’ hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camel’s hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 1 6 h518 translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 1 6 jpzh translate-unknown ἀκρίδας 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 1 7 p7tl writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 7 l7jd writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν 1 he was proclaiming The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie To **stoop down** to untie someone’s **sandal** was the job of a servant. John is comparing himself to a servant, which is commonly look at as dirty and only for the lowest class. He did this to show how great Jesus is. His audience would have understood this at the time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a similar task which would be reserved for people of a lower class. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the **Holy Spirit**. In the same way that the people were cleansed by John’s baptism, they will be fully cleansed by the Holy Spirit when Jesus comes. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 1 7 bk1j writing-pronouns ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John. +MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie To **stoop down to untie** someone’s sandals and then to wash his feet was the job of a slave or the lowest servant in a household. John said that he was lower than this servant in order to show how great Jesus is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can add some explanation. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to serve him as a slave by stooping down to untie his sandals” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the baptism with the Holy Spirit that Jesus will give. The point of the comparison is how people are made clean from sin. John baptized people to show that they wanted to be cleansed of their sin, and Jesus will enable them to be fully cleansed of sin by the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 1 8 r1j9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 it happened that in those days **And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate **he was baptized by John** with an active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 1 9 y8ea writing-pronouns ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “while John was preaching and baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) MRK 1 9 zv8t figs-go ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 1 10 ci5n grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ εὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος 1 It is important to note that Jesus saw the heavens opening up at the same time as he was **coming up out of the water**. To make this more clear in your language you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time that Jesus was coming up out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove **Spirit coming down on him like a dove** could mean: (1) **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a bird does” (2) the **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MRK 1 10 stwh grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 The word **immediately** occurs 41 more times throughout the book of Mark. You should try to translate it with the same word or phrase each time it occurs unless for some reason it would be unnatural in your language in certain contexts.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -MRK 1 10 n8sg figs-activepassive εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **he saw the heavens being split open** with an active form. Alternate translation: “he saw God open the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 1 11 jh9m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Luke speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) +MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) +MRK 1 10 stwh grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As here, it usually means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural way in your language that communicates this. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential) +MRK 1 10 n8sg figs-activepassive εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens burst open” or “he saw that God was tearing open heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +MRK 1 11 jh9m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 my beloved Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 12 mh8n εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md) MRK 1 12 yv6v τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον 1 Connecting Statement: Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness” -MRK 1 13 k2kt translate-numbers πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say **being tempted by Satan** with an active form. Alternate translation: “For 40 days Satan continued tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” +MRK 1 13 k2kt translate-numbers πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “while Satan tempted him” or “during which Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων 1 he was with Alternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals” -MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 **The angels** were likely providing Jesus with his daily needs, such as food and water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The original readers of Mark would have known that John was arrested because he rebuked Herod Antipas because of Herod’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -MRK 1 14 tmh9 figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 Mark is using this phrase as background information to set the scene for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 It might be helpful for your readers to clarify that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned to the Galilee district” or “Jesus went back to the district of Galilee” +MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 Comparing this account with the one in Matthew 4:1-11, we see that Mark is only listing a brief summary of the events here. So the phrase **the angels were serving him** could mean: (1) the angels were taking care of Jesus during this time to keep him safe or (2) The angels came to give him food and water at the end of the 40 days. +MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “after Herod’s soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote. +MRK 1 14 tmh9 grammar-connect-time-background μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) +MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 1 14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 proclaiming the gospel Alternate Translation: “telling the people there about the good news” -MRK 1 15 fzq5 figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **the time was been fulfilled** means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Oftentimes, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 1 15 kr53 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **the kingdom of God** is a phrase that includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God. It also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is going to rule” or “God is about to begin His rule” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) -MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 Simon and Andrew are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 16 xor6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 The phrase **for they were fishermen** explains the reason why they were casting their nets. They were casting their nets because that was their job. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information.Alternate translation: “They were casting their nets because this was their job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -MRK 1 17 zui3 figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom which means to follow someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 1 15 fzq5 figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **the time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this plainly. Alternate tra nslation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) +MRK 1 15 rhom writing-quotations καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” or “giving this message:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MRK 1 15 quab figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +MRK 1 15 yo11 figs-activepassive 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” +MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” +MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 16 xor6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 1 17 zui3 figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you to become fishers of men **fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 17 i2sr figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπων 1 **men** here refers not just to men, but to people in general. Alternate Translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 1 18 tnuc grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ εὐθέως 1 See note on [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Assumed in this passage is that James and John’s net was torn from fishing. Oftentimes, nets get torn by rocks and sticks which are in the water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate Translation: “They were in the boat fixing their nets, for they had ripped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly that Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 they went after him Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” +MRK 1 18 gvia grammar-connect-time-sequential ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him” +MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Here, **preparing** refers to making something ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant mending or tying it together. Alternate translation: “mending their nets” +MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 20 f77b figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 they went after him The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [verse 18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If this would be misunderstood in you in you language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 22 e9gf grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. 1 Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 1 22 kmxf ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 Alternate translation: “The people in the synagogue were amazed” @@ -64,7 +77,7 @@ MRK 1 23 w7z2 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγω MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 1 24 qsig figs-explicit ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 **us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 29 ybs7 ἦλθον 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 1 30 bvvl writing-background ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 1 30 vnp5 translate-unknown πυρέσσουσα 1 A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -80,7 +93,7 @@ MRK 1 38 plm9 figs-exclusive ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 We may go elsewher MRK 1 38 z53z figs-extrainfo εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις 1 Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 1 39 lb9t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων 1 Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous) MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went in all of Galilee The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 1 41 flc0 figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed. @@ -94,7 +107,7 @@ MRK 2 1 j6pa grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλι MRK 2 1 afvi figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 3 s21g translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 2 4 v6ma translate-unknown ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) +MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith **having seen the men’s faith** could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 5 hzg6 translate-kinship τέκνον 1 Child The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoning in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -105,7 +118,7 @@ MRK 2 8 h3zp figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύ MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. +MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and convey the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house” MRK 2 13 ma6f grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) @@ -117,11 +130,11 @@ MRK 2 16 rwu1 figs-rquestion οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαί MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) MRK 2 17 c62j figs-irony οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 **Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they are coming **They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 2 18 j1h2 figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες 1 This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 19 tiiz figs-extrainfo μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -130,26 +143,26 @@ MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγ MRK 2 21 vdza figs-parables οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 1 This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 2 22 fk15 figs-explicit ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 2 22 dgcz figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 23 k3pa figs-explicit τοὺς στάχυας 1 the heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 24 h41a figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν? 1 Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 24 bf8w figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Look “Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 25 cjzx figs-doublet ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν 1 **had need** and **hungry** are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 26 wz3g figs-metaphor εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for man Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 man **man** is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. -MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. +MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. +MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath

It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The twelve disciples

The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:

In Matthew:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.

### Brothers and Sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) -MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” -MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” +MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill **Do the laws that God gave Moses permit people to do good on the day of rest, or to do evil** and **Do the laws permit us to save a person’s life on the day of rest, or permit us to refuse to help a person and let them die** are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life, or to kill The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -167,6 +180,7 @@ MRK 3 11 rpwx figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκρα MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 3 13 fatx figs-idiom ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 3 16 ywli translate-textvariants καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +MRK 3 16 ozli figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 3 16 i7tf translate-names καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 To Simon, also he added the name Peter **Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 3 16 bt0f figs-explicit ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-metaphor ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-metaphor]]) @@ -207,12 +221,13 @@ MRK 4 4 si37 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσε MRK 4 5 wuw2 καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες 1 In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 6 z2el figs-idiom ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος 1 **the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 it was scorched If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) +MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 when he was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers. +MRK 4 10 kqcz figs-nominaladj τοῖς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 To you has been given If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 4 11 q2az figs-explicit ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω 1 to those who are outside **to those who are outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they may look, but may not see **see** here is a metaphor for being spiritually blind. Alternate translation: “When they see my works, they will not know why I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -238,7 +253,7 @@ MRK 4 19 f4ip ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful **unfruitf MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 these are the ones sown in the good soil If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” +MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 21 dkq7 figs-rquestion ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην 1 Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -247,17 +262,17 @@ MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀ MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them See how you translated [4:21](../04/21.md) MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 In that measure you use This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you If it would be more natural in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 As a man who may throw his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MRK 4 26 htar figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends forth the sickle Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle A **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job. MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 31 w4l5 figs-activepassive ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it may have been sown If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) MRK 4 33 y7i2 καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1t This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MRK 4 34 oo4t figs-litotes χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he was explaining everything Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -270,7 +285,7 @@ MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes

## Possible translation diff MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 5 4 nsol translate-unknown διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -303,7 +318,7 @@ MRK 5 28 alc9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ 1 This verse t MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she had been healed from the disease If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 30 ma2b figs-explicit τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 his power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 5 34 gbk8 translate-kinship θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -313,105 +328,68 @@ MRK 5 39 dzrk figs-ellipsis τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀ MRK 5 39 g83c figs-euphemism τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child has not died, but is sleeping **sleep** here refers to death. Jesus is likely using it to mean a temporary end to the girls life, but not a permanent end. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! This is an Aramaic sentence which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Anointed with oil”

In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them. -MRK 6 1 mi7z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted. -MRK 6 1 mjr1 τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there. -MRK 6 2 y4xj τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that he has gained?” -MRK 6 2 s1xy διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι 1 being done by his hands This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: “that he himself works” -MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 6 1 mi7z writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MRK 6 1 lpci figs-go ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 6 2 y4xj figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 6 3 hx1m figs-litany οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 James … Joses … Judas … Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 4 ni6w αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the crowd” -MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on a few sick people, he healed them. Prophets and teachers would put their **hands** on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people. -MRK 6 7 w7qq translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Jesus’ instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -MRK 6 7 g5um 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal. -MRK 6 7 pmq4 προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he called the Twelve Here the word **called** means that he summoned the Twelve to come to him. +MRK 6 3 d2g7 figs-synecdoche ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MRK 6 4 y2oa figs-litany ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus lists **hometown**, **relatives**, **house** to emphasize that prophets are often never welcome where they are most well known. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things like Jesus does here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +MRK 6 4 mutm figs-litany τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν 1 **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a way in your language of expressing this. +MRK 6 4 mgbp figs-litany ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, lie his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, or siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +MRK 6 6 g8s1 translate-numbers καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ διδάσκων. 1 Come back to this +MRK 6 7 ldbv figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 6 8 k5hl figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Only bring on your journey a staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 6 10 wv9h ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them “Jesus said to the Twelve” -MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain there until you may go away from there Here, **remain** represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony against them It may be helpful to explain how this action was **a testimony against them**. Alternate translation: “as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 12 sqt2 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντες 1 having gone out It may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “having gone out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 6 12 xtva ἐκήρυξαν 1 they proclaimed The word **they** refers to the Twelve and does not include Jesus. -MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 they were casting out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “they were casting many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.) -MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word **this** refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people. -MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 some were saying, “John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was **John the Baptist**. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-idiom Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised Here, **raised** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 as a testimony against them **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) +MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 6 15 n8sq figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison You can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 17 a5du διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα 1 on account of Herodias “because of Herodias” -MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 17 yn6x ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 because he married her “because Herod had married her” -MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able Herodias is the subject of this phrase and **she** is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 20 k8wa grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς 1 for Herod was fearing John, knowing These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: “for Herod feared John because he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -MRK 6 20 fj95 εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 knowing him to be a righteous and holy man “because Herod knew that John was a righteous and holy man” -MRK 6 20 i5de ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ 1 having heard him “having listened to John” -MRK 6 21 xi2t writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 6 17 ojtd figs-explicit γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n +MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 6 18 e2ex grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able **Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 6 20 k13z figs-doublet εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 **righteous and holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a holy man before God. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because he knew that he was a righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 6 21 m54q figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials Here, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 21 h5x9 τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον 1 his birthday dinner a formal meal or banquet to celebrate his birthday -MRK 6 22 a1d7 figs-rpronouns τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself The word **herself** is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -MRK 6 22 nir8 εἰσελθούσης 1 having entered “having come into the room” -MRK 6 23 qr1w ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοι, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου 1 Whatever you may ask of me, I will give you, up to half of my kingdom “I will give you up to half of what I own and rule, if you ask for it” -MRK 6 24 jky3 ἐξελθοῦσα 1 having gone out “after she went out of the room” -MRK 6 25 ap2w πίνακι 1 a platter “a board” or “a large wooden dish” +MRK 6 22 a1d7 translate-textvariants εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself There are a few possible understandings of this passage. (1) This could be saying that Herod’s daughter’s name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in” or (2) This could be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias’ daughter herself came in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +MRK 6 25 caz0 \n εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς 1 **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** are all words which give a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language. +MRK 6 25 ap2w figs-euphemism δῷς μοι 1 a platter Herodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizer’s head. **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 because of his oath and those reclining at table with him You can state clearly the content of the **oath**, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 28 k51v ἐπὶ πίνακι 1 on a platter “on a tray” -MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples, having heard of this “John’s disciples, having heard that this had happened” -MRK 6 30 gm4a 0 Connecting Statement: After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone. -MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον 1 a desolate place a place where there are no people -MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν…οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 those coming and those going were many This means that people were continually **coming** to the apostles and then **going** away from them. -MRK 6 31 a8q1 οὐδὲ…εὐκαίρουν 1 they were not even having opportunity The word **they** refers to the apostles. -MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 And they went away Here the word **they** includes both the apostles and Jesus. -MRK 6 33 x5un εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 many saw them leaving and recognized them “many people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving and recognized them” -MRK 6 33 r1jh πεζῇ 1 on foot The people are going **on foot** by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat. -MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd “Jesus saw a great crowd” -MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep not having a shepherd Jesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 And the hour already having become late This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 6 27 k51v figs-euphemism ἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 on a platter See how you handled the note in verse 25. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MRK 6 33 x5un καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 many saw them leaving and recognized them There are a few possible understandings of **recognized**. (1) The people recognized where Jesus and his disciples were going. Alternate translation: “and they knew where Jesus and his disciples were going” (2) The people knew that it was Jesus and his disciples were leaving, and so followed them. Alternate translation: “and they recognized that it was Jesus and his disciples leaving” +MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep not having a shepherd Jesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused because they did not have someone to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 And the hour already having become late This means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος 1 This place is desolate This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md). -MRK 6 37 am7m ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 But answering, he said to them “But Jesus answered and said to his disciples” MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν? 1 Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 6 37 wowk figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])\n\n MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 6 37 c65w translate-numbers δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 6 38 h61r ἄρτους 1 loaves lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked -MRK 6 39 xgb6 τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. +MRK 6 39 xgb6 translate-unknown τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n MRK 6 40 e4cb figs-explicit πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 by group according to hundreds and according to fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 41 l8q3 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. -MRK 6 41 gr6v εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed “he spoke a blessing” or “he gave thanks” -MRK 6 41 r49p τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 he divided the two fish among them all “he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some” -MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 they took up This could mean: (1) the disciples took up the pieces. (2) the people took up the pieces. -MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 12 baskets full of broken pieces “twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread” +MRK 6 41 l8q3 figs-explicit ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 12 baskets “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 5,000 men “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +MRK 6 44 deov writing-background καὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand how many people they fed. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 having sent them away “when he had sent the people away” -MRK 6 48 rvu4 0 Connecting Statement: A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm. -MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -MRK 6 49 s8cd φάντασμά 1 a ghost the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit -MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο 1 they were completely amazed among themselves If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “they were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened A **heart** that has been **hardened** represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: “they were too stubborn to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go. +MRK 6 48 g7ka (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts had been hardened.\nIf the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 they ran throughout that whole region It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: “they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … they were hearing The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples. -MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 those having sickness This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 wherever he was entering “wherever Jesus entered” MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 were begging him This could mean: (1) the sick were begging him. (2) the people were begging him. -MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 they might touch The word **they** refers to the sick. -MRK 6 56 wd2u τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 the edge of his garment “the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes” -MRK 6 56 ugr3 ὅσοι ἂν 1 as many as “all those who” +MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hand washing

The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Ephphatha”

This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 7 1 hu3f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes. MRK 7 1 b9ul συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 are gathering around him “are gathered around Jesus” @@ -674,14 +652,14 @@ MRK 9 29 kh4w figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθ MRK 9 29 yrzf figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 29 l6ok figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” +MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 having been killed, he will rise again after three days If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων…πάντων 1 of all … of all Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” MRK 9 36 qqcu writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children Alternate translation: “a child such as this one” @@ -699,7 +677,7 @@ MRK 9 41 m0d8 figs-metonymy ὀνόματι 1 See how you translated **name** i MRK 9 41 u325 figs-ellipsis ἐν ὀνόματι 1 Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 9 41 bpz5 figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 41 jjq5 figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 9 42 cj0l figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 9 42 gef5 figs-explicit καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) @@ -731,7 +709,7 @@ MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes

## Structure and formattin MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 having gotten up, he goes from that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 1 goki figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and the other side of the Jordan River Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River” -MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did” MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -749,7 +727,7 @@ MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery Here, the MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ 1 And they were bringing Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 10 13 nmw7 figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not prevent If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it” MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv index c46d0e55fd..f49b8386c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Luke

1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)
2. Prologue
* The birth of John the Baptist (1:5-80)
* The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1-51)
* The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1-20)
* The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21-4:13)
3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14-9:50)
4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem
* Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51-13:21)
* Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22-17:10)
* Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11-19:27)
5. Jesus in Jerusalem
* Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28-44)
* Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45-21:38)
* Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1-24:53)

### What is the Gospel of Luke about?

The Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Luke?

This book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### The kingdom of God

“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?

Luke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?

Luke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

Passages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13-14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.

Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke

ULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Luke\n\n1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)\n2. Prologue\n * The birth of John the Baptist (1:5-80)\n * The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1-51)\n * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1-20)\n * The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21-4:13)\n3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14-9:50)\n4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem\n * Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51-13:21)\n * Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22-17:10)\n * Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11-19:27)\n5. Jesus in Jerusalem\n * Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28-44)\n * Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45-21:38)\n * Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1-24:53)\n\n### What is the Gospel of Luke about?\n\nThe Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Luke?\n\nThis book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\n“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nLuke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?\n\nLuke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nPassages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13-14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke\n\nULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)
2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5-25)
3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26-38)
4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39-56)
5. John the Baptist is born (1:57-80)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46-55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68-79.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “He will be called John”

Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name. LUK 1 1 qhd9 figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων 1 concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 1 1 hyp6 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ LUK 1 35 x53s figs-metaphor δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει LUK 1 35 l057 figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 35 l058 figs-idiom διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 35 k866 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -LUK 1 35 vrz6 figs-activepassive τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LUK 1 35 vrz6 figs-activepassive τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God If your readers would misunderstand these two passive forms, you could express the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 1 35 l059 figs-parallelism τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LUK 1 36 lx9k figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 36 f88l καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς 1 she also has conceived a son in her old age Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old” @@ -340,7 +340,8 @@ LUK 2 10 hnr7 figs-imperative μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid As in [ LUK 2 10 l118 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 for behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 2 10 pw8t εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy” LUK 2 10 adz8 figs-hyperbole παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 all the people This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -LUK 2 11 l119 figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord! If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LUK 2 11 l119 figs-infostructure ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord! If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +LUK 2 11 z1us figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον 1 today has been born for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 2 11 z9m2 figs-explicit ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 in the city of David This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 11 l120 figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος 1 who is Christ the Lord **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 12 yj15 figs-explicit τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 this will be the sign to you The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1132,6 +1133,7 @@ LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your … you The words **your** and **y LUK 7 27 l378 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 who will prepare your way before you As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 7 28 yz6b λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully” LUK 7 28 rr11 figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LUK 7 28 hfqf figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 7 28 gfz7 figs-litotes μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν 1 no one is greater than John Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) LUK 7 28 c33u figs-nominaladj ὁ…μικρότερος 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 7 28 l379 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1684,7 +1686,7 @@ LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότε LUK 10 14 txw5 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 10 14 l580 figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) LUK 10 15 h28u figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is speaking figuratively to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -LUK 10 15 l581 figs-doublenegatives σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “will you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +LUK 10 15 l581 figs-doublenegatives σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) LUK 10 15 enp6 figs-rquestion σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is using the question form to teach. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) figuratively means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2930,7 +2932,7 @@ LUK 17 8 m123 figs-quotesinquotes οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμ LUK 17 8 kr7u translate-unknown περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι 1 girding yourself serve me See how you translated this in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me” LUK 17 8 m124 figs-declarative φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ 1 you will eat and drink The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “does he?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **does he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) LUK 17 9 m125 figs-explicit μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 17 9 jn5s figs-rquestion μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 he does not have gratitude to the servant Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant” @@ -3922,7 +3924,7 @@ LUK 22 34 eq7h translate-unknown οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτ LUK 22 34 m542 figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 the rooster Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) LUK 22 34 m543 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 22 35 m544 figs-metonymy ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων 1 without a money bag and sack and sandals As in [10:4](../10/04.md), Jesus is speaking of these items figuratively to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **did you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) diff --git a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv index ee3b150447..fdef0d7be8 100644 --- a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 1CO front intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 1 Corinthians\n\n1. Opening (1:1–9)\n2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)\n3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)\n4. On abstinence (7:1–40)\n5. On food (8:1–11:1)\n6. On head coverings (11:2–16)\n7. On the Lord’s Supper (11:17-34)\n8. On spiritual gifts (12:1–14:40)\n9. On the resurrection of the dead (15:1–58)\n10. On the collection and visits (16:1–12)\n11. Closing: final commands and greetings (16:13–24)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Corinthians?\n\nPaul wrote 1 Corinthians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul started the church that met in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Corinthians about?\n\n1 Corinthians is a letter that Paul wrote to the believers who were in the city of Corinth. Paul had heard that there were problems among the believers there. They were arguing with each other. Some of them did not understand some of the Christian teachings. And some of them were behaving badly. In this letter, Paul responded to them and encouraged them to live in a way that pleased God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “First Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.\n\n### What was the problem with meat sacrificed to idols?\n\nMany animals were slaughtered and sacrificed to the false gods in Corinth. Priests and worshipers kept some of the meat. Much of the meat was sold in markets. Many Christians disagreed with each other over whether it was right for them to eat this meat, because it had been dedicated to a false god. Paul writes about this problem in 1 Corinthians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What do “knowledge” and “wisdom” mean in 1 Corinthians?\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 1 Corinthians in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, 1 Corinthians ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.” (See: 1:2; 3:17)\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:1, 2; 14:33; 16:1, 15)\n* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.” (See: 1:2; 6:11; 7:14, 34)\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What is the meaning of “flesh?”\n\nPaul frequently used the terms “flesh” or “fleshly” to refer to Christians who did sinful things. However, it is not the physical world that is evil. Paul also described Christians who lived in a righteous way as “spiritual.” This is because they did what the Holy Spirit taught them to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?\n\nThis kind of expression occurs in 1:2, 30, 31; 3:1; 4:10, 15, 17; 6:11, 19; 7:22; 9:1, 2; 11:11, 25; 12:3, 9, 13, 18, 25; 14:16; 15:18, 19, 22, 31, 58; 16:19, 24. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “those who have been dedicated in Christ Jesus” (1:2), where Paul specifically meant that Christian believers have been dedicated to Christ.\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Corinthians?\n\nFor the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. Translators are advised to follow the modern versions of the Bible. However, if in the translators’ region there are Bibles that read according to older versions of the Bible, the translators can follow those. If so, these verses should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to 1 Corinthians.\n\n* “Therefore glorify God with your body.” Some older versions read “Therefore glorify God with your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” (6:20)\n* “I did this even though I myself was not under the law” (9:20). Some older versions leave this passage out.\n* “for the sake of conscience--the conscience of the other man.” Some older versions read “for the sake of conscience: for the earth and everything in it belong to the Lord: the conscience of the other man.” (10:28)\n* “and that I give my body to be burned” (13:3). Some older versions read, “and that I give my body so that I might boast.”\n* “But if anyone does not recognize this, let him not be recognized” (14:38). Some older versions read, “But if anyone is ignorant of this, let him be ignorant.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1CO 1 intro ud5y 0 # 1 Corinthians 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Opening (1:1–9)\n * Greetings and Blessing (1:1–3)\n * Praise and Prayer (1:4–9)\n2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)\n * Divisions, Leaders, and Baptism (1:10–17)\n * Wisdom, Foolishness, and Boasting (1:18–31)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 19, which are from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Disunity\n\nIn this chapter, Paul urges the Corinthians to stop dividing up into smaller groups that identify themselves with one specific leader. He mentions some of the leaders, including himself, in [1:12](../01/12.md). The Corinthians probably chose these leaders themselves, since there is no evidence that any of the people mentioned in [1:12](../01/12.md) were trying to create their own groups. People in the Corinthian church were probably trying to sound wiser or more powerful than other people, so they would choose a group and a leader and say they were better than others. Paul argues against these kinds of divisions first, and then he argues against anyone who tries to sound wiser and more powerful than others.\n\n### Wisdom and foolishness\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul speaks of both wisdom and foolishness. These words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. If someone creates plans and ideas that work out well, that person is wise. If someone creates plans and ideas that do not work out well, that person is foolish. The wise person makes good choices, and the foolish person makes bad choices. Use words in your language that indicate these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fool]])\n\n### Power and weakness\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul speaks of both power and weakness. These words primarily refer to how much influence and authority a person has and to how much they can accomplish. Someone who has “power” has much influence and authority and can accomplish many things. Someone who has “weakness” does not have much influence and authority and is not able to accomplish many things. Use words in your language that indicate these ideas (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/power]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors about Christ\n\nIn this chapter, Paul says that “Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God” ([1:24](../01/24.md)) and that Christ “was made for us wisdom from God, righteousness, and also sanctification and redemption” ([1:30](../01/30.md)). With these two verses, Paul is not saying that Christ is no longer a person and is instead these abstract ideas. Rather, Paul is speaking in this way because Christ and his work for believers include all of these abstract ideas. Christ’s work is powerful and wise, and gives those who believe in him wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption. For ways to translate these two statements, see the notes on these two verses.\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul asks many questions in this chapter. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Positive and negative uses of “wisdom”\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul speaks about wisdom in both positive and negative ways. He uses the same words throughout the chapter, and he distinguishes between positive and negative meanings by connecting the words to different people or ideas. For example, he speaks of wisdom negatively when it is the wisdom of the world, or the wisdom of humans. However, he speaks of wisdom positively when it is wisdom from God or wisdom given by God. If possible, translate the negative and positive meanings of wisdom with the same word, just as Paul uses one word for both negative and positive. If you must use different words, use positive words for God’s wisdom and negative words for human wisdom.\n\n### Using different perspectives\n\nSometimes, Paul speaks of God as if God were “foolish” and “weak” ([1:25](../01/25.md)) and as if he chose “foolish” and “weak” things ([1:27](../01/27.md)). Paul does not actually think that God is foolish and weak and chooses foolish and weak things. Rather, he is speaking from the perspective of normal human thinking. What God does, from a human perspective, is “weak” and “foolish.” He makes this clear in several verses. For example, in [1:26](../01/26.md), Paul says that most of the Corinthians were not wise “according to the flesh.” This is Paul’s way of saying that they were not wise according to human thinking. If possible translate the times Paul speaks from a human perspective with the same words he uses for “weakness” and “foolishness” when he speaks from God’s perspective. If it is necessary to distinguish these uses, use a word or phrase that explains which perspective Paul is using. He does this himself sometimes, and if it is necessary, you can do it in other places as well.\n\n### Information presented out of order\n\nThe ULT puts parentheses around [1:16](../01/16.md) because Paul is speaking about whom he baptized, an idea that fits logically with [1:14](../01/14.md) and not as well after [1:15](../01/15.md). Paul has remembered someone else that he baptized, and instead of going back and putting that information in [1:14](../01/14.md), he includes it in [1:16](../01/16.md), interrupting the flow of the argument. If possible, keep [1:16](../01/16.md) where it is, and use a form in your language that indicates that Paul is interrupting his argument. If there is no way to do this in your language, you could move it between [1:14](../01/14.md) and [1:15](../01/15.md). +1CO 1 intro ud5y 0 # 1 Corinthians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Opening (1:1–9)
* Greetings and Blessing (1:1–3)
* Praise and Prayer (1:4–9)
2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)
* Divisions, Leaders, and Baptism (1:10–17)
* Wisdom, Foolishness, and Boasting (1:18–31)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 19, which are from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Disunity

In this chapter, Paul urges the Corinthians to stop dividing up into smaller groups that identify themselves with one specific leader. He mentions some of the leaders, including himself, in [1:12](../01/12.md). The Corinthians probably chose these leaders themselves, since there is no evidence that any of the people mentioned in [1:12](../01/12.md) were trying to create their own groups. People in the Corinthian church were probably trying to sound wiser or more powerful than other people, so they would choose a group and a leader and say they were better than others. Paul argues against these kinds of divisions first, and then he argues against anyone who tries to sound wiser and more powerful than others.

### Wisdom and foolishness

Throughout this chapter, Paul speaks of both wisdom and foolishness. These words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. If someone creates plans and ideas that work out well, that person is wise. If someone creates plans and ideas that do not work out well, that person is foolish. The wise person makes good choices, and the foolish person makes bad choices. Use words in your language that indicate these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fool]])

### Power and weakness

Throughout this chapter, Paul speaks of both power and weakness. These words primarily refer to how much influence and authority a person has and to how much they can accomplish. Someone who has “power” has much influence and authority and can accomplish many things. Someone who has “weakness” does not have much influence and authority and is not able to accomplish many things. Use words in your language that indicate these ideas (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/power]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors about Christ

In this chapter, Paul says that “Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God” ([1:24](../01/24.md)) and that Christ “was made for us wisdom from God, righteousness, and also sanctification and redemption” ([1:30](../01/30.md)). With these two verses, Paul is not saying that Christ is no longer a person and is instead these abstract ideas. Rather, Paul is speaking in this way because Christ and his work for believers include all of these abstract ideas. Christ’s work is powerful and wise, and gives those who believe in him wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption. For ways to translate these two statements, see the notes on these two verses.

### Rhetorical questions

Paul asks many questions in this chapter. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Positive and negative uses of “wisdom”

Throughout this chapter, Paul speaks about wisdom in both positive and negative ways. He uses the same words throughout the chapter, and he distinguishes between positive and negative meanings by connecting the words to different people or ideas. For example, he speaks of wisdom negatively when it is the wisdom of the world, or the wisdom of humans. However, he speaks of wisdom positively when it is wisdom from God or wisdom given by God. If possible, translate the negative and positive meanings of wisdom with the same word, just as Paul uses one word for both negative and positive. If you must use different words, use positive words for God’s wisdom and negative words for human wisdom.

### Using different perspectives

Sometimes, Paul speaks of God as if God were “foolish” and “weak” ([1:25](../01/25.md)) and as if he chose “foolish” and “weak” things ([1:27](../01/27.md)). Paul does not actually think that God is foolish and weak and chooses foolish and weak things. Rather, he is speaking from the perspective of normal human thinking. What God does, from a human perspective, is “weak” and “foolish.” He makes this clear in several verses. For example, in [1:26](../01/26.md), Paul says that most of the Corinthians were not wise “according to the flesh.” This is Paul’s way of saying that they were not wise according to human thinking. If possible translate the times Paul speaks from a human perspective with the same words he uses for “weakness” and “foolishness” when he speaks from God’s perspective. If it is necessary to distinguish these uses, use a word or phrase that explains which perspective Paul is using. He does this himself sometimes, and if it is necessary, you can do it in other places as well.

### Information presented out of order

The ULT puts parentheses around [1:16](../01/16.md) because Paul is speaking about whom he baptized, an idea that fits logically with [1:14](../01/14.md) and not as well after [1:15](../01/15.md). Paul has remembered someone else that he baptized, and instead of going back and putting that information in [1:14](../01/14.md), he includes it in [1:16](../01/16.md), interrupting the flow of the argument. If possible, keep [1:16](../01/16.md) where it is, and use a form in your language that indicates that Paul is interrupting his argument. If there is no way to do this in your language, you could move it between [1:14](../01/14.md) and [1:15](../01/15.md). 1CO 1 1 m3dd figs-exclusive 0 General Information Throughout this letter the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ours” include the Corinthian believers unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1CO 1 1 lihg figs-yousingular 0 General Information The words “you,” “your,” and “yours” refer to the Corinthians believers and so are plural unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) 1CO 1 1 o7ie figs-123person Παῦλος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul. I have been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 1 26 camj figs-infostructure οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα, οὐ πολλοὶ δυνατοί, οὐ πολλοὶ εὐγενεῖς 1 Paul here uses the phrase **according to the flesh** to clarify what he means by **wise**, **powerful**, and **of noble birth**, not just **wise**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could move **according to the flesh** so that it is clear that it modifies all three of these statements. Alternate translation: “according to the flesh, not many {were} wise, not many {were} powerful, and not many {were} of noble birth (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1CO 1 26 pws2 figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 wise according to the flesh Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to the flesh** to refer to human ways of thinking. If the meaning of thsi phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idiom **according to the flesh** with a phrase that refers to human values or perspectives. Alternate translation: “according to human definitions” or “according to what humans value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CO 1 27 qjvd grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, Paul introduces a contrast. hH is contrasting **God chose the foolish things** with what a person might expect about how God would treat foolish and weak people like the Corinthians. He is not contrasting how **God chose the foolish things** with the statements in the previous verse about the foolishness and weakness of the Corinthians. If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul writes **But** to contrast with what a person might expect about God. Alternate translation: “Despite what might be expected,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -1CO 1 27 qv5l figs-parallelism τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ…τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ 2\n God chose … wise. God chose … strong Here, Paul repeats the exact same words: **God chose … in order that he might shame**. He does this because repeating the same idea with different examples was more convincing than just one example in his culture. If possible, translate these words the same way in both parts of the sentence to preserve the parallelism. If it is necessary, you could remove or change some of the words if it makes the sentence sound more convincing, which is what Paul intended. Alternate translation: “God chose … of the world in order that he might shame … he chose … of the world to shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1CO 1 27 qv5l figs-parallelism τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ…τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ 2
God chose … wise. God chose … strong Here, Paul repeats the exact same words: **God chose … in order that he might shame**. He does this because repeating the same idea with different examples was more convincing than just one example in his culture. If possible, translate these words the same way in both parts of the sentence to preserve the parallelism. If it is necessary, you could remove or change some of the words if it makes the sentence sound more convincing, which is what Paul intended. Alternate translation: “God chose … of the world in order that he might shame … he chose … of the world to shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1CO 1 27 r4ly figs-possession τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου…τὰ ἀσθενῆ τοῦ κόσμου 1 Paul uses the possessive form twice to clarify that the **foolish things** and **weak things** are only **foolish** and **weak** from the perspective of the **world**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a phrase such as “according to the world.” Alternate translation: “things that are foolish according to the world … things that are weak according to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1CO 1 27 gdob figs-synecdoche τοῦ κόσμου -1 When Paul uses **the world** in this context, he is not referring primarily to everything that God has made. Rather, he uses **the world** to refer to human beings. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that refers to human beings in general. Alternate translation: “of people … of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1CO 1 27 iwho grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα -1 Here, the word translated **in order that** could introduce: (1) the purpose for which **God chose the foolish things of the world** and **the weak things of the world**. Alternate translation: “so that … so that” (2) what happened when **God chose the foolish things of the world** and **the weak things of the world**. Alternate translation: “with the result that … with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 1 31 ebvw writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Jeremiah the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “according to Jeremiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1CO 1 31 fym9 figs-imperative ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord Here, Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could (1) translate this one as a conditional sentence, adding “if.” Alternate translation: “If people want to boast, they should boast in the Lord” (2) translate this one using a word such as “should.” Alternate translation: “Anyone who boasts should boast in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 1CO 1 31 mo0q figs-idiom ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 When Paul says that someone can **boast in the Lord**, he does not mean that they are inside **the Lord**. Rather, he means that they are boasting about **the Lord** and what he has done. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that someone is boasting about someone else. Alternate translation: “Let … boast with reference to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)\n * Paul’s attitude among the Corinthians (2:1–5)\n * The wisdom of God, revealed by the Spirit (2:6–16)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament. Verse 9 quotes from Isaiah 64:4, and verse 16 quotes from Isaiah 40.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wisdom and foolishness\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul continues to speak of both wisdom and foolishness. Just as in chapter one, these words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. Continue to use the words you chose in chapter one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fool]])\n\n### Power and weakness\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul continues to speak of both power and weakness. Just as in chapter one, these words primarily refer to how much influence and authority a person has and to how much they can accomplish. Someone who has “power” has much influence and authority and can accomplish many things. Someone who has “weakness” does not have much influence and authority and is not able to accomplish many things. Continue to use the words that you chose in chapter one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/power]])\n\n### The Spirit\n\nPaul first mentions the “Spirit” in this chapter. In most places where this word appears, it refers to God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit), who is the third person of the Trinity. However, in two places in this chapter, the word “spirit” refers to something else. First, “spirit of the world” in [2:12](../02/12.md) refers to a “spirit” that is not God’s Spirit and that originates from within the world. Paul says that this kind of “spirit” is not the kind that believers in Jesus have received. Second, the “spirit of a man” in [2:11](../02/11.md) refers to the non-physical part of a person. It does not refer to God’s Spirit or to something that God’s Spirit replaces. Sometimes Paul uses the adjective form “spiritual” ([2:13](../02/13.md); [2:15](../02/15.md)) and the adverb form “spiritually” ([2:14](../02/14.md)). Both of these forms also refer to God’s Spirit. If someone or something is “spiritual,” that means that the person or thing has or is characterized by God’s Spirit. If something is done “spiritually,” that means that it is done by the power of God’s Spirit. Once, Paul uses the word “natural” ([2:14](../02/14.md)), which is the opposite of “spiritual.” “Natural” means that the person or thing does not have and is not characterized by God’s Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### The Mystery\n\nPaul speaks of a “mystery” in [2:1](../02/01.md); [2:7](../02/07.md). This “mystery” is not some secret truth that is hard to understand and that only a few privileged individuals can learn about. Instead, it refers to God’s plans that once were unknown but are now known to all his people. As Paul has already stated in chapter one, these plans center around the cross, which seems to be foolishness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The deep things of God\n\nIn [2:10](../02/10.md), Paul says that the Spirit searches “the deep things of God.” Paul talks about God as if he were a well or a lake with parts that are deep down in order to identify things about God that humans cannot understand or find it difficult to understand. He does not mean that God is a being or location with deep parts. See the note on this verse for translation options.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The rulers of this age\n\nIn [2:6](../02/06.md); [2:8](../02/08.md), Paul speaks about “the rulers of this age.” This phrase refers to individuals who have power in the created world during the time between Christ’s first and second comings. While Paul does not state whether these individuals with power are humans or spiritual beings, he does say that they were the ones who crucified Jesus ([2:8](../02/08.md)). This suggests that they are humans, and they would be people like governors, emperors, and unfaithful religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/ruler]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/age]])\n\n### Positive and negative uses of “wisdom”\n\nJust as in chapter one, Paul continues to speak about wisdom in both positive and negative ways. He uses the same words throughout the chapter, and he distinguishes between positive and negative meanings by connecting the words to different people or ideas. For example, he speaks of wisdom negatively when it is the wisdom of the world, or the wisdom of humans. However, he speaks of wisdom positively when it is wisdom from God or wisdom given by God. If possible, translate the negative and positive meanings of wisdom with the same word, just as Paul uses one word for both negative and positive. If you must use different words, use positive words for God’s wisdom and negative words for human wisdom.\n\n### First person singular and plural\n\nPaul uses the first person singular in [2:1–5](../02/01–05.md) because in these verses he speaks of his own time among the Corinthians. He switches to the first person plural in [2:6–16](../02/06–16.md) because in these verses he is speaking more generally about everyone who proclaims the Gospel as he does. In [2:6–16](../02/06–16.md), the first person plural sometimes includes the Corinthians and sometimes does not include the Corinthians. Throughout the chapter, the first person plural will include the Corinthians unless a note specifies that it does not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)
* Paul’s attitude among the Corinthians (2:1–5)
* The wisdom of God, revealed by the Spirit (2:6–16)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament. Verse 9 quotes from Isaiah 64:4, and verse 16 quotes from Isaiah 40.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom and foolishness

Throughout this chapter, Paul continues to speak of both wisdom and foolishness. Just as in chapter one, these words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. Continue to use the words you chose in chapter one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fool]])

### Power and weakness

Throughout this chapter, Paul continues to speak of both power and weakness. Just as in chapter one, these words primarily refer to how much influence and authority a person has and to how much they can accomplish. Someone who has “power” has much influence and authority and can accomplish many things. Someone who has “weakness” does not have much influence and authority and is not able to accomplish many things. Continue to use the words that you chose in chapter one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/power]])

### The Spirit

Paul first mentions the “Spirit” in this chapter. In most places where this word appears, it refers to God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit), who is the third person of the Trinity. However, in two places in this chapter, the word “spirit” refers to something else. First, “spirit of the world” in [2:12](../02/12.md) refers to a “spirit” that is not God’s Spirit and that originates from within the world. Paul says that this kind of “spirit” is not the kind that believers in Jesus have received. Second, the “spirit of a man” in [2:11](../02/11.md) refers to the non-physical part of a person. It does not refer to God’s Spirit or to something that God’s Spirit replaces. Sometimes Paul uses the adjective form “spiritual” ([2:13](../02/13.md); [2:15](../02/15.md)) and the adverb form “spiritually” ([2:14](../02/14.md)). Both of these forms also refer to God’s Spirit. If someone or something is “spiritual,” that means that the person or thing has or is characterized by God’s Spirit. If something is done “spiritually,” that means that it is done by the power of God’s Spirit. Once, Paul uses the word “natural” ([2:14](../02/14.md)), which is the opposite of “spiritual.” “Natural” means that the person or thing does not have and is not characterized by God’s Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

### The Mystery

Paul speaks of a “mystery” in [2:1](../02/01.md); [2:7](../02/07.md). This “mystery” is not some secret truth that is hard to understand and that only a few privileged individuals can learn about. Instead, it refers to God’s plans that once were unknown but are now known to all his people. As Paul has already stated in chapter one, these plans center around the cross, which seems to be foolishness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The deep things of God

In [2:10](../02/10.md), Paul says that the Spirit searches “the deep things of God.” Paul talks about God as if he were a well or a lake with parts that are deep down in order to identify things about God that humans cannot understand or find it difficult to understand. He does not mean that God is a being or location with deep parts. See the note on this verse for translation options.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The rulers of this age

In [2:6](../02/06.md); [2:8](../02/08.md), Paul speaks about “the rulers of this age.” This phrase refers to individuals who have power in the created world during the time between Christ’s first and second comings. While Paul does not state whether these individuals with power are humans or spiritual beings, he does say that they were the ones who crucified Jesus ([2:8](../02/08.md)). This suggests that they are humans, and they would be people like governors, emperors, and unfaithful religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/ruler]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/age]])

### Positive and negative uses of “wisdom”

Just as in chapter one, Paul continues to speak about wisdom in both positive and negative ways. He uses the same words throughout the chapter, and he distinguishes between positive and negative meanings by connecting the words to different people or ideas. For example, he speaks of wisdom negatively when it is the wisdom of the world, or the wisdom of humans. However, he speaks of wisdom positively when it is wisdom from God or wisdom given by God. If possible, translate the negative and positive meanings of wisdom with the same word, just as Paul uses one word for both negative and positive. If you must use different words, use positive words for God’s wisdom and negative words for human wisdom.

### First person singular and plural

Paul uses the first person singular in [2:1–5](../02/01–05.md) because in these verses he speaks of his own time among the Corinthians. He switches to the first person plural in [2:6–16](../02/06–16.md) because in these verses he is speaking more generally about everyone who proclaims the Gospel as he does. In [2:6–16](../02/06–16.md), the first person plural sometimes includes the Corinthians and sometimes does not include the Corinthians. Throughout the chapter, the first person plural will include the Corinthians unless a note specifies that it does not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1CO 2 1 pxmq grammar-connect-words-phrases κἀγὼ 1 Here, the word translated **And I** introduces how Paul himself fits into the pattern he introduced in the last chapter. Just as God chooses the weak and the foolish, Paul preaches the Gospel in weak and foolish ways. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a word or phrase that introduces an example or a comparison. Alternate translation: “In the same way, I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1CO 2 1 qvj7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the word translated **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to both men or women. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1CO 2 1 koh8 figs-explicitinfo ἐλθὼν πρὸς ὑμᾶς…ἦλθον οὐ 1 Here, Paul twice says that he has **come** to them. This is a structure that makes sense in Paul’s language. However, if this repetition would be misunderstood in your language, you could: (1) translate the first **come** with a different word, such as “visit.” Alternate translation: “having visited you, did not come” (2) combine these two phrases. Alternate translation: “did not come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 2 8 zc89 figs-possession τὸν Κύριον τῆς δόξης 1 the Lord of glory Here, Paul uses the possessive form to describe **the Lord** who has **glory**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by translating **glory** with an adjective or a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the Lord who has glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1CO 2 9 fu1y grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Things that no eye … arisen, the things … who love him The word translated **But** introduces a contrast with the hypothetical statement in [2:8](../02/08.md) about how the rulers would not have crucified the Lord if they had understood God’s wisdom. The **But** reminds the reader that this hypothetical statement is not true, and Paul wishes to introduce further statements about how people do not understand God’s wisdom. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could leave **But** untranslated or use a word or phrase that would signal that Paul is now longer speaking hypothetically. Alternate translation: “But no,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 1CO 2 9 wuar figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here, Paul has omitted some words that may be necessary in your language to form a complete thought. If necessary, you can supply a summary from [2:8](../02/08.md) of what the rulers did not understand and how they acted. Alternate translation: “But the rulers did not understand, just as it is written” or “But the rulers did do these things, just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1CO 2 9 qcb2 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture,** just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “according to Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1CO 2 9 qcb2 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “according to Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1CO 2 9 pt3m figs-infostructure ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 In this quotation, **What eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man** are the **things God has prepared**. If hearing **What eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man** before **God has prepared** would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order. Alternate translation: “God has prepared for those who love him what eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1CO 2 9 j9ib figs-synecdoche ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη 1 Things that no eye has seen, no ear has heard, no mind has imagined Here, the words **eye**, **ear**, and **heart** refer to the parts of the person that see, hear, and think. In each case, the word means that the whole person sees, hears, and thinks. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that refers to a person as a whole instead of just a part of that person. Alternate translation: “What a person has not seen, and a person has not heard, and has not arisen when a person thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1CO 2 9 xe03 figs-idiom ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη 1 The phrase **heart of man** refers to the place where humans think. If something “arises” there, that means that a human has thought about that thing. If the meaning of **arisen in the heart of man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “man has not thought about” or “man has not imagined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 2 16 wacc figs-possession νοῦν Κυρίου 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **mind** that the **Lord** has or uses. If it would be misunderstood that the **Lord** is one who is thinking with **the mind**, you could express the idea by using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the thoughts that the Lord thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1CO 2 16 r18k figs-metaphor νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν 1 Here, Paul speaks as if **we** are people who possess **the mind of Christ**. Paul means that **we** are able to understand what Christ thinks and share the same ways of thinking with him. He does not mean that we have taken Christ’s **mind** from him or that we no longer have our own **mind**. If “having someone else’s mind” would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or with a verb such as “share.” Alternate translation: “think the same thoughts as Christ does” or “share in the mind of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 2 16 pr9b figs-possession νοῦν Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **mind** that **Christ** has or uses. If it would be misunderstood that **Christ** is one who is thinking with **the mind**, you could express the idea by using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the thoughts that Christ thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1CO 3 intro g6ku 0 # 1 Corinthians 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)\n * Paul identifies the divisions (3:1–5)\n * Farming metaphor (3:6–9a)\n * Building metaphor (3:9b–15\n * Temple metaphor (3:16–17)\n * Wisdom and folly (3:18–20)\n * All things are yours (3:21–23)\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verses 19 and 20. Verse 19 quotes from Job 5:13, and verse 20 quotes from Psalm 94:11.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Fleshly people\n\nIn [3:1–4](../03/01–04.md), Paul calls the Corinthian believers “fleshly.” In [3:3](../03/03.md), he defines “fleshly” as “walking according to men.” The word “fleshly” thus refers to people who think and behave from a merely human point of view, without thinking and behaving from God’s perspective. The opposite of “fleshly” is “spiritual,” which refers to those who think and behave by the power of the Spirit (see [3:1](../0/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### Fire and judgment\n\nIn Paul’s culture, fire was commonly associated with the day when God would come to judge everyone. Paul uses this association when he makes use of the metaphor of a building. When a building catches on fire, it shows how well it was build. Similarly, when the fire of God’s judgment comes, it will show who has taught the gospel correctly. Fire fits within the metaphor of a building, but it is not just a part of that metaphor. If it is possible, retain the language of fire for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])\n\n### Wisdom and Foolishness\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul continues to speak of both wisdom and foolishness. Just as in chapters one and two, these words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. Continue to use the words you chose in chapters one and two. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fool]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Infants and food metaphor\n\nIn [3:1–2](../03/01–02.md), Paul speaks as if the Corinthians are infants who were, and still are, unable to eat any solid food but can only drink milk. By speaking about them as if they were infants, Paul wishes to tell the Corinthians that they are spiritually immature. They are immature enough that they can only drink milk. Paul uses “milk” to refer to the very basic teachings about Christ, while he uses “solid food” to refer to the more advanced teachings. In translating this metaphor, use words that identify what very small children can eat (milk) and what they cannot eat (solid food). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Farming metaphor\n\nIn [3:6–9a](../03/06–09.md), Paul speaks as if he and Apollos were farmers. Paul first proclaimed the gospel to the Corinthians, so he is like a farmer who plants seeds. Apollos taught the Corinthians more about the gospel, so he is like a farmer who waters the plants when they start to grow. However, God is the one who makes seeds grow into plants and the one who enables believers to accept and learn more about the gospel. With this metaphor, Paul wishes to emphasize that he and Apollos are equal in that they both teach about the gospel. However, neither one of them is significant in comparison to God, who is the one who actually enables people to accept and believe in the gospel. If possible, preserve the farming metaphor, even if you need to adjust some of the details. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Building metaphor\n\nIn [3:9b–15](../03/09–15.md), Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they were a house. Paul is the one who laid the house’s foundation, because he was the one who first proclaimed the gospel to them. Other people, whom Paul does not name, build on the foundation. They are the ones who are teaching the Corinthians more, whether what they teach is correct or not. Paul then says that the building will catch on fire, and what each of these builders used to construct the house will become clear. If they built with durable materials, they will be rewarded, but if they built with materials that burn, they will suffer loss, and the builders themselves will barely escape from the fire. In speaking this way, Paul is warning those who teach more about the gospel that God himself will judge whether what they teach is correct or not. If it is incorrect, those teachers will lose everything and barely be saved themselves. If it is correct, God will honor and reward those teachers. If possible, preserve the building metaphor, even if you need to adjust some of the details. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Temple metaphor\n\nIn [3:16–17](../03/16–17.md), Paul speaks as if the Corinthians were God’s temple. By speaking this way, he identifies the Corinthian believers as a place where God is specially present. Paul then notes that anyone who does anything to harm God’s temple will be punished by God. Since the Corinthians are like God’s temple, God will punish anyone who does anything to harm them, including if anyone tries to divide them up into different groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul asks many questions in this chapter ([3:3–5](../03/03–05.md); [16](../03/16.md)). He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Christ is God’s\n\nIn [3:23](../03/23.md), Paul says that “Christ is God’s.” He does not mean that Christ is a person who belongs to God, but is not God. Rather, he means that Christ is part of who God is. Christ belongs to the being of God. In your translation, you should to try to preserve this meaning. However, if possible, do not make your translation into a statement about the divinity of Christ, since that is not the main point that Paul is trying to make. +1CO 3 intro g6ku 0 # 1 Corinthians 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)
* Paul identifies the divisions (3:1–5)
* Farming metaphor (3:6–9a)
* Building metaphor (3:9b–15
* Temple metaphor (3:16–17)
* Wisdom and folly (3:18–20)
* All things are yours (3:21–23)

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verses 19 and 20. Verse 19 quotes from Job 5:13, and verse 20 quotes from Psalm 94:11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fleshly people

In [3:1–4](../03/01–04.md), Paul calls the Corinthian believers “fleshly.” In [3:3](../03/03.md), he defines “fleshly” as “walking according to men.” The word “fleshly” thus refers to people who think and behave from a merely human point of view, without thinking and behaving from God’s perspective. The opposite of “fleshly” is “spiritual,” which refers to those who think and behave by the power of the Spirit (see [3:1](../0/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### Fire and judgment

In Paul’s culture, fire was commonly associated with the day when God would come to judge everyone. Paul uses this association when he makes use of the metaphor of a building. When a building catches on fire, it shows how well it was build. Similarly, when the fire of God’s judgment comes, it will show who has taught the gospel correctly. Fire fits within the metaphor of a building, but it is not just a part of that metaphor. If it is possible, retain the language of fire for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])

### Wisdom and Foolishness

Throughout this chapter, Paul continues to speak of both wisdom and foolishness. Just as in chapters one and two, these words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. Continue to use the words you chose in chapters one and two. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fool]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Infants and food metaphor

In [3:1–2](../03/01–02.md), Paul speaks as if the Corinthians are infants who were, and still are, unable to eat any solid food but can only drink milk. By speaking about them as if they were infants, Paul wishes to tell the Corinthians that they are spiritually immature. They are immature enough that they can only drink milk. Paul uses “milk” to refer to the very basic teachings about Christ, while he uses “solid food” to refer to the more advanced teachings. In translating this metaphor, use words that identify what very small children can eat (milk) and what they cannot eat (solid food). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])

### Farming metaphor

In [3:6–9a](../03/06–09.md), Paul speaks as if he and Apollos were farmers. Paul first proclaimed the gospel to the Corinthians, so he is like a farmer who plants seeds. Apollos taught the Corinthians more about the gospel, so he is like a farmer who waters the plants when they start to grow. However, God is the one who makes seeds grow into plants and the one who enables believers to accept and learn more about the gospel. With this metaphor, Paul wishes to emphasize that he and Apollos are equal in that they both teach about the gospel. However, neither one of them is significant in comparison to God, who is the one who actually enables people to accept and believe in the gospel. If possible, preserve the farming metaphor, even if you need to adjust some of the details. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])

### Building metaphor

In [3:9b–15](../03/09–15.md), Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they were a house. Paul is the one who laid the house’s foundation, because he was the one who first proclaimed the gospel to them. Other people, whom Paul does not name, build on the foundation. They are the ones who are teaching the Corinthians more, whether what they teach is correct or not. Paul then says that the building will catch on fire, and what each of these builders used to construct the house will become clear. If they built with durable materials, they will be rewarded, but if they built with materials that burn, they will suffer loss, and the builders themselves will barely escape from the fire. In speaking this way, Paul is warning those who teach more about the gospel that God himself will judge whether what they teach is correct or not. If it is incorrect, those teachers will lose everything and barely be saved themselves. If it is correct, God will honor and reward those teachers. If possible, preserve the building metaphor, even if you need to adjust some of the details. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])

### Temple metaphor

In [3:16–17](../03/16–17.md), Paul speaks as if the Corinthians were God’s temple. By speaking this way, he identifies the Corinthian believers as a place where God is specially present. Paul then notes that anyone who does anything to harm God’s temple will be punished by God. Since the Corinthians are like God’s temple, God will punish anyone who does anything to harm them, including if anyone tries to divide them up into different groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

Paul asks many questions in this chapter ([3:3–5](../03/03–05.md); [16](../03/16.md)). He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Christ is God’s

In [3:23](../03/23.md), Paul says that “Christ is God’s.” He does not mean that Christ is a person who belongs to God, but is not God. Rather, he means that Christ is part of who God is. Christ belongs to the being of God. In your translation, you should to try to preserve this meaning. However, if possible, do not make your translation into a statement about the divinity of Christ, since that is not the main point that Paul is trying to make. 1CO 3 1 zfdg grammar-connect-words-phrases κἀγώ 1 The word translated **And I** is the same word that appears at the beginning of [2:1](../02/01.md). Just as there, Paul uses **And I** here to introduce how his own experience visiting the Corinthians fits into the general pattern he has outlined at the end of chapter 2. Here, however, his experience with the Corinthians is the opposite of what he would have liked. Therefore, the words **And I** introduce a contrast with what he said in [2:16](../02/16.md) about having the mind of Christ. If the meaning of **And I** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that introduces a specific example or a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “But I” or “As for me, I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1CO 3 1 r4iw figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the word translated **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If **brothers** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1CO 3 1 jn0q figs-infostructure οὐκ ἠδυνήθην λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς, ἀλλ’ ὡς σαρκίνοις, ὡς νηπίοις ἐν Χριστῷ. 1 If stating the negative before the positive would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order of the **not** statement and the **but** statements. Alternate translation: “had to speak to you as to fleshly, as to infants in Christ, not as to spiritual” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 3 22 jt0x figs-infostructure πάντα ὑμῶν 1 Here, Paul uses the same phrase he used at the end of [3:21](../03/21.md): **all things are yours**. He repeats the phrase here to explain that the list provides examples of **all things** and also to introduce the point he is about to make in the next verse. Because **all things are yours** ends the list and also introduces the next idea, the ULT begins a new sentence with **all things are yours**. Use whatever form in your language most clearly identifies a conclusion that also introduces the next statement. Alternate translation: “Thus, all things are yours,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1CO 3 23 nj48 figs-possession ὑμεῖς…Χριστοῦ 1 you are Christ’s, and Christ is God’s Here, Paul uses the possessive form to show the Corinthians that they belong to Christ. If the meaning of this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a phrase such as “belong to” or a verb such as “has.” Alternate translation: “you belong to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1CO 3 23 dc6v figs-possession Χριστὸς…Θεοῦ 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to show the Corinthians that **Christ** belongs to who **God** is. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a phrase such as “belongs to” or a verb such as “includes.” Alternate translation: “Christ belongs to God” or “who God is includes Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1CO 4 intro vg5z 0 # 1 Corinthians 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)\n * God alone is judge (4:1–5)\n * Present weakness (4:6–15)\n2. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)\n * Paul’s planned visit (4:16–21)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Judgment\n\nIn [4:3–5](../04/03.md), Paul refers to three different judgments. The first judgment is what humans think of each other, including what they think of Paul. The second is Paul’s own judgment of himself. The third is God’s judgment, which occurs when the Lord returns. Paul argues that the first two judgments are not important and carry no weight. Rather, the only judgment that matters is God’s judgment. Therefore, Paul argues that no one should issue a final verdict about anything until God has performed his judgment ([4:5](../04/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/discernment]])\n\n### Pride\n\nPaul mentions the Corinthians’ pride many times in this chapter. He speaks specifically of being “puffed up” ([4:6](../04/06.md); [4:18–19](../04/18.md)), and boasting ([4:7](../04/07.md)). In contrast, Paul describes himself and the other apostles as humble and weak ([4:9–13](../04/09.md)). By making this contrast, Paul wants the Corinthians to rethink their opinions about themselves. If the apostles, the leaders of the church, are weak and humble, they need to think again about whether they really are as great as they think they are.\n\n### Word and power\n\nIn [4:19–20](../04/19.md), Paul contrasts “word” with “power.” This is common comparison in his culture that contrasts talk and deeds. Anyone can say they are capable of doing something, but only those with “power” can actually do what they claim. Paul introduces this contrast because he is coming to see if those who claim greatness (“word”) can do what they claim (“power”). He argues that “power” is what matters more than “word” because God’s kingdom is a matter of “power,” not “word.” It is about action, not just talk. If your language has a standard comparison between “talk” and “deeds,” you could use it in these verses.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Paul as father\n\nIn [4:14–15](../04/14.md), Paul identifies the Corinthians as his children, which makes him their father. He became their father when he preached the gospel to them. Thus, he is their spiritual father, the one who helped bring them into the Christian life. In the metaphor, Paul does not specify who the mother is, and he does not intend his audience to make an inference as to who it might be. In [4:17](../04/17.md), Paul continues this metaphor by claiming Timothy as his spiritual child. If possible, use words in your language that do not always require biological relationships. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/father]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/children]])\n\n### The spectacle\n\nIn [4:9](../04/09.md), Paul speaks of the “spectacle” that he and the other apostles participate in. The “spectacle” could be a victory parade in which Paul and the other apostles are prisoners who will be killed, or it could be a gladiatorial performance in an arena in which Paul and the other apostles are destined to die. See the notes on the verse for translation options. Whichever “spectacle” Paul refers to, he is presenting himself and the other apostles as people who are going to be humiliated and killed in public. With this metaphor he continues the theme of Christ working in power through his and others’ weakness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Irony\n\nIn [4:8](../04/08.md), Paul says that the Corinthians are satisfied, rich, and reigning. In the second half of the verse, however, he says that he “wishes” that they were actually reigning. The first part of the verse, then, presents how the Corinthians think about themselves. Paul speaks from their perspective in order to show them that their views are foolish and impossible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [4:7](../04/07.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md), Paul uses several questions. All the questions in these two verses are not seeking answers that provide information or further knowledge. Rather, all the questions are meant to make the Corinthians think about what they are thinking and doing. For translation options, see the notes on these two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Not beyond what is written”\n\nIn [4:6](../04/06.md), Paul quotes a phrase: “Not beyond what is written.” This is not a quote from Scripture, and Paul does not say where the phrase comes from. However, the way he quotes it shows that both he and the Corinthians were familiar with this saying. Most likely, the phrase is a well-known proverb or wise saying that Paul uses to strengthen his argument. For the meaning of the phrase and translation options, see the notes on that verse.\n\n### Paul’s coming\n\nIn [4:18–21](../04/18.md), Paul speaks many times about how he will “come” to them. He intends to visit them again, and he speaks in these verses about what his visit might be like. Use words in your language that refer to someone temporarily visiting someone else. +1CO 4 intro vg5z 0 # 1 Corinthians 4 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

1. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)
* God alone is judge (4:1–5)
* Present weakness (4:6–15)
2. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)
* Paul’s planned visit (4:16–21)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment

In [4:3–5](../04/03.md), Paul refers to three different judgments. The first judgment is what humans think of each other, including what they think of Paul. The second is Paul’s own judgment of himself. The third is God’s judgment, which occurs when the Lord returns. Paul argues that the first two judgments are not important and carry no weight. Rather, the only judgment that matters is God’s judgment. Therefore, Paul argues that no one should issue a final verdict about anything until God has performed his judgment ([4:5](../04/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/discernment]])

### Pride

Paul mentions the Corinthians’ pride many times in this chapter. He speaks specifically of being “puffed up” ([4:6](../04/06.md); [4:18–19](../04/18.md)), and boasting ([4:7](../04/07.md)). In contrast, Paul describes himself and the other apostles as humble and weak ([4:9–13](../04/09.md)). By making this contrast, Paul wants the Corinthians to rethink their opinions about themselves. If the apostles, the leaders of the church, are weak and humble, they need to think again about whether they really are as great as they think they are.

### Word and power

In [4:19–20](../04/19.md), Paul contrasts “word” with “power.” This is common comparison in his culture that contrasts talk and deeds. Anyone can say they are capable of doing something, but only those with “power” can actually do what they claim. Paul introduces this contrast because he is coming to see if those who claim greatness (“word”) can do what they claim (“power”). He argues that “power” is what matters more than “word” because God’s kingdom is a matter of “power,” not “word.” It is about action, not just talk. If your language has a standard comparison between “talk” and “deeds,” you could use it in these verses.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Paul as father

In [4:14–15](../04/14.md), Paul identifies the Corinthians as his children, which makes him their father. He became their father when he preached the gospel to them. Thus, he is their spiritual father, the one who helped bring them into the Christian life. In the metaphor, Paul does not specify who the mother is, and he does not intend his audience to make an inference as to who it might be. In [4:17](../04/17.md), Paul continues this metaphor by claiming Timothy as his spiritual child. If possible, use words in your language that do not always require biological relationships. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/father]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/children]])

### The spectacle

In [4:9](../04/09.md), Paul speaks of the “spectacle” that he and the other apostles participate in. The “spectacle” could be a victory parade in which Paul and the other apostles are prisoners who will be killed, or it could be a gladiatorial performance in an arena in which Paul and the other apostles are destined to die. See the notes on the verse for translation options. Whichever “spectacle” Paul refers to, he is presenting himself and the other apostles as people who are going to be humiliated and killed in public. With this metaphor he continues the theme of Christ working in power through his and others’ weakness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Irony

In [4:8](../04/08.md), Paul says that the Corinthians are satisfied, rich, and reigning. In the second half of the verse, however, he says that he “wishes” that they were actually reigning. The first part of the verse, then, presents how the Corinthians think about themselves. Paul speaks from their perspective in order to show them that their views are foolish and impossible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])

### Rhetorical questions

In [4:7](../04/07.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md), Paul uses several questions. All the questions in these two verses are not seeking answers that provide information or further knowledge. Rather, all the questions are meant to make the Corinthians think about what they are thinking and doing. For translation options, see the notes on these two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Not beyond what is written”

In [4:6](../04/06.md), Paul quotes a phrase: “Not beyond what is written.” This is not a quote from Scripture, and Paul does not say where the phrase comes from. However, the way he quotes it shows that both he and the Corinthians were familiar with this saying. Most likely, the phrase is a well-known proverb or wise saying that Paul uses to strengthen his argument. For the meaning of the phrase and translation options, see the notes on that verse.

### Paul’s coming

In [4:18–21](../04/18.md), Paul speaks many times about how he will “come” to them. He intends to visit them again, and he speaks in these verses about what his visit might be like. Use words in your language that refer to someone temporarily visiting someone else. 1CO 4 1 nkda figs-explicitinfo οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς 1 If the form **In this manner let a man regard us: as** would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea without the redundant words. Alternate translation: “Let a man regard us as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) 1CO 4 1 k1v5 figs-imperative ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express the idea using a word such as “should.” Alternate translation: “a man should regard us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 1CO 4 1 xt4u figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the word translated **man** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “man or woman” or “human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 4 21 u7b9 figs-possession πνεύματί…πραΰτητος 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **gentleness**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea by translating **gentleness** as an adjective, such as “gentle.” Alternate translation: “a gentle spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1CO 4 21 hpmb translate-unknown πνεύματί 1 Here, **spirit** does not refer to God’s Spirit, the Holy Spirit. Rather, it refers to Paul’s spirit. In Paul’s culture, **as spirit of** something is a way to describe a person’s attitude that is characterized by that thing. Here, then, Paul speaks about an attitude that is gentle. If **spirit** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word such as “attitude” to express the idea. Alternate translation: “an attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CO 4 21 ix7l figs-abstractnouns πραΰτητος 1 of gentleness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **gentleness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “gentle.” Alternate translation: “that is gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1CO 5 intro vb3l 0 # 1 Corinthians 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)\n * Paul condemns a sexually immoral man (5:1–5)\n * Passover festival metaphor (5:6–8)\n * Explanation of previous letter (5:9–13)\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 13. Verse 13 quotes from Deuteronomy 17:7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sexual immorality\n\nThis chapter deals mostly with what Paul calls “sexual immorality” ([5:1](../05/01.md), [9–11](../05/9.md)). The word Paul uses for “sexual immorality” is a general term for sexual behavior that is considered improper. The specific type of “sexual immorality” that Paul addresses in this chapter is a man having sex with his step-mother. In some languages, there is a specific word for this. English uses the word “incest.” However, since Paul uses a general term and then brings up a specific situation, you also should use a general term for “sexual immorality” in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fornication]])\n\n### Judgment\n\nPaul refers to “judgment” or “judging” in [5:3](../05/03.md), [12–13](../05/12.md). “Judging” refers to deciding whether someone is guilty or innocent. Paul emphasizes in this chapter that Christians should “judge” other Christians in the proper setting (see [5:3–5](../05/03.md)). However, they do not need to “judge” people who are not Christians. Paul states that “judging” them is God’s responsibility ([5:12–13](../05/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])\n\n### Excommunication\n\nIn [5:2](../05/02.md), Paul speaks about “removing” the person who committed the sexual sin from among the Corinthians, and he makes a similar command in [5:13](../05/13.md). The phrase “hand this man over to Satan” in [5:5](../05/05.md) has a similar meaning. Finally, when Paul tells them to “clean out the old yeast” ([5:7](../05/07.md)), this is a metaphor for the same action. Paul is commanding the Corinthians to stop including in their group the man who committed the sexual sin. It is not totally clear whether the man can be accepted back into the group if he stops committing the sin.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Euphemisms\n\nAs is the case in many cultures, sexual behavior is a delicate topic. Paul thus uses euphemisms to avoid sounding crude or nasty. When he says that “someone has his father’s wife” ([5:1](../05/01.md)), this is a delicate way to refer to someone consistently having sex with his father’s wife, whether married or not. He later on calls this behavior “a deed” ([5:2](../05/02.md)) or “such a thing” ([5:3](../05/03.md)). These phrases are ways of referring back to the man having sex with his father’s wife without using crude words. If your language has similar euphemisms for delicately referring to sexual behavior, you could use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n### Passover metaphor\n\nIn [5:6–8](../05/06.md), Paul speaks of “yeast” and “Passover.” Passover was Jewish festival in which the people celebrated how God delivered them from serving as slaves in Egypt. The Israelites sacrificed lambs and spread the blood on their doors, and they ate bread without yeast in it because they would have to leave quickly. Then, God sent a destroying angel who killed the firstborn child in every house that did not have blood on its door. When this happened, the ruler of Egypt told the Israelites to leave immediately. You can read about these events in [Exodus 12](../exo/12/01.md). Later generations of Israelites celebrated this day by removing the yeast from their houses and by sacrificing a lamb. Paul refers to this festival in these verses. He uses the festival of Passover as a metaphor to encourage the Corinthians to remove sinful people (“yeast”) from their group (“their house”). There is even a “Passover lamb,” who is Jesus himself. Since this metaphor is drawn from the Old Testament, you should preserve it in your translation. If necessary you can include a footnote that gives some extra information, or you could refer your readers to Exodus 12 if they have access to the book of Exodus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/yeast]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [5:6](../05/06.md) and [5:12](../05/12.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Present in spirit\n\nIn [5:3–4](../05/03.md), Paul speaks of being with the Corinthians “in spirit.” While this could be a reference to the Holy Spirit, who would connect Paul with the Corinthians, more likely Paul is referring to his own “spirit,” which refers to the aspect of Paul that can connect with the Corinthians even when he is not physically present. When he says that he is with them “in spirit,” that means that he is thinking about them and that they should act as they would if Paul was physically present. You could either use a comparable idiom in your language or explain in some other way what “spirit” means in these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Structure of 5:3–5\n\nIn [5:3–5](../05/03.md), Paul uses a long and complicated sentence structure. In 5:3, he describes how he has “passed judgment” as if he were present. In 5:5, he tells them what the response to that judgment should be: “hand this man over to Satan.” In 5:4, then, he describes the situation in which they should hand the man over: they should be gathered together and acting with the authority of both Paul and Jesus. Finally, in 5:4, “in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ” could describe how Paul has “passed judgment” in 5:3, or it could describe how the Corinthians have “assembled” in 5:4. In order to translate these verses clearly, you may need to rearrange some clauses or add explanatory information that clarifies what Paul is saying. For more details and translation options, see the notes on those verses.\n\n### Structure of 5:12–13\n\nIn [5:12–13](../05/13.md), Paul alternates between talking about judging “those outside” and “those inside.” If alternating between these two ideas would be confusing in your language, you could rearrange the clauses so that the verses deal with “those outside” first and then “those inside.” Here is an example of how you could do this: “For what to me to judge those outside? God will judge those outside. But do you not judge those inside? “Remove the evil from among yourselves.” +1CO 5 intro vb3l 0 # 1 Corinthians 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)
* Paul condemns a sexually immoral man (5:1–5)
* Passover festival metaphor (5:6–8)
* Explanation of previous letter (5:9–13)

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 13. Verse 13 quotes from Deuteronomy 17:7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sexual immorality

This chapter deals mostly with what Paul calls “sexual immorality” ([5:1](../05/01.md), [9–11](../05/9.md)). The word Paul uses for “sexual immorality” is a general term for sexual behavior that is considered improper. The specific type of “sexual immorality” that Paul addresses in this chapter is a man having sex with his step-mother. In some languages, there is a specific word for this. English uses the word “incest.” However, since Paul uses a general term and then brings up a specific situation, you also should use a general term for “sexual immorality” in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fornication]])

### Judgment

Paul refers to “judgment” or “judging” in [5:3](../05/03.md), [12–13](../05/12.md). “Judging” refers to deciding whether someone is guilty or innocent. Paul emphasizes in this chapter that Christians should “judge” other Christians in the proper setting (see [5:3–5](../05/03.md)). However, they do not need to “judge” people who are not Christians. Paul states that “judging” them is God’s responsibility ([5:12–13](../05/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

### Excommunication

In [5:2](../05/02.md), Paul speaks about “removing” the person who committed the sexual sin from among the Corinthians, and he makes a similar command in [5:13](../05/13.md). The phrase “hand this man over to Satan” in [5:5](../05/05.md) has a similar meaning. Finally, when Paul tells them to “clean out the old yeast” ([5:7](../05/07.md)), this is a metaphor for the same action. Paul is commanding the Corinthians to stop including in their group the man who committed the sexual sin. It is not totally clear whether the man can be accepted back into the group if he stops committing the sin.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemisms

As is the case in many cultures, sexual behavior is a delicate topic. Paul thus uses euphemisms to avoid sounding crude or nasty. When he says that “someone has his father’s wife” ([5:1](../05/01.md)), this is a delicate way to refer to someone consistently having sex with his father’s wife, whether married or not. He later on calls this behavior “a deed” ([5:2](../05/02.md)) or “such a thing” ([5:3](../05/03.md)). These phrases are ways of referring back to the man having sex with his father’s wife without using crude words. If your language has similar euphemisms for delicately referring to sexual behavior, you could use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### Passover metaphor

In [5:6–8](../05/06.md), Paul speaks of “yeast” and “Passover.” Passover was Jewish festival in which the people celebrated how God delivered them from serving as slaves in Egypt. The Israelites sacrificed lambs and spread the blood on their doors, and they ate bread without yeast in it because they would have to leave quickly. Then, God sent a destroying angel who killed the firstborn child in every house that did not have blood on its door. When this happened, the ruler of Egypt told the Israelites to leave immediately. You can read about these events in [Exodus 12](../exo/12/01.md). Later generations of Israelites celebrated this day by removing the yeast from their houses and by sacrificing a lamb. Paul refers to this festival in these verses. He uses the festival of Passover as a metaphor to encourage the Corinthians to remove sinful people (“yeast”) from their group (“their house”). There is even a “Passover lamb,” who is Jesus himself. Since this metaphor is drawn from the Old Testament, you should preserve it in your translation. If necessary you can include a footnote that gives some extra information, or you could refer your readers to Exodus 12 if they have access to the book of Exodus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/yeast]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

In [5:6](../05/06.md) and [5:12](../05/12.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Present in spirit

In [5:3–4](../05/03.md), Paul speaks of being with the Corinthians “in spirit.” While this could be a reference to the Holy Spirit, who would connect Paul with the Corinthians, more likely Paul is referring to his own “spirit,” which refers to the aspect of Paul that can connect with the Corinthians even when he is not physically present. When he says that he is with them “in spirit,” that means that he is thinking about them and that they should act as they would if Paul was physically present. You could either use a comparable idiom in your language or explain in some other way what “spirit” means in these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Structure of 5:3–5

In [5:3–5](../05/03.md), Paul uses a long and complicated sentence structure. In 5:3, he describes how he has “passed judgment” as if he were present. In 5:5, he tells them what the response to that judgment should be: “hand this man over to Satan.” In 5:4, then, he describes the situation in which they should hand the man over: they should be gathered together and acting with the authority of both Paul and Jesus. Finally, in 5:4, “in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ” could describe how Paul has “passed judgment” in 5:3, or it could describe how the Corinthians have “assembled” in 5:4. In order to translate these verses clearly, you may need to rearrange some clauses or add explanatory information that clarifies what Paul is saying. For more details and translation options, see the notes on those verses.

### Structure of 5:12–13

In [5:12–13](../05/13.md), Paul alternates between talking about judging “those outside” and “those inside.” If alternating between these two ideas would be confusing in your language, you could rearrange the clauses so that the verses deal with “those outside” first and then “those inside.” Here is an example of how you could do this: “For what to me to judge those outside? God will judge those outside. But do you not judge those inside? “Remove the evil from among yourselves.” 1CO 5 1 k55t translate-unknown ὅλως ἀκούεται 1 The word translated **actually** can: (1) emphasize that something is really true. Alternate translation: “It is really reported that” (2) emphasize that many people know about what is going on in the Corinthian church. Alternate translation: “It is everywhere reported that” or “It is reported by many people that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CO 5 1 wrj1 figs-activepassive ὅλως ἀκούεται 1 Here, Paul intentionally uses a passive form to avoid stating who told him about the **sexual immorality**. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea by making Paul the subject of a verb such as “learn” or by using a form that avoids naming a person. Alternate translation: “Some people have actually reported to me that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 5 1 dlj2 figs-doublet ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία, καὶ τοιαύτη πορνεία ἥτις οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 which does not even exist among the Gentiles Here, Paul repeats **sexual immorality** in order to emphasize how shocked and upset he is that people among the Corinthians are committing sexual sins. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these two statements and express Paul’s shock in another way. Alternate translation: “{there is} sexual immorality among you that even the Gentiles condemn” or “you overlook flagrant sexual immorality, a kind which even the Gentiles do not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 5 13 kx9j writing-quotations ἐξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, Paul quotes a command from the Old Testament book named Deuteronomy. If your readers would not recognize this command as a quotation, you could introduce it in the same way that you have already introduced quotations from the Old Testament (see [1:31](../01/31.md)). Alternate translation: “As it can be read in the Old Testament, ‘Remove the evil from among yourselves’” or “According to the book of Deuteronomy, ‘Remove the evil from among yourselves’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1CO 5 13 al7v figs-quotations ἐξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν 1 If you cannot use this form in your language, you could translate this command as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “The scripture says that you should remove the evil from among yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 1CO 5 13 h6ry figs-nominaladj τὸν πονηρὸν 1 Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -1CO 6 intro s6hb 0 # 1 Corinthians 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)\n * Against public lawsuits (6:1–8)\n * Sins and salvation (6:9–11)\n * Flee from sexual immorality (6:12–20)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Lawsuits\n\nIn [6:1–8](../06/01.md), Paul speaks about believers taking other believers to court in lawsuits. Paul critiques them for taking their disputes before unbelievers rather than settling them within the church. By the end of the section, Paul says that lawsuits themselves are a “complete defeat” of believers. Paul’s point is that believers will judge angels and the world, so they are quite able to resolve disputes within the church. Therefore, believers should never take other believers to court. In this section, use words and language that describe legal matters in your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])\n\n### Sexual immorality\n\nIn [6:12–20](../06/12.md), Paul discusses “sexual immorality.” This phrase refers generally to any kind of improper sexual activity, and Paul does speak generally in this section. He mentions particularly having sex with prostitutes, but the commands he gives apply to all kinds of sexual activity. The Corinthians seemed to think that they could do whatever they wanted with their bodies, including having sex with anyone. Paul responds that their bodies are united to Christ, and any sexual activity they participate in needs to fit with their union with Christ. Use general words for improper sexual activity in this section. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fornication]])\n\n### Redemption\n\nIn [6:20](../06/20.md), Paul tells the Corinthians that they have been “bought with a price.” He does not state what the price is or whom God bought the Corinthians from. However, it is clear that Paul is speaking about what we call “redemption” here. Paul thinks of the Corinthians as slaves up for sale, and God buys them from their previous owner by paying a price. The previous owner can be understood as sin, death, and evil powers, while the price is Jesus the Son dying for believers. You should not include all these implications in your translation, but you should use words that can be interpreted in this way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Members” of Christ or of a prostitute\n\nIn [6:15–17](../06/15.md), Paul speaks of a person’s connection to Christ and to a prostitute with the language of “members” and “joining.” When he refers to “members,” he is speaking as if the believer were either a body part of Christ or a body part of a prostitute. He shows how bad it is to be “joined” with a prostitute by speaking as if someone cut a body part off of Christ and attached it to a prostitute instead. That is how closely a person is joined either to Christ or to a prostitute. If possible, preserve the body parts language here. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/member]])\n\n### Body as temple\n\nIn [6:19](../06/19.md), Paul speaks as if believers’s bodies were temples of the Holy Spirit. Sometimes he speaks as if the church as a whole is a temple, but here he means that individual believers are all temples. A temple is where a god is specially present, so Paul means that the Holy Spirit is specially present in believers’s bodies. If possible, preserve this metaphor since it connects to themes throughout the whole Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [6:1–7](../06/01.md), [9](../06/09.md), [15–16](../06/15.md), [19](../06/19.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Words for homosexual behavior\n\nIn [6:9](../06/09.md), Paul refers to “male prostitutes” and “those who practice homosexuality.” In Paul’s culture, these words refer to both participants in homosexual activity. The words “male prostitutes” refers to those who are penetrated during sexual activity, while “those who practice homosexuality” refer to those who do the penetrating during sexual activity. If your culture has specific words to describe these things, you can use them here. If your culture does not have such specific words, you can use general phrases like the ULT does, or you could combine the two phrases into one phrase that identifies homosexual activity. \n\n### Quoting the Corinthians\n\nIn [6:12–13](../06/12.md), Paul quotes words that the Corinthians have said or that they wrote to him. The ULT indicates these words by putting quotation marks around them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that an author is quoting someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +1CO 6 intro s6hb 0 # 1 Corinthians 6 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)
* Against public lawsuits (6:1–8)
* Sins and salvation (6:9–11)
* Flee from sexual immorality (6:12–20)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lawsuits

In [6:1–8](../06/01.md), Paul speaks about believers taking other believers to court in lawsuits. Paul critiques them for taking their disputes before unbelievers rather than settling them within the church. By the end of the section, Paul says that lawsuits themselves are a “complete defeat” of believers. Paul’s point is that believers will judge angels and the world, so they are quite able to resolve disputes within the church. Therefore, believers should never take other believers to court. In this section, use words and language that describe legal matters in your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

### Sexual immorality

In [6:12–20](../06/12.md), Paul discusses “sexual immorality.” This phrase refers generally to any kind of improper sexual activity, and Paul does speak generally in this section. He mentions particularly having sex with prostitutes, but the commands he gives apply to all kinds of sexual activity. The Corinthians seemed to think that they could do whatever they wanted with their bodies, including having sex with anyone. Paul responds that their bodies are united to Christ, and any sexual activity they participate in needs to fit with their union with Christ. Use general words for improper sexual activity in this section. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fornication]])

### Redemption

In [6:20](../06/20.md), Paul tells the Corinthians that they have been “bought with a price.” He does not state what the price is or whom God bought the Corinthians from. However, it is clear that Paul is speaking about what we call “redemption” here. Paul thinks of the Corinthians as slaves up for sale, and God buys them from their previous owner by paying a price. The previous owner can be understood as sin, death, and evil powers, while the price is Jesus the Son dying for believers. You should not include all these implications in your translation, but you should use words that can be interpreted in this way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Members” of Christ or of a prostitute

In [6:15–17](../06/15.md), Paul speaks of a person’s connection to Christ and to a prostitute with the language of “members” and “joining.” When he refers to “members,” he is speaking as if the believer were either a body part of Christ or a body part of a prostitute. He shows how bad it is to be “joined” with a prostitute by speaking as if someone cut a body part off of Christ and attached it to a prostitute instead. That is how closely a person is joined either to Christ or to a prostitute. If possible, preserve the body parts language here. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/member]])

### Body as temple

In [6:19](../06/19.md), Paul speaks as if believers’s bodies were temples of the Holy Spirit. Sometimes he speaks as if the church as a whole is a temple, but here he means that individual believers are all temples. A temple is where a god is specially present, so Paul means that the Holy Spirit is specially present in believers’s bodies. If possible, preserve this metaphor since it connects to themes throughout the whole Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

In [6:1–7](../06/01.md), [9](../06/09.md), [15–16](../06/15.md), [19](../06/19.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Words for homosexual behavior

In [6:9](../06/09.md), Paul refers to “male prostitutes” and “those who practice homosexuality.” In Paul’s culture, these words refer to both participants in homosexual activity. The words “male prostitutes” refers to those who are penetrated during sexual activity, while “those who practice homosexuality” refer to those who do the penetrating during sexual activity. If your culture has specific words to describe these things, you can use them here. If your culture does not have such specific words, you can use general phrases like the ULT does, or you could combine the two phrases into one phrase that identifies homosexual activity.

### Quoting the Corinthians

In [6:12–13](../06/12.md), Paul quotes words that the Corinthians have said or that they wrote to him. The ULT indicates these words by putting quotation marks around them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that an author is quoting someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1CO 6 1 gmy5 figs-rquestion τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν, πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων, καὶ οὐχὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων? 1 does he dare to go … saints? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. Here, the answer to the question is “they are, but they should not.” Paul asks to question to get the Corinthians to realize how bad going **to court before the unrighteous** is. If this question would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a “should” statement or a statement of fact. Alternate translation: “Some of you actually dare, having a dispute with another, to go to court before the unrighteous, and not before the saints.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 6 1 q5d3 translate-unknown τολμᾷ 1 dispute The word translated **Do … dare** refers to having confidence or boldness when one should not have confidence or boldness. Use a word or phrase in your language that indicates improper confidence. Alternate translation: “Do … have the audacity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CO 6 1 qi57 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον 1 The phrase **having a dispute with another** provides the situation in which they are going **to court**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “if you have a dispute with another” or “whenever you have a dispute with another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 6 20 vzz8 figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθητε…τιμῆς 1 For you were bought with a price Here Paul speaks if the Corinthians were slaves whom God had **bought with a price** from someone else. Paul is speaking of what we often call “redemption.” The **price** is Christ’s death on the cross, which “redeems” believers from sin and evil powers. This is an important biblical metaphor, so if possible preserve the metaphor or express it as an analogy. Alternate translation: “you were bought with a price, which is the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 6 20 qv47 figs-activepassive ἠγοράσθητε…τιμῆς 1 For you were bought with a price If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God bought you with a price” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 6 20 y7fe ἐν τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν 1 Therefore Alternate translation: “with your body” or “with what you do with your body” -1CO 7 intro a25m 0 # 1 Corinthians 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n4. On abstinence (7:1–40)\n * Directions on sex in marriage (7:1–7)\n * Directions on marriage and divorce (7:8–16)\n * Believers should remain as God called them (7:17–24)\n * Benefit of staying as one is, whether single or married (7:25–35)\n * Exceptions for engaged Christians and widows (7:36–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The letter from the Corinthians to Paul\n\nIn [7:1](../07/01.md), Paul says that the Corinthians wrote to him. In fact, the second half of the verse is probably a quote from their letter to Paul. To show this, the ULT puts the quotation inside quotation marks. We do not know what else the letter included about marriage and sex. In the rest of the chapter, though, Paul responds to what they wrote to him.\n\n### Sex and marriage\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul speaks at length about sex and marriage. While he does not argue this here, he assumes that sex should only happen within a marriage. This is clear when he makes lack of sexual self-control a good reason to get married in [7:9](../07/09.md). Further, he has four categories of people in mind: those who have never gotten married, those who are engaged to be married, those who are no longer married (whether through divorce or death of a spouse), and those who are currently married. Whether your language has more or fewer categories for marital status, make the distinctions between these four categories as clear as possible.\n\n### Sanctification of unbelieving spouse and children\n\nIn [7:12–16](../07/12.md), Paul addresses Christian men and women who have an unbelieving spouse. He specifically argues that they should stay together unless the unbelieving spouse wishes to leave the marriage. He argues that they should stay together because the unbelieving spouse and the children are “sanctified” by the believing spouse. By “sanctified,” Paul does not mean that the unbelieving spouse and the children are considered to be Christians whom God will save. Rather, “sanctified” identifies the unbelieving spouse and the children as appropriate family for the believing spouse. In other words, having an unbelieving spouse does not make one’s marriage and children improper before God. Instead, God “sanctifies” them. If your language has a way to refer to an improper or unacceptable marriage, you might be able to use those kinds of words here.\n\n### Divorce\n\nIn this passage, Paul uses a number of words and phrases to refer to what we call divorce: “being separated” ([7:10–11](../07/10.md)), “divorce” ([11–13](../07/11.md)), “departing” ([15](../07/15.md)), and “being released” ([27](../07/27.md)). In Paul’s culture, the rules for divorce were different in different places, and some divorces would have been more formal and legal than others. Additionally, in many places both men and women could divorce a spouse, but in a few places only men could divorce their wives. If Paul’s language would be understood in your language, you should try to preserve the different words and phrases he uses. If you need to make his language more consistent, use a word or phrase that refers generally to ending a marriage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/divorce]])\n\n### The “virgin”\n\nIn [7:25–38](../07/25.md), Paul refers repeatedly to “virgins.” With this word, he identifies a woman who has never been married. The word does not necessarily mean that the woman has never had any sexual experiences. When Paul identifies the virgin as “his virgin,” he refers either to a woman who is engaged to be married to a man or to a daughter who is under the authority of her father (see the last section in this introduction). In your language, use a word or phrase that refers to a woman who has never been married.\n\n### The “coming distress”\n\nIn [7:26](../07/26.md), Paul speaks of the “coming distress.” This is trouble, persecution, or difficulties that affect the Corinthian church and perhaps all churches. When Paul says that the distress is “coming,” he could mean that it has already begun to happen and will continue to happen. It is more likely, however, that “coming” means that the distress is about to begin. Because of this “distress,” Paul thinks that believers are better off not getting married. It is unclear what Paul thought about the length of this “distress.” Is the “distress” still happening in the present day? It is better not to clarify the answer to this in your translation, since Paul does not give any hints. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/trouble]])\n\n### Calling\n\nPaul refers consistently to a “calling” and to “being called” in [7:17–24](../07/17.md). Throughout this section, “being called” refers to God’s action to save a person. Paul speaks about a person’s situation when they “were called” as a “calling” in [7:20](../07/20.md), while in other places he specifies what that situation might be: married or unmarried, circumcised or uncircumcised, slave or free. The point Paul wishes to make is that God’s “call” does not require one to change one’s situation. Rather, God’s “call” is for people to serve him in the situation they are in. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Euphemisms for having sex\n\nIn the first half of this chapter, Paul uses many euphemisms for having sex: “touching a woman” ([7:1](../07/01.md)), “duty” ([3](../07/03.md)), not “depriving each other” ([5](../07/05.md)), and being “together again” ([5](../07/05.md)). In most cases, he speaks in this way to be polite and avoid offending those who would read the letter. When this is true, you can translate Paul’s language with any polite way of referring to having sex in your language. However, the euphemism “duty” in ([7:3](../07/03.md)) particularly emphasizes that married couples are required to have sex. If your language has a euphemism that emphasizes “duty,” you could use it in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n### Redemption\n\nJust as in [6:20](../06/20.md), in [7:23](../07/23.md) Paul tells the Corinthians that they have been “bought with a price.” He does not state what the price is or whom God bought the Corinthians from. However, it is clear that Paul is speaking about what we call “redemption” here. Paul thinks of the Corinthians as slaves up for sale, and God buys them from their previous owner by paying a price. The previous owner can be understood as sin, death, and evil powers, while the price is Jesus the Son dying for believers. You should not include all these implications in your translation, but you should use words that can be interpreted in this way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])\n\n### Those who have … should be as those who do not have …\n\nIn [7:29–31](../07/29.md), Paul emphasizes that those who have or do something “should be as those” who do not have or do that thing. He emphasizes this by giving a list of five examples. Paul’s point is that actions or things related to this world should not define who Christians are. He backs this up in [7:31](../07/31.md) by stating that “the present form of this world is passing away.” Therefore, those who weep should act like those who do not weep, and those who are married should act like those who are not married. Neither weeping nor marriage should have an impact on who the Christian is and on what the Christian does. None of these five things, which stand for everything in the “present form of this world,” are significant for one’s relationship to God as a Christian. If possible, preserve the strong contrasts, which almost sound like contradictions. These strong contrasts are an essential part of Paul’s argument.\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses rhetorical questions in [7:16](../07/16.md). He asks these questions to involve the Corinthians in his argument and to force them to think about what he is saying. He again uses rhetorical questions in [7:18](../07/18.md), [21](../07/21.md), [27](../07/27.md). He asks these questions for a different reason: to identify those to whom his statements apply. If possible, you should preserve these questions. However, if your language does not use rhetorical questions, see the notes on each question for other translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Translating gendered words\n\nIn much of this chapter, Paul uses masculine and feminine words to identify when he is addressing men and when he is addressing women. Unlike in most of the previous chapters, then, you should intentionally preserve most of the gendered language in this chapter. The notes will identify any cases of gendered language that refer to all people. If there is no note, assume that the gendered language is functioning to distinguish between genders.\n\n### Who speaks, Paul or the Lord?\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul uses a number of phrases to indicate whose authority lies behind the commands he gives. First, he marks [7:10–11](../07/10.md) as something that the Lord, not him, has spoken. Of course, he himself is speaking, but he is summarizing the Lord’s teaching on divorce. Therefore, “not I, but the Lord” in [7:11](../07/11.md) is Paul’s way of indicating that he is summarizing teaching directly from the Lord. Second, he marks [7:12–16](../07/12.md) as something he commands. Therefore, by using “I, not the Lord” in [7:12](../07/12.md), he indicates that he gives the commands that follow on his own authority as an apostle. He is not saying that these commands are not as authoritative or important as those in [7:10–11](../07/10.md). Third, Paul introduces [7:25–40](../07/25.md) by stating that again he does “not have a command from the Lord,” but that he gives “an opinion” that God has made “trustworthy.” He concludes the section by stating that he has given his “judgment,” and he has the “Spirit of God” ([7:40](../07/40.md)). This is a slightly weaker claim to authority than he made in [7:12](../07/12.md): these are his “opinion” or “judgment.” However, Paul also claims that God has made him “trustworthy” and given him the Spirit, so these verses should not be taken simply as Paul’s private opinion. Rather, Paul himself already provides exceptions and qualifications in this section because he is less confident. Do not translate what Paul says as if it is advice from anyone. Instead, this whole chapter carries apostolic authority.\n\n### Father or fiancé in [7:36–38](../07/36.md)?\n\nIn this verses, Paul repeatedly refers to “he” or “him.” He does not state who this man is, but the man has a “virgin.” There are two common ways to understand these verses. First, and more likely, the man is engaged to “his virgin,” and Paul is giving him instructions on whether to get married or not. Second, and less likely, the man is the father of the daughter (“his virgin”), and Paul is giving him instructions on whether to give his daughter in marriage or not. If a specific translation choice follows one of these interpretations instead of the other, the notes on these verses will point out whether it matches the “fiancé interpretation” or the “father interpretation.” +1CO 7 intro a25m 0 # 1 Corinthians 7 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

4. On abstinence (7:1–40)
* Directions on sex in marriage (7:1–7)
* Directions on marriage and divorce (7:8–16)
* Believers should remain as God called them (7:17–24)
* Benefit of staying as one is, whether single or married (7:25–35)
* Exceptions for engaged Christians and widows (7:36–40)

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The letter from the Corinthians to Paul

In [7:1](../07/01.md), Paul says that the Corinthians wrote to him. In fact, the second half of the verse is probably a quote from their letter to Paul. To show this, the ULT puts the quotation inside quotation marks. We do not know what else the letter included about marriage and sex. In the rest of the chapter, though, Paul responds to what they wrote to him.

### Sex and marriage

Throughout this chapter, Paul speaks at length about sex and marriage. While he does not argue this here, he assumes that sex should only happen within a marriage. This is clear when he makes lack of sexual self-control a good reason to get married in [7:9](../07/09.md). Further, he has four categories of people in mind: those who have never gotten married, those who are engaged to be married, those who are no longer married (whether through divorce or death of a spouse), and those who are currently married. Whether your language has more or fewer categories for marital status, make the distinctions between these four categories as clear as possible.

### Sanctification of unbelieving spouse and children

In [7:12–16](../07/12.md), Paul addresses Christian men and women who have an unbelieving spouse. He specifically argues that they should stay together unless the unbelieving spouse wishes to leave the marriage. He argues that they should stay together because the unbelieving spouse and the children are “sanctified” by the believing spouse. By “sanctified,” Paul does not mean that the unbelieving spouse and the children are considered to be Christians whom God will save. Rather, “sanctified” identifies the unbelieving spouse and the children as appropriate family for the believing spouse. In other words, having an unbelieving spouse does not make one’s marriage and children improper before God. Instead, God “sanctifies” them. If your language has a way to refer to an improper or unacceptable marriage, you might be able to use those kinds of words here.

### Divorce

In this passage, Paul uses a number of words and phrases to refer to what we call divorce: “being separated” ([7:10–11](../07/10.md)), “divorce” ([11–13](../07/11.md)), “departing” ([15](../07/15.md)), and “being released” ([27](../07/27.md)). In Paul’s culture, the rules for divorce were different in different places, and some divorces would have been more formal and legal than others. Additionally, in many places both men and women could divorce a spouse, but in a few places only men could divorce their wives. If Paul’s language would be understood in your language, you should try to preserve the different words and phrases he uses. If you need to make his language more consistent, use a word or phrase that refers generally to ending a marriage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/divorce]])

### The “virgin”

In [7:25–38](../07/25.md), Paul refers repeatedly to “virgins.” With this word, he identifies a woman who has never been married. The word does not necessarily mean that the woman has never had any sexual experiences. When Paul identifies the virgin as “his virgin,” he refers either to a woman who is engaged to be married to a man or to a daughter who is under the authority of her father (see the last section in this introduction). In your language, use a word or phrase that refers to a woman who has never been married.

### The “coming distress”

In [7:26](../07/26.md), Paul speaks of the “coming distress.” This is trouble, persecution, or difficulties that affect the Corinthian church and perhaps all churches. When Paul says that the distress is “coming,” he could mean that it has already begun to happen and will continue to happen. It is more likely, however, that “coming” means that the distress is about to begin. Because of this “distress,” Paul thinks that believers are better off not getting married. It is unclear what Paul thought about the length of this “distress.” Is the “distress” still happening in the present day? It is better not to clarify the answer to this in your translation, since Paul does not give any hints. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/trouble]])

### Calling

Paul refers consistently to a “calling” and to “being called” in [7:17–24](../07/17.md). Throughout this section, “being called” refers to God’s action to save a person. Paul speaks about a person’s situation when they “were called” as a “calling” in [7:20](../07/20.md), while in other places he specifies what that situation might be: married or unmarried, circumcised or uncircumcised, slave or free. The point Paul wishes to make is that God’s “call” does not require one to change one’s situation. Rather, God’s “call” is for people to serve him in the situation they are in. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Euphemisms for having sex

In the first half of this chapter, Paul uses many euphemisms for having sex: “touching a woman” ([7:1](../07/01.md)), “duty” ([3](../07/03.md)), not “depriving each other” ([5](../07/05.md)), and being “together again” ([5](../07/05.md)). In most cases, he speaks in this way to be polite and avoid offending those who would read the letter. When this is true, you can translate Paul’s language with any polite way of referring to having sex in your language. However, the euphemism “duty” in ([7:3](../07/03.md)) particularly emphasizes that married couples are required to have sex. If your language has a euphemism that emphasizes “duty,” you could use it in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### Redemption

Just as in [6:20](../06/20.md), in [7:23](../07/23.md) Paul tells the Corinthians that they have been “bought with a price.” He does not state what the price is or whom God bought the Corinthians from. However, it is clear that Paul is speaking about what we call “redemption” here. Paul thinks of the Corinthians as slaves up for sale, and God buys them from their previous owner by paying a price. The previous owner can be understood as sin, death, and evil powers, while the price is Jesus the Son dying for believers. You should not include all these implications in your translation, but you should use words that can be interpreted in this way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])

### Those who have … should be as those who do not have …

In [7:29–31](../07/29.md), Paul emphasizes that those who have or do something “should be as those” who do not have or do that thing. He emphasizes this by giving a list of five examples. Paul’s point is that actions or things related to this world should not define who Christians are. He backs this up in [7:31](../07/31.md) by stating that “the present form of this world is passing away.” Therefore, those who weep should act like those who do not weep, and those who are married should act like those who are not married. Neither weeping nor marriage should have an impact on who the Christian is and on what the Christian does. None of these five things, which stand for everything in the “present form of this world,” are significant for one’s relationship to God as a Christian. If possible, preserve the strong contrasts, which almost sound like contradictions. These strong contrasts are an essential part of Paul’s argument.

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in [7:16](../07/16.md). He asks these questions to involve the Corinthians in his argument and to force them to think about what he is saying. He again uses rhetorical questions in [7:18](../07/18.md), [21](../07/21.md), [27](../07/27.md). He asks these questions for a different reason: to identify those to whom his statements apply. If possible, you should preserve these questions. However, if your language does not use rhetorical questions, see the notes on each question for other translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Translating gendered words

In much of this chapter, Paul uses masculine and feminine words to identify when he is addressing men and when he is addressing women. Unlike in most of the previous chapters, then, you should intentionally preserve most of the gendered language in this chapter. The notes will identify any cases of gendered language that refer to all people. If there is no note, assume that the gendered language is functioning to distinguish between genders.

### Who speaks, Paul or the Lord?

Throughout this chapter, Paul uses a number of phrases to indicate whose authority lies behind the commands he gives. First, he marks [7:10–11](../07/10.md) as something that the Lord, not him, has spoken. Of course, he himself is speaking, but he is summarizing the Lord’s teaching on divorce. Therefore, “not I, but the Lord” in [7:11](../07/11.md) is Paul’s way of indicating that he is summarizing teaching directly from the Lord. Second, he marks [7:12–16](../07/12.md) as something he commands. Therefore, by using “I, not the Lord” in [7:12](../07/12.md), he indicates that he gives the commands that follow on his own authority as an apostle. He is not saying that these commands are not as authoritative or important as those in [7:10–11](../07/10.md). Third, Paul introduces [7:25–40](../07/25.md) by stating that again he does “not have a command from the Lord,” but that he gives “an opinion” that God has made “trustworthy.” He concludes the section by stating that he has given his “judgment,” and he has the “Spirit of God” ([7:40](../07/40.md)). This is a slightly weaker claim to authority than he made in [7:12](../07/12.md): these are his “opinion” or “judgment.” However, Paul also claims that God has made him “trustworthy” and given him the Spirit, so these verses should not be taken simply as Paul’s private opinion. Rather, Paul himself already provides exceptions and qualifications in this section because he is less confident. Do not translate what Paul says as if it is advice from anyone. Instead, this whole chapter carries apostolic authority.

### Father or fiancé in [7:36–38](../07/36.md)?

In this verses, Paul repeatedly refers to “he” or “him.” He does not state who this man is, but the man has a “virgin.” There are two common ways to understand these verses. First, and more likely, the man is engaged to “his virgin,” and Paul is giving him instructions on whether to get married or not. Second, and less likely, the man is the father of the daughter (“his virgin”), and Paul is giving him instructions on whether to give his daughter in marriage or not. If a specific translation choice follows one of these interpretations instead of the other, the notes on these verses will point out whether it matches the “fiancé interpretation” or the “father interpretation.” 1CO 7 1 y4lx grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, **Now** introduces a new topic in the letter. Paul begins to discuss things that the Corinthians asked him about in a letter. If **Now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new topic. Alternate translation: “Next,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1CO 7 1 jq21 figs-explicit ὧν ἐγράψατε 1 the issues you wrote about The phrase **what you wrote** implies that the Corinthians had previously written a letter to Paul in which they asked him questions. Paul now begins to answer those questions. If **what you wrote** would not imply that the Corinthians had already written a letter to Paul, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “what you wrote to me in your letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 7 1 erl5 figs-explicit ἐγράψατε, καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 1 “It is good for a man not to touch a woman.” Here Paul could be (1) quoting what the Corinthians said in their letter so that he can respond to it, much like he did in [6:12–13](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “you wrote: you say, ‘It is good for a man not to touch a woman.’” (2) expressing his own views about men and women. Alternate translation: “you wrote: It is true that it is good for a man not to touch a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 7 40 hwz4 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην 1 my judgment If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **judgment**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “judge.” Alternate translation: “I judge that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1CO 7 40 pse4 figs-explicit οὕτως μείνῃ 1 lives as she is Here Paul is referring back to wife whose husband had died from the previous verse ([7:39](../07/39.md)). By **remain as she is**, Paul means “remain unmarried after her husband died.” If **remain as she is** would be misunderstood in your language, you clarify that the wife from the previous verse is in view. Alternate translation: “she remains unmarried” or “she does not marry again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 7 40 hd7f figs-explicit κἀγὼ, Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ ἔχειν 1 happier This could mean that (1) Paul thinks his **judgment** is backed up by **the Spirit of God**. Alternate translation: “I have the Spirit of God supporting my judgment” (2) Paul wishes to say that he has the **Spirit of God** as much as the Corinthians do. Alternate translation: “I also, not just you, have the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CO 8 intro c8l6 0 # 1 Corinthians 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n5. On food (8:1–11:1)\n * The truth about food and idols (8:1–6)\n * Respecting the “weak” (8:7–13)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Things sacrificed to idols\n\nIn Paul’s culture, animals were often sacrificed to the gods. After the animal was slaughtered, the people who were participating in the worship would eat parts of the animal. In fact, for most people who were not wealthy, participating in worship with a sacrifice was one of the few situations in which they could eat meat. Throughout this chapter, Paul explains how the Corinthians should think about eating or not eating this meat. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n### The “weak”\n\nIn [8:9](../08/09.md), [11](../08/11.md), Paul speaks about the “weak,” and in [8:7](../08/07.md), [10](../08/10.md), [12](../08/12.md), he mentions a “weak conscience,” which is the conscience of the “weak.” The “weak” person or conscience considers eating things sacrificed to idols to be sinful and participation in idolatry. Perhaps “weak” was a word that the Corinthians were using for fellow believers who were not comfortable eating food sacrificed idols. Paul urges the Corinthians to respect these “weak” people, even if it means never eating meat again. While Paul never uses the word “strong” in this section, the “strong would probably be those who are comfortable eating meat sacrificed to an idol. \n\n### Knowledge\n\nPaul refers to “knowledge” in [8:1](../08/01.md), [7](../08/7.md), [10–11](../08/10.md) and to “knowing” in [8:2–4](../08/02.md). Throughout the chapter, the one who has “knowledge” is contrasted with the one who is “weak.” In [8:4–6](../08/04.md), Paul explains what this “knowledge” is about: while other people may name many gods and many lords, believers know that there is only one God and one Lord. Because of this “knowledge,” eating food sacrificed to idols has no significance, since there is only one God and Lord. Paul, however, urges the Corinthians to respect those who do not fully comprehend this “knowledge.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Building up\n\nIn [8:1](../08/01.md), Paul contrasts what “knowledge” does (“puffs up”) with what love does (“builds up”). “Building up” in this verse refers to helping other Christians grow in their knowledge of God and care for each other. In [8:10](../08/10.md), however, “building up” has a negative connotation. In this verse, the conscience of the “weak” is “built up,” which means that the “weak” person eats food sacrificed to idols despite his or her conscience says. “Building up” in this verse refers to strengthening a conscience so that one is able to do what one is uncomfortable with. \n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Other “gods” and “lords”\n\nIn [8:4–5](../08/04.md), Paul states that an idol is “nothing.” However, he also acknowledges that there are many so-called “gods” and “lords.” In [10:20–21](../10/20.md), Paul will make his point more clearly: those who sacrifice to idols are actually sacrificing to demons. So, Paul denies the existence of other “gods,” but he thinks that the idols do represent something: demons. In this chapter, you could clarify that Paul is speaking about what other people call “gods” and “lords.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n +1CO 8 intro c8l6 0 # 1 Corinthians 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. On food (8:1–11:1)
* The truth about food and idols (8:1–6)
* Respecting the “weak” (8:7–13)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Things sacrificed to idols

In Paul’s culture, animals were often sacrificed to the gods. After the animal was slaughtered, the people who were participating in the worship would eat parts of the animal. In fact, for most people who were not wealthy, participating in worship with a sacrifice was one of the few situations in which they could eat meat. Throughout this chapter, Paul explains how the Corinthians should think about eating or not eating this meat. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### The “weak”

In [8:9](../08/09.md), [11](../08/11.md), Paul speaks about the “weak,” and in [8:7](../08/07.md), [10](../08/10.md), [12](../08/12.md), he mentions a “weak conscience,” which is the conscience of the “weak.” The “weak” person or conscience considers eating things sacrificed to idols to be sinful and participation in idolatry. Perhaps “weak” was a word that the Corinthians were using for fellow believers who were not comfortable eating food sacrificed idols. Paul urges the Corinthians to respect these “weak” people, even if it means never eating meat again. While Paul never uses the word “strong” in this section, the “strong would probably be those who are comfortable eating meat sacrificed to an idol.

### Knowledge

Paul refers to “knowledge” in [8:1](../08/01.md), [7](../08/7.md), [10–11](../08/10.md) and to “knowing” in [8:2–4](../08/02.md). Throughout the chapter, the one who has “knowledge” is contrasted with the one who is “weak.” In [8:4–6](../08/04.md), Paul explains what this “knowledge” is about: while other people may name many gods and many lords, believers know that there is only one God and one Lord. Because of this “knowledge,” eating food sacrificed to idols has no significance, since there is only one God and Lord. Paul, however, urges the Corinthians to respect those who do not fully comprehend this “knowledge.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Building up

In [8:1](../08/01.md), Paul contrasts what “knowledge” does (“puffs up”) with what love does (“builds up”). “Building up” in this verse refers to helping other Christians grow in their knowledge of God and care for each other. In [8:10](../08/10.md), however, “building up” has a negative connotation. In this verse, the conscience of the “weak” is “built up,” which means that the “weak” person eats food sacrificed to idols despite his or her conscience says. “Building up” in this verse refers to strengthening a conscience so that one is able to do what one is uncomfortable with.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Other “gods” and “lords”

In [8:4–5](../08/04.md), Paul states that an idol is “nothing.” However, he also acknowledges that there are many so-called “gods” and “lords.” In [10:20–21](../10/20.md), Paul will make his point more clearly: those who sacrifice to idols are actually sacrificing to demons. So, Paul denies the existence of other “gods,” but he thinks that the idols do represent something: demons. In this chapter, you could clarify that Paul is speaking about what other people call “gods” and “lords.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1CO 8 1 cep1 grammar-connect-words-phrases περὶ δὲ 1 Now about Just as in 7:1, **Now about** introduces a new topic that Paul wishes to address. Likely, the topics that he introduces in this way are what the Corinthians wrote to him about. Translate **Now about** here as you translated “now concerning” in [7:1](../07/01.md), [7:25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “Next, about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1CO 8 1 g5t3 translate-unknown τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols Here Paul speaks about animals that are slaughtered, offered to a god, and then eaten. For many people in Paul’s culture, this was the only meat that was available for them to eat. In many cases, people would eat this meat at a god’s temple or shrine. However, sometimes the meat could be sold to people, who would then eat it in their homes. In the next few chapters, Paul will speak about whether and how Christians should eat or not eat this meat. If your language has a specific word or phrase for meat from an animal that has been offered to a god, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CO 8 1 beh8 figs-activepassive τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 8 13 ucfd figs-genericnoun τὸν ἀδελφόν μου -1 Therefore Paul is speaking of “brothers” in general, not of one particular **brother**. If your readers would misunderstand **my brother**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to “brothers” in general. Alternate translation: “any brother of mine … any brother of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1CO 8 13 ra1m figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 Therefore The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In Paul’s culture, two negative words made the statement even more negative. English speakers would misunderstand two negatives, so the ULT expresses the idea with one strong negative. If your language can use two negatives as Paul’s culture did, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in this way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1CO 8 13 k5oj figs-explicit κρέα 1 Therefore Throughout this section, the “things sacrificed to idols” refers primarily to **meat**, and eating this kind of **meat** was one of the only ways for most people to eat **meat** at all. Paul here is stating that he will give up **meat** in general, whether it is sacrificed to idols or not. He implies that he does this so that fellow believers, who do not know whether the **meat** has been sacrificed to idols or not, will not stumble. If your readers would misunderstand the implications here, you can make them explicit. Alternate translation: “meat, even if it has not been sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CO 9 intro z8d4 0 # 1 Corinthians 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n5. On food (8:1–11:1)\n * Paul claims being an apostle (9:1–2)\n * Paul defends supporting himself (9:3–15)\n * Paul explains why he supports himself (9:16–23)\n * Paul the athlete (9:24–27)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Receiving support from the church\n\nThroughout the chapter, and especially in [9:1–18](../09/01.md), Paul defends why he does not ask for or receive financial support from the Corinthians. From what he says in [9:3](../09/03.md), it seems that some people were “examining” Paul, and they thought that how Paul supported himself was not appropriate behavior for an apostle. These people thought that if Paul were really an apostle, he would require support from the churches to whom he preached. The fact that Paul did not require this support suggested to these people that Paul did not really have authority. Paul in response argues that he could require support if he wanted to, but he thinks that working to support himself helps him proclaim the gospel better. Throughout the chapter, you can use words that refer to how churches support their leaders financially. \n\n### The “right”\n\nIn [9:4–6](../09/04.md), [12](../09/12.md), and [18](../09/18.md), Paul speaks about a “right” that he and others have. This “right” can be to travel with a wife, to eat and to drink, and most importantly, to receive support from the Corinthians. Paul uses the word “right” to indicate that he is able to require financial support and other help from the Corinthians. However, he also states that he does use this “right” because he thinks that he is serving God better without making use of it. In your translation, use a word or phrase that indicates that Paul and the others have the authority and the ability to do and require certain things. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [9:1](../09/01.md), [4–13](../09/04.md), [18](../09/18.md), [24](../09/24.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Farming metaphor\n\nIn [9:9–11](../09/09.md), Paul applies an Old Testament law about farming to himself and others who proclaim the gospel. In [9:11](../09/11.md), he speaks about “sowing spiritual things,” by which he means proclaiming the gospel. When he and others “sow spiritual things,” they should be able to “reap material things,” by which he means financial support. If possible, preserve the farming metaphor here since it is related to the Old Testament law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Athletic metaphors\n\nIn [9:24–27](../09/24.md), Paul uses several metaphors that are based on athletes and athletic competitions. Paul speaks about “running a race” and how the winner receives a “wreath,” which was a crown made out of leaves. He also speaks about “boxing” and how a good boxer does not “box the air.” Finally, he refers to how athletes in general must exercise “self-control” as they train. Paul uses these athletic metaphors to indicate how he and all believers need to focus on the goal, which is the reward that God has promised. To reach this goal, believers must exercise “self-control,” just as athletes do. The point is for believers to live their lives so that they receive the reward from God, just like athletes focus completely on trying to win the prize, the “wreath.” Paul uses these metaphors across several verses, and they are very important for his argument. If possible, preserve the metaphors in your translation. If necessary, you could express them as analogies. See the notes on these verses for translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I became (as) …”\n\nIn [9:20–22](../09/20.md), Paul explains how he has “become as a Jew,” “as under the law,” “as without the law,” and “weak.” What Paul means is that he acts like these four groups of people when he is with them. He does this because he wishes to “gain” all these people for Christ. When you translate these verses, use a phrase that indicates that Paul is acting like a specific kind of person. \n\n### Paul’s use of [Deuteronomy 25:4](deu/25/04.md)\n\nIn [9:9](../09/09.md), Paul quotes from [Deuteronomy 25:4](deu/25/04.md), which forbids a farmer from “muzzling an ox” while it threshes grain. Paul then explains to the Corinthians that God does not care about oxen but is speaking for “us” ([9:9–10](../09/09.md)). What he means is that the law should not primarily be applied to “oxen” but rather to those who proclaim the gospel. He is not saying that God does not have any concern for oxen. When you translate these verses, focus on maintaining the strength of Paul’s argument, but if possible allow the reader to see that God does also care for “oxen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])\n +1CO 9 intro z8d4 0 # 1 Corinthians 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. On food (8:1–11:1)
* Paul claims being an apostle (9:1–2)
* Paul defends supporting himself (9:3–15)
* Paul explains why he supports himself (9:16–23)
* Paul the athlete (9:24–27)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Receiving support from the church

Throughout the chapter, and especially in [9:1–18](../09/01.md), Paul defends why he does not ask for or receive financial support from the Corinthians. From what he says in [9:3](../09/03.md), it seems that some people were “examining” Paul, and they thought that how Paul supported himself was not appropriate behavior for an apostle. These people thought that if Paul were really an apostle, he would require support from the churches to whom he preached. The fact that Paul did not require this support suggested to these people that Paul did not really have authority. Paul in response argues that he could require support if he wanted to, but he thinks that working to support himself helps him proclaim the gospel better. Throughout the chapter, you can use words that refer to how churches support their leaders financially.

### The “right”

In [9:4–6](../09/04.md), [12](../09/12.md), and [18](../09/18.md), Paul speaks about a “right” that he and others have. This “right” can be to travel with a wife, to eat and to drink, and most importantly, to receive support from the Corinthians. Paul uses the word “right” to indicate that he is able to require financial support and other help from the Corinthians. However, he also states that he does use this “right” because he thinks that he is serving God better without making use of it. In your translation, use a word or phrase that indicates that Paul and the others have the authority and the ability to do and require certain things. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

In [9:1](../09/01.md), [4–13](../09/04.md), [18](../09/18.md), [24](../09/24.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Farming metaphor

In [9:9–11](../09/09.md), Paul applies an Old Testament law about farming to himself and others who proclaim the gospel. In [9:11](../09/11.md), he speaks about “sowing spiritual things,” by which he means proclaiming the gospel. When he and others “sow spiritual things,” they should be able to “reap material things,” by which he means financial support. If possible, preserve the farming metaphor here since it is related to the Old Testament law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Athletic metaphors

In [9:24–27](../09/24.md), Paul uses several metaphors that are based on athletes and athletic competitions. Paul speaks about “running a race” and how the winner receives a “wreath,” which was a crown made out of leaves. He also speaks about “boxing” and how a good boxer does not “box the air.” Finally, he refers to how athletes in general must exercise “self-control” as they train. Paul uses these athletic metaphors to indicate how he and all believers need to focus on the goal, which is the reward that God has promised. To reach this goal, believers must exercise “self-control,” just as athletes do. The point is for believers to live their lives so that they receive the reward from God, just like athletes focus completely on trying to win the prize, the “wreath.” Paul uses these metaphors across several verses, and they are very important for his argument. If possible, preserve the metaphors in your translation. If necessary, you could express them as analogies. See the notes on these verses for translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I became (as) …”

In [9:20–22](../09/20.md), Paul explains how he has “become as a Jew,” “as under the law,” “as without the law,” and “weak.” What Paul means is that he acts like these four groups of people when he is with them. He does this because he wishes to “gain” all these people for Christ. When you translate these verses, use a phrase that indicates that Paul is acting like a specific kind of person.

### Paul’s use of [Deuteronomy 25:4](deu/25/04.md)

In [9:9](../09/09.md), Paul quotes from [Deuteronomy 25:4](deu/25/04.md), which forbids a farmer from “muzzling an ox” while it threshes grain. Paul then explains to the Corinthians that God does not care about oxen but is speaking for “us” ([9:9–10](../09/09.md)). What he means is that the law should not primarily be applied to “oxen” but rather to those who proclaim the gospel. He is not saying that God does not have any concern for oxen. When you translate these verses, focus on maintaining the strength of Paul’s argument, but if possible allow the reader to see that God does also care for “oxen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CO 9 1 mdm4 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐλεύθερος? οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος? οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα? οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ? 1 Am I not free? Paul does not ask these questions because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks them to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The questions assume that the answer to all of them is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you could express the ideas with strong affirmations. Alternate translation: “I certainly am free. I certainly am an apostle. I have certainly seen Jesus our Lord. You are certainly my work in the Lord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 1 ctp3 figs-explicit ἐλεύθερος 1 Am I not free? Here, **free** could mean that Paul is **free** to: (1) eat whatever he wants. This connects this question with chapter 8. Alternate translation: “free to eat whatever I wish” (2) receive financial support from the believers he serves. This connects this question with the first half of this chapter. Alternate translation: “free to receive support from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 9 1 dbp9 figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔργον μου 1 Am I not an apostle? If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **work**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “labor.” Alternate translation: “whom I labor for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 9 13 slf9 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι, τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐσθίουσιν; οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύοντες, τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συνμερίζονται? 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, we know.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “You know that those working in the temple eat from the things of the temple; those serving at the altar partake from the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 13 pq05 figs-explicit οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple Here, **those working in the temple** refers to any person whose job takes place in or around the temple. Paul may specifically have the “Levites” or other “temple servants” in mind. If your readers would misunderstand **those working in the temple**, you could use a word or phrase in your language that refers generally to anyone whose job is **in the temple**. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 9 13 ergc translate-unknown τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple Here, to eat **from the things of the temple** means that these people eat some of the food that people donate to the **temple** or offer to God in **the temple**. If **the things of the temple** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to what people have offered or given to **the temple**. Alternate translation: “from what people give to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1CO 9 13 omzu οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύοντες 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple Here, **those serving at the altar** could be: (1) a specific group within **those working in the temple**, specifically the priests who work at the altar. Alternate translation: “particularly, those serving at the altar” (2) another way to speak about **those working in the temple**. Paul repeats himself to clarify exactly what eating ** from the things of the temple** means. Alternate translation: “that is, those serving at the altar” +1CO 9 13 omzu οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύοντες 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple Here, **those serving at the altar** could be: (1) a specific group within **those working in the temple**, specifically the priests who work at the altar. Alternate translation: “particularly, those serving at the altar” (2) another way to speak about **those working in the temple**. Paul repeats himself to clarify exactly what eating **from the things of the temple** means. Alternate translation: “that is, those serving at the altar” 1CO 9 13 fxxi figs-explicit οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύοντες 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple Here, **those serving at the altar** refers to the specific people who offered sacrifices on **the altar**. Paul may specifically have in mind the “priests.” If your readers would misunderstand **those serving at the altar**, you could use a word or phrase for the people who have the closest contact with the deity and offer any sacrifices to that deity. Alternate translation: “the priests” or “those who serve the most sacred things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 9 13 lqar translate-unknown τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συνμερίζονται 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple Here, to **partake from the altar** means that these people offer part of a sacrifice on the altar, but they also eat part of that sacrifice. If to **partake from the altar** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to eating part of what people offer to their god. Alternate translation: “eat part of what is sacrificed on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CO 9 14 g5i8 figs-explicit ὁ Κύριος διέταξεν 1 get their living from the gospel Here Paul refers to how Jesus said that a “worker deserves wages” when he sent people to proclaim the good news. See the saying in [Matthew 10:10](mat/10/10.md) and [Luke 10:7](luk/10/7.md). If your readers would misunderstand what Paul is saying here, you could include a footnote to explain the reference to what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 9 16 lq4l figs-infostructure ἐὰν…εὐαγγελίζωμαι, οὐκ ἔστιν μοι καύχημα, ἀνάγκη γάρ μοι ἐπίκειται 1 this necessity was placed upon me If your language would normally put the reason before the result, you could rearrange the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “because compulsion is placed on me, there is nothing for me to boast about if I proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1CO 9 16 xpve grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν 1 this necessity was placed upon me Paul is speaking as if “proclaiming” **the gospel** were a possibility, but he means that he actually does. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when” or “whenever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 1CO 9 16 ecw2 figs-activepassive ἀνάγκη…ἐπίκειται 1 this necessity was placed upon me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God placed compulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 9 16 qyp0 figs-abstractnouns ἀνάγκη…μοι ἐπίκειται 1 this necessity was placed upon me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **compulsion**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “compel” and rephrase the clause. Alternate translation: “I am compelled to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +1CO 9 16 qyp0 figs-abstractnouns ἀνάγκη…μοι ἐπίκειται 1 this necessity was placed upon me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **compulsion**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “compel” and rephrase the clause. Alternate translation: “I am compelled to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1CO 9 16 eimr figs-metaphor ἀνάγκη…μοι ἐπίκειται 1 this necessity was placed upon me Here Paul speaks as if **compulsion** were a physical object that someone had **placed upon** him. By speaking in this way, he means that he is required to do something. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “I am commanded to do so” or “I have an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 9 16 l7as figs-idiom οὐαὶ…μοί ἐστιν 1 woe be to me if Here, **woe be to me** expresses what Paul thinks would happen to him if he ever were to stop preaching the gospel. He would experience **woe**, with the implication that this **woe** will come from God. If your readers would misunderstand **woe be to me**, you could use a word or phrase that expresses the expectation of bad things to come. Alternate translation: “bad things will happen to me” or “God will punish me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CO 9 16 p1sa grammar-connect-condition-contrary ἐὰν μὴ εὐαγγελίζωμαι 1 woe be to me if Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that he does indeed **preach the gospel**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “whenever I stop preaching the gospel, which I will never do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 9 23 tald grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 outside the law Here, **But** introduces a summary of what Paul has said in [9:19–22](../09/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand **But**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a summary or concluding statement. Alternate translation: “In the end,” or “So,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1CO 9 23 ewxy πάντα…ποιῶ 1 outside the law Alternate translation: “everything I do is” 1CO 9 23 vklq translate-unknown συνκοινωνὸς αὐτοῦ 1 outside the law Here, **a partaker** is someone who participates in or shares in something with others. What Paul means is that he acts in the ways that he does with the purpose of participating in or sharing in the **gospel** and receiving what the **gospel** promises. If your readers would misunderstand **partaker**, you could use a comparable word or phrase that indicates that Paul is a “participator” or “sharer” in the **gospel**. Alternate translation: “a sharer in it” or “a participator in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1CO 9 23 f6es figs-abstractnouns συνκοινωνὸς αὐτοῦ γένωμαι 1 outside the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **partaker**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “partake” or “share.” Alternate translation: “I might partake in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +1CO 9 23 f6es figs-abstractnouns συνκοινωνὸς αὐτοῦ γένωμαι 1 outside the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **partaker**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “partake” or “share.” Alternate translation: “I might partake in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1CO 9 23 bruk figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ 1 outside the law Here, **it** refers back to **the gospel**, but Paul particularly has in mind the benefits or blessings that come from **the gospel**. If your readers would misunderstand **it**, you could clarify that Paul is referring to the blessings of **the gospel**. Alternate translation: “of its blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CO 9 24 urh5 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι οἱ ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες, πάντες μὲν τρέχουσιν, εἷς δὲ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον? 1 Do you not know that in a race all the runners run the race, but that only one receives the prize? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, we know.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You certainly know that in a race all those who are running run, but only one receives the prize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 24 mq1d figs-exmetaphor οἱ ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες, πάντες μὲν τρέχουσιν, εἷς δὲ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον? οὕτως τρέχετε, ἵνα καταλάβητε 1 run Here Paul begins using athletic metaphors, metaphors he will use throughout [9:24–27](../09/24.md). In this verse, he focuses on footraces. In his culture, only the runner who finished first would receive **the prize**. The **prize** might be many things, but often it was a “wreath” of leaves (see [9:25](../09/25.md)). Paul’s point is that the runner who wished to win had to work and train hard to be the best. Paul wants the Corinthians to approach their Christian lives with this mindset, the mindset of a successful athlete. Translate this verse in a way that clearly connects the Christian life to a footrace. Alternate translation: “only one runner receives the prize after a race? You should live your lives like a runner who focuses on receiving the prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 9 27 tyca grammar-connect-time-sequential μή πως ἄλλοις κηρύξας 1 Here, **having preached to others** could identify: (1) what Paul has done before he **might be disqualified**. Alternate translation: “lest, after having preached to others” (2) a contrast a with how he **might be disqualified**. Alternate translation: “lest, although I have preached to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 1CO 9 27 blb7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified Here, **disqualified** continues the athletic imagery. An athlete who is **disqualified** is unable to win the competition and receive the prize. Paul speaks in this way to emphasize that he wants to be able to receive a reward from God. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “I myself might not reach the goal” or “I myself might fail to please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 9 27 s3sd figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might disqualify even me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”\n\nIn this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord’s Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Exodus\n\nPaul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Eating meat sacrificed to idol\n\nPaul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don’t eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n5. On food (8:1–11:1)\n * Warning from Israelite history (10:1–12)\n * Encouragement and command (10:13–14)\n * The Lord’s Supper and food offered to idols (10:15–22)\n * Both freedom and care for others (10:23–11:1)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Exodus and wilderness journey\n\nIn the first half of this chapter, Paul consistently refers to the narrative about how God rescued the Israelites from Egypt and led them through the wilderness so that they could take possession of the land he had promised to give them. He mentions multiple stories from this narrative. God led the Israelites by appearing as a pillar of cloud, and he made a path through the sea for them (see [Exodus 13:17–14:31](exo/13/17.md)). God miraculously provided them with food while they were traveling through the desert (see [Exodus 16](exo/16/01.md)), and he also provided water from a rock for them to drink (see [Exodus 17:1–7](exo/17/01.md) and [Numbers 20:2–13](num/29/02.md)). Despite this, the Israelites often grumbled against God and against their leaders, so God punished them by letting them die in the wilderness (see [Numbers 14:20–35](num/14/20.md)). The Israelites also worshiped other gods (see [Exodus 32:1–6](exo/32/01.md)) and committed sexual immorality (see [Numbers 25:1–9](num/25/01.md)), so God again punished them. Other times when the Israelites complained about their leaders, God sent snakes (see [Numbers 21:5–6](num/21/05.md)) or a plague ([Numbers 16:41–50](num/16/41.md)) to kill them. Paul’s point here is that God acted to save the Israelites, but when they disobeyed or grumbled, God punished them. Paul wants the Corinthians to understand this as a warning to them as well. They should not be like the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/desert]])\n\n### “Spiritual”\n\nIn [10:3–4](../10/03.md), Paul states that the Israelites ate “spiritual food” and drank “spiritual drink” from a “spiritual rock.” By “spiritual,” Paul could be referring to the action of God’s Spirit, who provided the food and drink from the rock. By using “spiritual,” Paul could also be identifying the “food,” “drink,” and “rock” as prefigurations or types of the Lord’s Supper, which he discusses later in the chapter. Or, he could simply want the reader to think of the Lord’s Supper without drawing any direct connection. Consider the theology of the group you are translating for to decide exactly how to express “spiritual” here. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### The Lord’s Supper\n\nIn [10:16–17](../10/16.md), [21](../10/21.md), Paul refers to the Lord’s Supper. He describes the unity that comes with the Lord and with other believers when believers partake of the “cup” and the “table,” that is, the bread and the wine. He then argues that this unity means that participating in the Lord’s Supper is incompatible with participating in meals that unite one to idols, or rather, to the demons that the idols represent. In these verses, use words and phrases that fit with how your language talks about the Lord’s Supper. \n\n### Things sacrificed to idols\n\nIn Paul’s culture, animals were often sacrificed to the gods. After the animal was slaughtered, the people who were participating in the worship would eat parts of the animal. Other times, some of the meat would be sold in the market, as Paul implies in [10:25](../10/25.md). For most people who were not wealthy, participating in worship with a sacrifice or buying sacrificed meat in the market were two of the few situations in which they could eat meat. Throughout this chapter, Paul continues to explain how the Corinthians should think about eating or not eating this meat. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [10:16](../10/16.md), [18–19](../10/18.md), [22](../10/22.md), [29–30](../10/29.md), Paul uses rhetorical questions. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### “That rock was Christ”\n\nIn [10:4](../10/04.md), Paul states that the “rock” from which the Israelites received water “was Christ.” This metaphor can be interpreted in two major ways: (1) Paul could be saying that Christ was the one who made the rock provide the Israelites with water. (2) Paul could be saying that the rock provided water for the Israelites like Christ provides salvation for those who believe in him. (3) Paul could be saying that Christ was somehow present in or with the rock itself. Since Paul’s sentence allows for a number of interpretations, if possible you should also allow for a number of interpretations with your translation. Also, consider the theology of the group you are translating for to decide exactly how to express “that rock was Christ.”\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quoting the Corinthians\n\nIn [10:23](../10/23.md), Paul quotes words that the Corinthians have said or that they wrote to him. The ULT indicates these words by putting quotation marks around them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that an author is quoting someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### Are [10:28–29a](../10/28.md) a parenthesis?\n\nIn [10:25–27](../10/25.md), Paul tells the Corinthians that they can eat any food from the marketplace or in someone’s home without asking about whether it was sacrificed to an idol. Everything belongs to God, so whether it was sacrificed or not does not matter. However, in [10:28–29a](../10/28.md), Paul gives an exception: if someone tells you directly that the food was sacrificed to an idol, you should not eat it for the sake of the person who told you. Immediately after, however, in [10:29b](../10/29.md), he asks a question that implies that one’s freedom should be constrained by some other person’s ideas about right and wrong. This does not seem to fit with the exception Paul has given in [10:28–29a](../10/28.md). Most likely, Paul means [10:28–29a](../10/28.md) to be understood as a side note, and [10:29b](../10/29.md) follows directly from [10:27](../10/27.md). In order to indicate this, the UST puts parentheses around [10:28–29a](../10/28.md). Consider using a natural way in your language to indicate a side note or a digression from the main argument. \n 1CO 10 1 gce5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 passed through the sea Here, **For** introduces what Paul says about the Israelites in [10:1–5](../10/01.md). What Paul says in these verses explains what he said the previous verse about how he and other believers should work hard not to be “disqualified” ([9:27](../09/27.md)). The Israelites whom God took out of Egypt were “disqualified,” and believers should work not to be like them. If your readers would misunderstand **For**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an example or support. Alternate translation: “Here is an example:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1CO 10 1 navn figs-litotes οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 our fathers Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1CO 10 1 hhts figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί…οἱ πατέρες 1 our fathers Although the words **brothers** and **fathers** are masculine, Paul is using them to refer to both men and women. If your readers would misunderstand **brothers** and **fathers**, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters … fathers and mothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -1287,51 +1287,141 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 10 7 ej16 figs-quotations γέγραπται, ἐκάθισεν ὁ λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν, καὶ ἀνέστησαν παίζειν 1 to play If your language does not use this form, you could translate the command as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “it is written that the people sat down to eat and to drink and rose up to play” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 1CO 10 7 awhu figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν ὁ λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν, καὶ ἀνέστησαν παίζειν 1 to play This quotation comes from a story in which Moses has gone up on a mountain to meet with God. While he is gone, the Israelites make an idol and worship it. This quotation is how their worship is described. Paul chooses this verse because it refers specifically to food sacrificed to idols and to sexual immorality (**play**, see the next note), which are the topics he has and will discuss. If your readers are not familiar with this story, you could add a footnote that refers to or summarizes the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 10 7 ukp4 figs-euphemism παίζειν 1 to play Here, **play** is a polite way to refer to sexual behavior. If your readers would misunderstand **play**, you could use a comparable polite term. Alternate translation: “to have sex” or “to make love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -1CO 10 8 vw5g ἔπεσαν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ εἴκοσι τρεῖς χιλιάδες 1 In one day, twenty-three thousand people died “God killed 23,000 people in one day” -1CO 10 9 l5h4 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων ἀπώλλυντο 1 were destroyed by snakes You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as a result, snakes destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 10 10 i3q3 figs-activepassive ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as a result, an angel of death destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 10 11 u1mp ταῦτα…συνέβαινεν ἐκείνοις 1 these things happened to them “God punished our ancestors” -1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 as examples Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -1CO 10 11 j3z1 τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων κατήντηκεν 1 the end of the ages “the last days have come” -1CO 10 12 df2p μὴ πέσῃ 1 does not fall “he does not sin or reject God” -1CO 10 13 a8vj figs-doublenegatives πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν, εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “The temptations that affect you are temptations that all people experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -1CO 10 13 hc7q ὃς οὐκ ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε 1 He will not let you be tempted beyond your ability This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “who will only allow you to be tempted in ways that you are strong enough to resist” -1CO 10 13 a72t figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι 1 will not let you be tempted You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will not allow anyone to tempt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 10 14 dab4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind them to be pure and to stay away from idolatry and immorality as he talks about communion, which represents the blood and body of Christ. -1CO 10 14 n5tb figs-metaphor φεύγετε ἀπὸ τῆς εἰδωλολατρίας 1 flee away from idolatry Paul is speaking of the practice of worshiping idols as if it were a physical thing like a dangerous animal. Alternate translation: “do all you can to get away from worshiping idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 10 16 gi4s τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας…τὸν ἄρτον 1 The cup of blessing Paul is speaking of the cup of wine and the bread that were used in the ritual of the Lord’s Supper. -1CO 10 16 tv8e ὃ εὐλογοῦμεν 1 that we bless “for which we thank God” -1CO 10 16 y5uv figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας, ὃ εὐλογοῦμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία ἐστὶν τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 is it not a sharing in the blood of Christ? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they already know, that the cup of wine that we share represents us sharing in the blood of Christ. Alternate translation: “When we bless the cup in the Lord’s Supper, we share in the blood of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 16 ngf6 figs-rquestion τὸν ἄρτον ὃν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐστιν? 1 The bread that we break, is it not a sharing in the body of Christ? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they already know. Alternate translation: “When we break the bread of the Lord’s Supper, we share in the body of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 17 g954 ἄρτος 1 loaf of bread a single unit of baked bread that is sliced or broken into pieces before it is eaten -1CO 10 18 q9ng figs-rquestion οὐχὶ οἱ ἐσθίοντες τὰς θυσίας, κοινωνοὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου εἰσίν? 1 Are not those who eat the sacrifices participants in the altar? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they already know so that he can give them new information. Alternate translation: “those who eat the sacrifices share in the activities and the blessings of the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 19 ix5q figs-rquestion τί οὖν φημι? 1 What am I saying then? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they already know so that he can give them new information. Alternate translation: “Let me review what I am saying.” or “This is what I mean.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 19 j8dj figs-ellipsis ὅτι εἰδωλόθυτόν τὶ ἐστιν, ἢ ὅτι εἴδωλόν τὶ ἐστιν? 1 Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything? The words “I am saying” are understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Am I saying that food sacrificed to idols or idols themselves are important?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1CO 10 19 l9t4 figs-rquestion ὅτι εἰδωλόθυτόν τὶ ἐστιν, ἢ ὅτι εἴδωλόν τὶ ἐστιν? 1 Paul wants the Corinthians to answer the question in their minds so he does not have to tell them. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not saying that an idol is something real or that food sacrificed to idols is important.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 21 dy2g figs-metonymy οὐ δύνασθε ποτήριον Κυρίου πίνειν, καὶ ποτήριον δαιμονίων 1 You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons Paul speaks of a person drinking from the same cup as the demon as evidence that that person is a friend of the demon. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for you to be true friends with both the Lord and demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1CO 10 21 qwk7 οὐ δύνασθε τραπέζης Κυρίου μετέχειν, καὶ τραπέζης δαιμονίων 1 You cannot partake of the table of the Lord and the table of demons “It is impossible for you to be truly one with the Lord’s people and also with demons” -1CO 10 22 l8ik figs-rquestion ἢ παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον? 1 Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that it is not right to make the Lord jealous.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 22 h9fh παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον 1 provoke to anger or irritate the Lord -1CO 10 22 zv17 figs-rquestion μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν? 1 We are not stronger than him, are we? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that we are not stronger than God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 23 ped1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul again reminds them of the law of liberty and doing everything for the benefit of others. -1CO 10 23 tu2m πάντα ἔξεστιν 1 Everything is lawful This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’.” (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.” This should be translated as in [1 Corinthians 6:12](../06/12.md). -1CO 10 23 jm4k οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 1 not everything is beneficial “some things are not beneficial” -1CO 10 23 ex6z figs-metaphor οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ 1 not everything builds people up To **build up** people represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “not everything strengthens people” or “some things do not strengthen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 10 27 g31y ὑμῖν…μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 you without asking questions of conscience “you. God wants you to eat the food with a clear conscience” -1CO 10 28 q3zt figs-you ἐὰν δέ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 But if someone says to you … do not eat … who informed you Some translations put this verse, continuing to “and not yours” in the next verse, in parentheses because: (1) The forms of **you** and **eat** here are singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence. (2) The words “For why is my freedom judged by another’s conscience?” in the next verse seem to build on “eat everything that is set before you without asking questions for the sake of your conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 10 28 qi77 figs-you ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 says to you … do not eat … informed you Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of the word **you** and the command **do not eat it** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 10 29 v1d9 figs-you συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 the conscience of the other man, I mean, and not yours Some translations put these words, along with the words in the verse before this one, in parentheses because (1) The forms of **you** and **eat** here are singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence. (2) The words “For why is my freedom judged by another’s conscience?” in the next verse seem to build on “eat everything that is set before you without asking questions for the sake of your conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 10 29 s1wk figs-you οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 and not yours Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **your** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 10 29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως? 1 For why … conscience? Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) The word **For** refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why … conscience?” (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why is my freedom judged by another’s conscience?’” -1CO 10 29 d4q1 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως? 1 why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience? The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “For you should know without me telling you that no one should be able to say I am doing wrong just because that person has ideas about right and wrong that are different from mine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 30 dv5f figs-rquestion εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ? 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “I partake of the meal with gratitude, so no one should insult me for that for which I gave thanks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 10 30 x2v5 εἰ ἐγὼ…μετέχω 1 If I partake If Paul is not quoting what some Corinthians might be thinking, the **I** represents those who eat meat with thankfulness. “If a person partakes” or “When a person eats” -1CO 10 30 n89t χάριτι 1 with gratitude “and thank God for it” or “and thank the person who gave it to me for it” -1CO 10 32 ag47 ἀπρόσκοποι καὶ Ἰουδαίοις γίνεσθε, καὶ Ἕλλησιν 1 Give no offense to Jews or to Greeks “Do not displease Jews or Greeks” or “Do not make Jews or Greeks angry” -1CO 10 33 hd2z τὸ τῶν πολλῶν 1 the many as many people as possible -1CO 11 intro abce 0 # 1 Corinthians 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the beginning of a new section of the letter (Chapters 11-14). Paul now talks about proper church services. In this chapter, he deals with two different problems: women in the church services (verses 1-16) and the Lord’s Supper (verses 17-34).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Proper conduct in a church service\n\n### Disorderly women\n\nPaul’s instructions here are debated among scholars. There may have been women who were abusing their Christian freedom and causing disorder in the church by going against established cultural customs. The disorder that their actions created would have caused him to be concerned.\n\n### The Lord’s Supper\n\nThere were problems in how the Corinthians were handling the Lord’s Supper. They did not act in a unified manner. During the feast celebrated along with the Lord’s Supper, some of them ate their own food without sharing. Some of them got drunk while the poor people remained hungry. Paul taught that the believers dishonored Christ’s death if they participated in the Lord’s Supper while they were sinning or while they were in broken relationships with each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses rhetorical questions to scold the people for their unwillingness to follow the rules for worship he has suggested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### The head\n\nPaul uses “head” as a metonym for authority in verse 3 and also to refer to a person’s actual head in verse 4 and following. Since they are so close together, it is likely that Paul intentionally used “head” in this way. This would show that the ideas in these verses were connected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1CO 11 1 h5fg 0 Connecting Statement: After reminding them to follow him the way he follows Christ, Paul gives some specific instructs in how women and men are to live as believers. -1CO 11 2 qsk9 πάντα μου μέμνησθε 1 you remember me in everything “you think of me at all times” or “you always try act as I would want you to act” The Corinthians had not forgotten who Paul was or what he had taught them. +1CO 10 8 szje figs-abstractnouns πορνεύωμεν…ἐπόρνευσαν 1 In one day, twenty-three thousand people died If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **immorality**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “immoral.” Alternate translation: “should we commit what is sexually immoral … committed what is sexually immoral” or “should behave in sexually immoral ways … behaved in sexually immoral ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 8 jb3v figs-explicit τινες αὐτῶν ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ ἔπεσαν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ εἴκοσι τρεῖς χιλιάδες 1 In one day, twenty-three thousand people died Here Paul refers to a story found in [Numbers 25:1–9](num/25/01.md). In this story, many Israelites began to worship a god named “Baal of Peor.” While worshiping this god, they also **committed sexual immorality**. God judged the Israelites by killing 24,000 of them. If your readers are not familiar with this story, you could add a footnote that refers to or summarizes the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 10 8 vlru grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 In one day, twenty-three thousand people died Here, **and** introduces the result of the Israelites “committing” **sexual immorality**. If your language does not use **and** to introduce a result, you could use a word or phrase that is more natural. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +1CO 10 8 vw5g translate-numbers εἴκοσι τρεῖς χιλιάδες 1 In one day, twenty-three thousand people died Here, **23,000** does not match the number that the Old Testament story includes, which is 24,000. Most likely, Paul is using a round number here. Consider using ways in your language to express a number, particularly a round number. Alternate translation: “about twenty-three thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +1CO 10 8 mc7x figs-euphemism ἔπεσαν 1 In one day, twenty-three thousand people died Paul is referring to the deaths of many Israelites as “falling.” This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If **fell** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to deaths or you could state the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “they passed away” or “fell down dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +1CO 10 8 xqfc translate-numbers μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ 1 In one day, twenty-three thousand people died Here, **one day** refers to one cycle of the sun while the sun is up. Use a word or phrase in your language that refers to this time period. Alternate translation: “in a single day” or “during one daytime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +1CO 10 9 z4xf figs-explicit τινες αὐτῶν ἐπείρασαν, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων ἀπώλλυντο 1 were destroyed by snakes Here Paul refers to a story found in [Numbers 21:5–6](num/21/05.md). In this story, many Israelites “spoke against” or challenged their leaders and God himself. In response, God sent **snakes**, and the **snakes** bit the Israelites, and many of them died. If your readers are not familiar with this story, you could add a footnote that refers to or summarizes the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 10 9 rhyb grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 were destroyed by snakes Here, **and** introduces the result of the Israelites “putting” **the Lord to the test**. If your language does not use **and** to introduce a result, you could use a word or phrase that is more natural. Alternate translation: “and as a result” or “with the result that they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +1CO 10 9 l5h4 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων ἀπώλλυντο 1 were destroyed by snakes If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it by using **the snakes**. Alternate translation: “God used snakes to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 10 tdsy figs-explicit τινὲς αὐτῶν ἐγόγγυσαν, καὶ ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer Here Paul refers to a story found in [Numbers 16:41–50](num/16/41.md) and perhaps also a story found in [Numbers 14:1–38](num/14/01.md). In both of these stories, Israelites “grumble” or complain about how their leaders and God himself are leading them. In response, God sends a plague or kills Israelites who **grumbled**. If your readers are not familiar with these stories, you could add a footnote that refers to or summarizes the stories. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Num 16:41–50 +1CO 10 10 cz1e grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer Here, **and** introduces the result of the Israelites “grumbling.” If your language does not use **and** to introduce a result, you could use a word or phrase that is more natural. Alternate translation: “and as a result” or “with the result that they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +1CO 10 10 i3q3 figs-activepassive ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it by using **the destroyer**. Alternate translation: “God used the destroyer to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 10 h02d translate-unknown τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer Here, **destroyer** refers to an angelic messenger whom God sends to “destroy.” Sometimes, this angel is called “the Angel of Death.” The stories that Paul refers to do not explicitly mention **the destroyer**, but Paul understands **the destroyer** to be the one who acts out God’s judgment by bringing a plague and killing Israelites. If your readers would misunderstand **the destroyer**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a spiritual being that “destroys.” However, this spiritual being must be one whom God could send. Alternate translation: “the angel of death” or “a destroying angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 10 11 u1mp writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 these things happened to them Here, **these things** refers back to what Paul has said about the Israelites in [10:7–10](../10/07.md). If your readers would misunderstand **these things** you could clarify what the phrase refers to. Alternate translation: “the events that I have mentioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1CO 10 11 bxef translate-unknown τυπικῶς 1 these things happened to them Just as in [10:6](../10/06.md), **examples** here refers to how the stories about the Israelites function as **examples** or “illustrations” for the believers who hear or read those stories. If your readers would misunderstand **examples**, you could use a comparable word or phrase, and compare with how you translated “examples” in [10:6](../10/06.md). Alternate translation: “as patterns” or “as models” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 10 11 xlwp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 2 these things happened to them Here, **but** introduces a further development. It does not contrast with the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand **but**, you could express the idea with a word or phrase that introduces a further development. Alternate translation: “and” or “and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1CO 10 11 zavw figs-activepassive ἐγράφη 1 these things happened to them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “someone” did it. Alternate translation: “a person wrote them” or “people wrote them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 11 xotv figs-abstractnouns πρὸς νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν 1 these things happened to them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **admonition**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “admonish.” Alternate translation: “to admonish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-metaphor εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων κατήντηκεν 1 as examples Here Paul speaks as if **the end of the ages** could **come** on somebody. By speaking as if **the end of the ages** were something that could **come**, Paul expresses the idea that he and the Corinthians are living during **the end of the ages**. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “who live during the end of the ages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 10 11 j3z1 figs-idiom εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων κατήντηκεν 1 the end of the ages Here, **the end of the ages** refers to the last period in the history of the world. It also means that this last period has been the goal of all the previous events. If your language has a way to refer to the last period in the history of the world, you could use it here. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the world, you could express the idea by stating that the end of the world will happen soon. Alternate translation: “to whom the end of the world is coming soon” or “on whom the end times have come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1CO 10 12 df2p figs-metaphor ἑστάναι…μὴ πέσῃ 1 does not fall Here someone who **stands** is someone who is strong and faithful when following Jesus. People who **fall** are those who fail to faithfully follow Jesus and whom God punishes, just like he punished the Israelites. “Standing” and “falling” represent physically the spiritual state of the person. If your readers would misunderstand **stands** and **fall**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he has firm footing … he might not slip” or “he acts faithfully … he might not fail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 10 12 hn4j figs-imperative βλεπέτω 1 does not fall Here, Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express the idea using words such as “should” or “needs to.” Alternate translation: “he needs to be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +1CO 10 12 s8yj figs-gendernotations ἑστάναι, βλεπέτω μὴ πέσῃ 1 does not fall Although **he** and **him** are masculine, Paul is using them to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If **he** and **him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “he or she stands, let him or her be careful that he or she might not fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1CO 10 13 a8vj grammar-connect-exceptions πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν, εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only temptations that have seized you are those that are common to humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +1CO 10 13 hc7q figs-personification πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν 1 He will not let you be tempted beyond your ability Here, a **temptation** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could “seize” someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You have encountered no temptation” or “No temptation has tempted you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +1CO 10 13 e4je figs-abstractnouns πειρασμὸς…οὐκ…σὺν τῷ πειρασμῷ 1 He will not let you be tempted beyond your ability If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **temptation**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “Nothing that is tempting … with what is tempting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 13 r066 figs-idiom ἀνθρώπινος 1 He will not let you be tempted beyond your ability Something that **is common to humanity** is something that many humans experience, and it is not unique to one or two people. If your readers would misunderstand **what is common to humanity**, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “what is usual for humans” or “what other people experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1CO 10 13 a72t figs-activepassive ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι 1 will not let you be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “someone” did it. Alternate translation: “someone to tempt you” or “anybody to tempt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 13 idi9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε 1 will not let you be tempted Here Paul speaks as if a **temptation** could be **beyond** what the Corinthians **are able** to handle. By speaking as if the **temptation** is too far in distance, Paul emphasizes that a **temptation** that is **beyond** would be one that the Corinthians could not resist, just as they could not reach a place that is **beyond** them. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “above what you are able” or “so that you are not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 10 13 au0q figs-ellipsis δύνασθε 1 will not let you be tempted Here Paul omits what the Corinthians **are able** to do. If your language would state what they **are able** to do, you could include a word or phrase that would be used for “resisting” a temptation. Alternate translation: “you are able to withstand” or “you are able to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1CO 10 13 ek5d figs-metaphor τὴν ἔκβασιν 1 will not let you be tempted Here Paul speaks of a **temptation** as if it were a trap that had a **way of escape**. By speaking in this way, Paul tells the Corinthians that God always provides a way to deal with a **temptation**, just as if a trap always had a **way of escape**. If your readers would misunderstand **way of escape**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “the way out” or “the way to withstand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 10 13 er9d grammar-connect-logic-goal τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 will not let you be tempted Here, **so that you will be able to endure it** could (1) state the purpose of God giving **the way of escape**. Alternate translation: “the way of escape in order that you will be able to endure it” (2) define **the way of escape**. Alternate translation: “the way of escape, which is being able to endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +1CO 10 14 dab4 figs-activepassive ἀγαπητοί μου 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that he himself loves them. Alternate translation: “people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 14 n5tb figs-metaphor φεύγετε ἀπὸ 1 flee away from idolatry Just as in [6:18](../06/18.md), here Paul wants the Corinthians to avoid **idolatry** as urgently as if it were an enemy or danger that they might **flee from**. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “carefully stay away from” or “fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 10 14 ly4k figs-abstractnouns τῆς εἰδωλολατρίας 1 flee away from idolatry If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **idolatry**, you could express the idea by using a phrase such as “worshiping other gods” or “serving idols.” Alternate translation: “serving idols” or “worshiping idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 15 ed82 grammar-connect-condition-fact ὡς φρονίμοις 1 flee away from idolatry Paul here uses **as**, but he means that he thinks he really is speaking to **sensible people**. If your language does not use **as** if what it introduces is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could express the idea by identifying the Corinthians as **sensible people**. Alternate translation: “to you like this because you are sensible people” or “like someone who talks to reasonable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +1CO 10 15 mnb2 writing-pronouns ὅ φημι 1 flee away from idolatry Here, **what I say** refers to what Paul is about to say in the next verses (especially [10:16–22](../10/16.md). If your readers would misunderstand **what I say**, you could use a form that naturally refers to the next sentences. Alternate translation: “what I will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1CO 10 16 gi4s figs-possession\n τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας 1 The cup of blessing Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **cup** is characterized by **blessing**. This phrase identifies a specific **cup**, here the **cup** used in the Lord’s Supper. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could identify the **cup** as the one used in the Lord’s Supper. Alternate translation: “The cup in the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1CO 10 16 tavb figs-metonymy\n τὸ ποτήριον 1 The cup of blessing Here the Corinthians would have understood **cup** to refer to the drink inside the **cup**, which in Paul’s culture would have been wine. If your readers would misunderstand **cup**, you could more explicitly refer to what would be in the **cup**. Alternate translation: “The drink” or “The wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1CO 10 16 tv8e figs-abstractnouns τῆς εὐλογίας 1 that we bless If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **blessing**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “bless.” Alternate translation: “that blesses and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 16 y5uv figs-rquestion εὐλογοῦμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία ἐστὶν τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 is it not a sharing in the blood of Christ? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, it is.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “we bless is certainly a sharing of the blood of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 16 yek5 figs-possession κοινωνία…τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ…κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 is it not a sharing in the blood of Christ? Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **a sharing** that “shares in” the **blood** and **body** of Christ. This could refer primarily to: (1) communion in or union with Christ himself. Alternate translation: “communion with the blood of Christ … communion with the body of Christ” (2) being joined together with other believers, which comes from sharing in the **blood** and **body** of Christ. Alternate translation: “sharing in fellowship based on the blood of Christ … sharing in fellowship based on the body of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1CO 10 16 ngf6 figs-rquestion κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐστιν? 1 The bread that we break, is it not a sharing in the body of Christ? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, it is.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “we break is certainly a sharing of the body of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 16 g8ad translate-unknown κλῶμεν 1 The bread that we break, is it not a sharing in the body of Christ? Here, to **break** bread refers to taking a large loaf and splitting it up into pieces so that many people can eat the pieces. By using **we break**, Paul is referring to many people together eating **bread**. If your readers would misunderstand **we break**, you could use a word or phrase in your language that refers to how people eat **bread** while still emphasizing that many people eat the **bread**. Alternate translation: “we eat together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 10 17 gfur figs-infostructure ὅτι εἷς ἄρτος, ἓν σῶμα οἱ πολλοί ἐσμεν; οἱ γὰρ πάντες ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου μετέχομεν 1 loaf of bread Here, Paul presents his argument by stating a premise, a conclusion, and then another premise. If your language would naturally state both premises before the conclusion, you could rearrange these clauses. Alternate translation: “Because {there is} one bread, and we all partake from the one bread, we who are many {are} one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +1CO 10 17 g954 translate-unknown εἷς ἄρτος…τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου 1 loaf of bread Here, Paul speaks of **one bread** because he has in mind one “loaf” of **bread** from which **we** would eat pieces. If your readers would misunderstand **one bread**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to one loaf of **bread**. Alternate translation: “{there is} one loaf … the one loaf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 10 17 vvt7 figs-metaphor ἓν σῶμα οἱ πολλοί ἐσμεν 1 loaf of bread Here Paul is speaking as if those who **partake from the one bread** together share **one body**. He speaks in this way to emphasize the unity that these people have when they eat the **one bread**, which is as close as if they had only one body. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “we who are many share all things together” or “we who are many are united together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 10 18 f97w figs-idiom τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ σάρκα 1 Are not those who eat the sacrifices participants in the altar? Here, **according to the flesh** identifies **Israel** as a reference to the people who are physically descended from Abraham and part of the nation of **Israel**. If your readers would misunderstand **according to the flesh**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to physical descent or genealogy. Alternate translation: “ethnic Israel” or “Israel by physical descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1CO 10 18 q9ng figs-rquestion οὐχὶ οἱ ἐσθίοντες τὰς θυσίας, κοινωνοὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου εἰσίν? 1 Are not those who eat the sacrifices participants in the altar? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, they are.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “those who are eating the sacrifices are certainly partakers of the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 18 w3qn figs-explicit οἱ ἐσθίοντες τὰς θυσίας 1 Are not those who eat the sacrifices participants in the altar? Here Paul refers to how the priests would offer some of a sacrifice to God, while the person who gave the sacrifice and others with that person would eat the rest. In this way, the person who gave the sacrifice shared the food with God and with others. If your readers would misunderstand **who are eating the sacrifices**, you could clarify what Paul has in mind in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “those who eat the rest of the sacrifices after the priest has offered the best parts to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 10 18 wz2h figs-possession κοινωνοὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 Are not those who eat the sacrifices participants in the altar? Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **partakers** who “partake in” **the altar**. This could refer primarily to: (1) “partaking” in or union with **the altar** and what it represents. Alternate translation: “partaking in the altar” (2) being joined together with other Israelites, which comes from “partaking” in **the altar**. Alternate translation: “partaking in fellowship based on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1CO 10 18 cxzh figs-synecdoche τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 Are not those who eat the sacrifices participants in the altar? Here Paul uses **altar** as a way to refer to the altar itself and what the priests did with the altar, including the sacrificing of animals to God. If your readers would misunderstand **altar**, you could clarify that Paul has in mind what happens at **the altar**. Alternate translation: “of the worship of God at the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1CO 10 19 ix5q figs-rquestion τί οὖν φημι? ὅτι 1 What am I saying then? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question introduces a clarifying statement from Paul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a statement that introduces a clarification. Alternate translation: “Here is what I want to clarify: is it true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 19 b9ct writing-pronouns τί οὖν φημι 1 What am I saying then? Here Paul is referring to what he has said in his argument about idols and things sacrificed to them. If your readers would misunderstand that Paul is referring to what he has said so far, you could express that more clearly. Alternate translation: “What does what I have argued imply, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1CO 10 19 j8dj translate-unknown εἰδωλόθυτόν 1 Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything? Just as in [8:1](../08/01.md), here Paul speaks about animals that are slaughtered, offered to a god, and then eaten. For many people in Paul’s culture, this was the only meat that was available for them to eat. In many cases, people would eat this meat at a god’s temple or shrine. However, sometimes the meat could be sold to people, who would then eat it in their homes. In the next verses, Paul will speak about whether and how Christians should eat or not eat this meat. If your language has a specific word or phrase for meat from an animal that has been offered to a god, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 10 19 lxm3 figs-activepassive εἰδωλόθυτόν 1 Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “food that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 19 l9t4 figs-rquestion οὖν…ὅτι εἰδωλόθυτόν τὶ ἐστιν, ἢ ὅτι εἴδωλόν τὶ ἐστιν? 1 Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “no, they are not.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “then? Food sacrificed to idols is nothing, and an idol is nothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 19 tmkb τὶ ἐστιν -1 Here, **is anything** could ask about: (1) whether **food sacrificed idols** and **an idol** are significant or important. Alternate translation: “is significant … is significant” (2) whether **food sacrificed to idols** and **an idol** exist or not. Alternate translation: “exists … exists” +1CO 10 20 skct figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὅτι 1 Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a full sentence. If your language needs these words, you could supply some from the previous verse ([10:19](../10/19.md)). Alternate translation: “Rather, I am saying that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1CO 10 20 hvi0 figs-infostructure ὅτι ἃ θύουσιν τὰ ἔθνη…θύουσιν 1 Here Paul states the object before the verb. If your language would always put the object after the verb, you could rearrange this clause. Alternate translation: “that the Gentiles sacrifice what they sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +1CO 10 20 k6ha Θεῷ 1 Here, **God** could refer to: (1) any deity. Paul thinks that the **Gentiles** do not **sacrifice** to anything that can be called a **God**. Alternate translation: “to any god” (2) the God that Paul and the Corinthians worship. Alternate translation: “to our God” +1CO 10 20 snhh grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **But** introduces a development in the argument. It does not introduce a strong contrast. If your readers would misunderstand **But**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next step in an argument. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1CO 10 20 w8ep figs-possession κοινωνοὺς τῶν δαιμονίων 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **partakers** who “partake in” **the demons**. This could refer primarily to: (1) “partaking” in or union with **the demons**. Alternate translation: “partaking in the demons” (2) being joined together with non-believers, which comes from “partaking” in **the demons**. Alternate translation: “partaking in fellowship based on the demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1CO 10 21 vgx5 figs-hyperbole οὐ δύνασθε…πίνειν…οὐ δύνασθε τραπέζης…μετέχειν 1 You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons Here Paul states that they **are not able** to do both of these things, even though he knows that they can do both of these things. The Corinthians would have understood him to mean that it is shocking and unthinkable to do both of these things. If your readers would misunderstand **You are not able**, you could express the idea with a strong command or a statement of how bad doing both these things would be. Alternate translation: “You should never drink … You should never partake of the table” or “It is very wrong to drink … It is very wrong to partake of the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +1CO 10 21 dy2g figs-metonymy ποτήριον -1 You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons Here the Corinthians would have understood **cup** to refer to the drink inside **the cup**, which in Paul’s culture would have been wine. If your readers would misunderstand **cup**, you could more explicitly refer to what would be in **the cup**. Alternate translation: “the drink … the drink” or “the wine in the cup … the wine in the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1CO 10 21 mxni figs-possession ποτήριον Κυρίου…ποτήριον δαιμονίων…τραπέζης Κυρίου…τραπέζης δαιμονίων. 1 You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe “cups” and “tables” that are associated with **the Lord** or with **demons**. The **cup** and the **table** would be used in ceremonies or worship connected to either **the Lord** or the **demons**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could state it in another way. Alternate translation: “the cup used to worship the Lord … the cup used to worship demons … of the table used to worship the Lord … of the table used to worship demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1CO 10 21 qwk7 figs-metonymy τραπέζης -1 You cannot partake of the table of the Lord and the table of demons Here the Corinthians would have understood **table** to refer to the food on **the table**. If your readers would misunderstand **table**, you could more explicitly refer to what would be on **the table**. Alternate translation: “of the bread … of the bread” or “of the food on the table … of the food on the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1CO 10 22 nxv9 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον 1 Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? The word **Or** introduces an alternate to what Paul speaks about in [10:21](../10/21.md). If they do indeed participate in meals connected to the Lord and also meals connected to demons, they will **provoke the Lord to jealousy**. If **Or** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that signifies a contrast or gives an alternative. Alternate translation: “If we do both of these things, do we not provoke the Lord to jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1CO 10 22 l8ik figs-rquestion ἢ παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον? 1 Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “no, we should not.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong command. Alternate translation: “Do not provoke the Lord to jealousy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 22 h9fh figs-abstractnouns παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον 1 provoke If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **jealousy**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “jealous.” Alternate translation: “do we provoke the Lord to be jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 22 zv17 figs-rquestion μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν? 1 We are not stronger than him, are we? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “no, we are not.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “We are certainly not stronger than him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 23 z31s figs-doublet πάντα ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει. πάντα ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ. -1 Everything is lawful Here, just as in [6:12](../06/12.md), Paul repeats **All things {are} lawful for me** to make two separate comments on the statement. By repeating **All things {are} lawful for me**, Paul emphasizes his qualifications or objections to this statement. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could state **All things {are} lawful for me** once and include both comments after that. Alternate translation: ““All things {are} lawful for me,’ but not all things {are} beneficial, and not all things build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1CO 10 23 tu2m writing-quotations πάντα ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ’ -1 Everything is lawful In this verse, just as in [6:12](../06/12.md), Paul twice quotes what some people in the Corinthian church are saying. The ULT indicates that these claims are quotations by using quotation marks. If your readers would misunderstood **All things {are} lawful for me** and think that Paul is claiming this, you could clarify that some of the Corinthians are saying this, and Paul is saying the words that occur after **but**. Alternate translation: “You say, ‘All things {are} lawful for me,’ but I respond that … You say, ‘All things {are} lawful for me,’ but I respond that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1CO 10 23 jm4k οὐ πάντα -1 not everything is beneficial Alternate translation: “only some things … only some things” +1CO 10 23 adry figs-explicit συμφέρει…οἰκοδομεῖ 1 not everything is beneficial Here Paul does not say to whom everything is not **beneficial** and who is the one who is not “built up.” He could be implying that it is: (1) other believers within the Corinthian community. Alternate translation: “{are} beneficial to others … build others up” (2) the person or people who say that **All things {are} lawful**. Alternate translation: “{are} beneficial for you … build you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 10 23 ex6z figs-metaphor οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ 1 not everything builds people up Just as in [8:1](../08/01.md), Paul here speaks as if believers were a building that one could **build up**. With this metaphor, he emphasizes that only some things help believers become stronger and more mature, just like building a house makes it strong and complete. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could express the idea non-figuratively or with a comparable metaphor. Alternate translation: “not all things enable believers to grow” or “not all things edify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 10 24 bpf8 figs-imperative μηδεὶς…ζητείτω 1 not everything builds people up Here, Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express the idea using a word such as “should” or “must.” Alternate translation: “No one should seek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +1CO 10 24 i6ek figs-gendernotations ἑαυτοῦ 1 not everything builds people up Here, **his** is written in masculine form, but it refers to anyone, no matter what their gender might be. If the meaning of **his** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a word that does not have gender or you could use both genders. Alternate translation: “his or her own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1CO 10 24 mcwj figs-possession τὸ ἑαυτοῦ…ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 not everything builds people up Here Paul speaks of a **good** that belongs to oneself or to another person. By this, he refers to what is **good** for oneself or to **the other person**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could clarify that the **good** is “for” somebody. Alternate translation: “what is good for himself but what is good for the other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1CO 10 24 dppr figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 not everything builds people up Paul is speaking of other people in general, not of one particular **other person**. If your readers would misunderstand **the other person**, you could use a form that does refer generically to people in your language. Alternate translation: “of every other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1CO 10 25 djh4 figs-explicit ἐν μακέλλῳ 1 not everything builds people up Here, **the market** is the public place where meat and other foods were **sold**. At least sometimes, meat that came from sacrifices to idols would be sold in this **market**. If your readers would misunderstand why Paul is speaking about **the market**, you could include a footnote to explain the context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 10 25 m6w7 figs-activepassive πωλούμενον 1 not everything builds people up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “butchers” or “sellers” do it. Alternate translation: “butchers sell” or “people sell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 25 b93i figs-ellipsis ἀνακρίνοντες 1 not everything builds people up Here Paul does not state what they are **asking** about, since the Corinthians would have understood him without these words. He implies that they would be **asking** about whether the food has been involved in idol worship or not. If your readers would misunderstand **asking**, or if you need to provide an object for **asking**, you could explicitly state what Paul implies. Alternate translation: “asking about its origin” or “asking about whether someone has offered it to an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1CO 10 25 cnu1 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not everything builds people up Here, **for the sake of conscience** could give the reason for: (1) the **asking**. In this case, Paul is saying that the **asking** is **for the sake of conscience**, but they should not be worried about **conscience** in this case. Alternate translation: “asking on account of the conscience” (2) why they can **Eat everything** **without asking**. In this case, Paul is saying that they should eat **without asking** because if they did ask, their **conscience** might condemn them. Alternate translation: “asking. Do this for the sake of the conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +1CO 10 25 crww writing-pronouns τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not everything builds people up Here, **the conscience** identifies the **conscience** of the people who are buying the food **in the market**. If your readers would misunderstand **the conscience**, you could express the idea with a form that more clearly identifies the **conscience** as belonging to the people who buy the food. Alternate translation: “your consciences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1CO 10 26 c1al writing-quotations γὰρ 1 not everything builds people up In Paul’s culture, **For** a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book titled “Psalms” (see [Psalm 24:1](psa/24/01.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it can be read in the Old Testament,” or “For the book of Psalms says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1CO 10 26 l89d figs-quotations τοῦ Κυρίου γὰρ ἡ γῆ, καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς 1 not everything builds people up If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate these statements as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. Alternate translation: “For it says that the earth is the Lord’s, and the fullness of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +1CO 10 26 yi79 figs-infostructure τοῦ Κυρίου…ἡ γῆ, καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς 1 not everything builds people up Here, the passage that Paul quotes includes a second thing that is **the Lord’s** after the **earth**. In the author’s culture, this was good poetic style. If your readers would misunderstand the structure, you could put **the earth** and **the fullness of it** together. Alternate translation: “the earth and the fullness of it are the Lord’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +1CO 10 26 c5tk figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς 1 not everything builds people up Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a full sentence. You could supply words from the first half of the verse to complete the thought. Alternate translation: “and the fullness of it is also the Lord’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1CO 10 26 ib5g translate-unknown τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς 1 not everything builds people up Here, **fullness** refers to everything that is connected with **the earth**, including people, animals, natural resources, and anything else that goes with **the earth**. Use a natural way to refer to everything connected with **the earth** in your language. Alternate translation: “everything in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 10 27 nbjw figs-hypo εἴ 1 you without asking questions of conscience Here Paul uses if to introduce a true possibility. He means that an unbeliever might **invite you** and **you** might **want to go**, or this might not happen. He specifies the result for if the unbeliever does **invite you** and if **you** do **want to go**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could express the **if** statement by introducing it with a word such as “whenever.” Alternate translation: “Whenever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +1CO 10 27 i2f5 figs-explicit καλεῖ ὑμᾶς 1 you without asking questions of conscience Here, Paul implies that the unbeliever “invites them” to eat at the unbeliever’s house. If your readers would misunderstand **invite you** by itself, you could clarify what the invitation is for. Alternate translation: “invite you to eat at their home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 10 27 krcv figs-idiom τὸ παρατιθέμενον ὑμῖν 1 you without asking questions of conscience Here, **that is set before you** refers physically to a waiter or servant “setting” food on the table in front of the person eating. If your readers would misunderstand this way of speaking about the food that one is served, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “that is on the table” or “that they offer to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1CO 10 27 l2k8 figs-activepassive τὸ παρατιθέμενον 1 you without asking questions of conscience If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that one of the “unbelievers” did it. Alternate translation: “that the unbeliever sets before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 27 g31y figs-ellipsis ἀνακρίνοντες 1 you without asking questions of conscience Just as in [10:25](../10/25.md), here Paul does not state what they are **asking questions** about, since the Corinthians would have understood him without these words. He implies that they would be **asking questions** about whether the food has been involved in idol worship or not. If your readers would misunderstand **asking questions**, or if you need to provide an object for **asking questions**, you could explicitly state what Paul implies. Alternate translation: “asking questions about its origin” or “asking questions about whether someone has offered it to an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1CO 10 27 xnej grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 you without asking questions of conscience Just as in [10:25](../10/25.md), **for the sake of conscience** could give the reason for: (1) **asking questions**. In this case, Paul is saying that **asking questions** is **for the sake of the conscience**, but they should not be worried about **the conscience** in this case. Alternate translation: “asking questions on account of the conscience” (2) why they can **Eat everything** **without asking**. In this case, Paul is saying that they should eat **without asking** because if they did ask, their **conscience** might condemn them. Alternate translation: “asking. Do this for the sake of the conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +1CO 10 27 pqsl writing-pronouns τὴν συνείδησιν 1 you without asking questions of conscience Here,**the conscience** identifies **the conscience** of the people who are eating with **unbelievers**. If your readers would misunderstand **the conscience**, you could express the idea with a form that more clearly identifies **the conscience** as belonging to the person who is eating with **unbelievers**. Alternate translation: “your consciences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1CO 10 28 vmvt figs-hypo ἐὰν 1 But if someone says to you … do not eat … who informed you Here Paul uses **if** to introduce a true possibility. He means that **someone** might tell **you** that the food is **offered in sacrifice**, or **someone** might not. He specifies the result for if the **someone** does tell **you**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could express the **if** statement by introducing it with a word such as “whenever.” Alternate translation: “Whenever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +1CO 10 28 q3zt figs-quotations ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τοῦτο ἱερόθυτόν ἐστιν 1 But if someone says to you … do not eat … who informed you If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate this statement as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “says to you that the food was offered in sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +1CO 10 28 mj66 figs-activepassive τοῦτο ἱερόθυτόν ἐστιν 1 But if someone says to you … do not eat … who informed you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “someone” did it. Alternate translation: “Someone offered this in sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 28 ow9p figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο ἱερόθυτόν ἐστιν 1 But if someone says to you … do not eat … who informed you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **sacrifice**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “sacrifice.” Alternate translation: “This is sacrificed” or “This is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 28 htgx figs-explicit ἱερόθυτόν 1 But if someone says to you … do not eat … who informed you Here, **offered in sacrifice** implies that the food was **offered** to an idol. If your readers would misunderstand this implication, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered in sacrifice to an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 10 28 qi77 τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 says to you … do not eat … informed you Alternate translation: “who told you about it” +1CO 10 28 qr1c figs-extrainfo τὴν συνείδησιν 1 says to you … do not eat … informed you Here it is unclear whose **conscience** Paul is speaking about. If possible, preserve the ambiguity because Paul will explain whose **conscience** he has in mind in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +1CO 10 28 f8mv translate-textvariants συνείδησιν 1 says to you … do not eat … informed you After **conscience**, some manuscripts include “For ‘the earth {is} the Lord’s, and the fullness of it.’” This seems to be an accidental repetition of [10:26](../10/26.md). If possible, do not include this addition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1CO 10 29 v1d9 συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ 1 the conscience of the other man, I mean, and not yours Alternate translation: “now the conscience I am talking about is not” +1CO 10 29 s1wk figs-ellipsis συνείδησιν…λέγω, οὐχὶ 1 and not yours Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a full sentence. If you need these words, you could supply a phrase such as “I mean.” Alternate translation: “when I say the conscience, I mean not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1CO 10 29 d0p8 writing-pronouns τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 and not yours Here, **the other person** is the one who spoke about how the food was “offered in sacrifice” in [10:28](../10/28.md). If your readers would misunderstand who **the other person** is, you could clarify to whom it refers. Alternate translation: “of the person who informed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1CO 10 29 k8xr grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For why … conscience? Here, **for** introduces further support for the point that Paul was making in [10:25–27](../10/25–27.md) about how “conscience” is not significant for eating food at someone’s house. This means that [10:28–29a](../10/28.md) interrupt the argument. For ways to mark this in your translation, see the chapter introduction. If your readers would misunderstand how **for** refers back to verse 27, you could add some words that clarify that Paul is returning to an earlier argument. Alternate translation: “In most cases, though,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1CO 10 29 dr73 figs-123person ἡ ἐλευθερία μου 1 For why … conscience? Here Paul begins speaking in the first person in order to present himself as an example. You can tell that this is why he uses the first person because of what he says in [10:33](../10/33.md). If your readers would misunderstand the first person here, you could clarify that Paul is using himself as an example. Alternate translation: “my freedom, for example,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1CO 10 29 d4q1 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί…ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως? 1 why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “it should not be.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “my freedom is certainly not judged by another’s conscience.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 29 ksog figs-activepassive ἵνα τί…ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως 1 why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “why does another’s conscience judge my freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 29 kbj4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐλευθερία μου 1 why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience? If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **freedom**, you could express the idea by using a relative clause with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “what I am free to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 30 x2v5 figs-hypo εἰ 1 If I partake Here Paul uses **if** to introduce a true possibility. He means that someone might **partake with gratitude**, or someone might not. He specifies the result for if the person does **partake with gratitude**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could express the **if** statement by introducing it with a word such as “whenever” or “given that.” Alternate translation: “Whenever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +1CO 10 30 b7n9 ἐγὼ…βλασφημοῦμαι…ἐγὼ 1 If I partake Here Paul continues speaking in the first person in order to present himself as an example. You can tell that this is why he uses the first person because of what he says in [10:33](../10/33.md). If your readers would misunderstand the first person here, you could clarify that Paul is using himself as an example. Alternate translation: “I, for example, … am I insulted … I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1CO 10 30 n89t figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 with gratitude If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **gratitude**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “gratefully” or an adjective such as “grateful.” Alternate translation: “gratefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 30 dv5f figs-rquestion τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ? 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “you should not be.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “I must not be insulted for that which I give thanks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 10 30 bafd figs-activepassive βλασφημοῦμαι 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that some other person did it. Alternate translation: “do they insult me” or “does someone insult me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 10 31 ub3g grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? Here, **Therefore** introduces the conclusion of what Paul has argued in [8:1–10:30](../08/01.md). If you have a way to introduce the conclusion to an entire section, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +1CO 10 31 pxzd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴτε…ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? Paul is speaking as if “eating,” “drinking,” and “doing” things were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that the Corinthians will do these things. If your language does not state something as a possibility if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when you eat or drink, or when you do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +1CO 10 31 zmvv figs-abstractnouns εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **glory**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “glorify.” Alternate translation: “to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 32 sj34 figs-abstractnouns ἀπρόσκοποι καὶ Ἰουδαίοις γίνεσθε, καὶ Ἕλλησιν, καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Give no offense to Jews or to Greeks If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **offense**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “offend.” Alternate translation: “Do not offend either Jews or Greeks or the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 32 ag47 figs-explicit καὶ Ἰουδαίοις…καὶ Ἕλλησιν, καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Give no offense to Jews or to Greeks Here the three groups to which Paul refers would include every person in Paul’s context. The **Jews** are those who practice Jewish customs and faith, while **the church of God** refers to everyone who believes in Jesus the Messiah. The word **Greeks** includes everyone else. If your readers would misunderstand these three groups and think that Paul is leaving some people out, you could clarify that Paul includes everyone. Alternate translation: “to anyone, whether Jews or Greeks or the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 10 33 rjyz figs-possession τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ σύμφορον…τὸ τῶν πολλῶν 1 the many Here Paul speaks of a **benefit** that belongs to him or to **many** others. By this, he refers to what is a **benefit** for himself or for the **many** others. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could clarify that the **benefit** is “for” somebody. Alternate translation: “what is a benefit for myself but what is a benefit for the many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1CO 10 33 k86v figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ σύμφορον, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν 1 the many If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **benefit**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “benefit.” Alternate translation: “what benefits me but what benefits the many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 10 33 hd2z figs-nominaladj τῶν πολλῶν 1 the many Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of many people” or “of everyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +1CO 10 33 qsg4 figs-activepassive σωθῶσιν 1 the many If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “God might save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 11 intro abce 0 # 1 Corinthians 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of a new section of the letter (Chapters 11-14). Paul now talks about proper church services. In this chapter, he deals with two different problems: women in the church services (verses 1-16) and the Lord’s Supper (verses 17-34).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Proper conduct in a church service

### Disorderly women

Paul’s instructions here are debated among scholars. There may have been women who were abusing their Christian freedom and causing disorder in the church by going against established cultural customs. The disorder that their actions created would have caused him to be concerned.

### The Lord’s Supper

There were problems in how the Corinthians were handling the Lord’s Supper. They did not act in a unified manner. During the feast celebrated along with the Lord’s Supper, some of them ate their own food without sharing. Some of them got drunk while the poor people remained hungry. Paul taught that the believers dishonored Christ’s death if they participated in the Lord’s Supper while they were sinning or while they were in broken relationships with each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions to scold the people for their unwillingness to follow the rules for worship he has suggested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### The head

Paul uses “head” as a metonym for authority in verse 3 and also to refer to a person’s actual head in verse 4 and following. Since they are so close together, it is likely that Paul intentionally used “head” in this way. This would show that the ideas in these verses were connected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1CO 11 1 h5fg μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε, καθὼς κἀγὼ Χριστοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: Alternate translation: “Imitate me, just as I also {imitate} Christ” +1CO 11 2 epnu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 you remember me in everything Here, **Now** introduces a whole new section in Paul’s argument. He **Now** begins speaking about proper behavior during worship. If your readers would misunderstand **Now**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new topic or leave it untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1CO 11 2 ibw5 figs-metonymy μου 1 you remember me in everything Here, **me** refers specifically to what Paul teaches and how Paul behaves. If your readers would misunderstand **me**, you could clarify exactly what about **me** Paul has in mind. Alternate translation: “my doctrine and behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1CO 11 2 qsk9 figs-idiom πάντα 1 you remember me in everything Here, **all things** refers to anything the Corinthians might do. If your readers would misunderstand **in all things**, you could use a word or phrase that expresses the same idea in your language. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “when you do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1CO 11 2 ttwu figs-metaphor τὰς παραδόσεις κατέχετε 1 you remember me in everything Here, Paul speaks as if **the traditions** were something physical that the Corinthians would **hold firmly to**. By using this figure of speech, Paul wishes to emphasize that the Corinthians are believing the traditions and acting in line with them as carefully and consistently as if they were physically holding on to them. If your readers would misunderstanding **hold firmly**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you keep the traditions” or “you follow the traditions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 11 2 bwes figs-abstractnouns τὰς παραδόσεις 1 you remember me in everything If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **traditions**, you could express the idea by using a relative clause with a verb such as “teach” or “learn.” Alternate translation: “to the things you learned from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 11 2 akeb figs-metaphor παρέδωκα ὑμῖν 1 you remember me in everything Here Paul speaks as if the **traditions** were a physical object that he **delivered** to the Corinthians. By speaking in this way, he emphasizes that he truly taught them **the traditions**, and they now know these **traditions** as well as if they held them in their hands. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “I instructed you” or “I told them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 11 3 k5um θέλω δὲ 1 Now I want This could mean: (1) Paul is saying, “Because of this, I want.” (2) Paul is saying, “However, I want.” 1CO 11 3 hbt7 ἡ κεφαλὴ…ἐστιν 1 is the head has authority over 1CO 11 3 en95 κεφαλὴ…γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ 2 a man is the head of a woman This could mean: (1) men are to have authority over women. (2) the husband is to have authority over the wife. @@ -1390,7 +1480,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 11 33 nky5 ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε 1 wait for one another “allow the others to arrive before beginning the meal” 1CO 11 34 v2uh ἐν οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω 1 let him eat at home “let him eat before attending this gathering” 1CO 11 34 x1l8 figs-metonymy μὴ εἰς κρίμα συνέρχησθε 1 not be for judgment “it will not be an occasion for God to discipline you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 1 Corinthians 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Gifts of the Holy Spirit\n\nThis chapter begins a new section. Chapters 12-14 discuss spiritual gifts within the church.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Church, the body of Christ\n\nThis is an important metaphor in Scripture. The Church has many different parts. Each part has different functions. They combine to make one church. All of the different parts are necessary. Each part is to be concerned for all the other parts, even those that seem less important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “No one can say, ‘Jesus is Lord,’ except by the Holy Spirit.”\n\nIn reading the Old Testament, the Jews would have substituted the word “Lord” for the word “Yahweh.” This sentence probably means that no one can say that Jesus is Yahweh, God in the flesh, without the Holy Spirit’s influence drawing them to accept this truth. If this statement is translated poorly, it can have unintended theological consequences. +1CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 1 Corinthians 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Gifts of the Holy Spirit

This chapter begins a new section. Chapters 12-14 discuss spiritual gifts within the church.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Church, the body of Christ

This is an important metaphor in Scripture. The Church has many different parts. Each part has different functions. They combine to make one church. All of the different parts are necessary. Each part is to be concerned for all the other parts, even those that seem less important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “No one can say, ‘Jesus is Lord,’ except by the Holy Spirit.”

In reading the Old Testament, the Jews would have substituted the word “Lord” for the word “Yahweh.” This sentence probably means that no one can say that Jesus is Yahweh, God in the flesh, without the Holy Spirit’s influence drawing them to accept this truth. If this statement is translated poorly, it can have unintended theological consequences. 1CO 12 1 da2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets them know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers. 1CO 12 1 i3k7 figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἔθνη ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1429,7 +1519,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 12 30 p919 figs-rquestion μὴ πάντες χαρίσματα ἔχουσιν ἰαμάτων? μὴ πάντες γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν? μὴ πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν? 1 Do all of them have gifts of healing? Paul continues to use questions to remind his readers of what they already know. Alternate translation: “Only some have gifts of healing. Only some speak with tongues. Only some interpret tongues.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 12 30 ab9e διερμηνεύουσιν 1 interpret To **interpret** means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md). 1CO 12 31 vb1m ζηλοῦτε…τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα 1 earnestly desire the greater gifts. This could mean: (1) they must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church. (2) they are eagerly looking for gifts that they think are greater because they think those are more exciting to have. -1CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPaul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Love\n\nLove is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nPaul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Love

Love is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Paul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 13 1 n8lm 0 Connecting Statement: Having just talked about the gifts that God gave to believers, Paul emphasizes what is more important. 1CO 13 1 cm2n figs-hyperbole ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the tongues of … angels This could mean: (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use. (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1CO 13 1 k2gk figs-metaphor γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal A person speaking without love is compared to musical instruments that make loud, annoying sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1449,7 +1539,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 13 12 qp7g figs-ellipsis ἐπιγνώσομαι 1 I will know fully The word “Christ” is understood. Alternate translation: “I will know Christ fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1CO 13 12 i28w figs-activepassive καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην 1 just as I have also been fully known You can state this as active. Alternate translation: “just as Christ has known me fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 13 13 nt1y figs-abstractnouns πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 faith, hope, and love The abstract nouns **faith**, **hope**, and **love** can be expressed in phrases with verbs. Alternate translation: “we must trust the Lord, be confident that he will do what he has promised, and love him and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1CO 14 intro abch 0 # 1 Corinthians 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, Paul returns to discussing spiritual gifts.\n\nSome translations set what is quoted from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the words of verse 21.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Tongues\n\nScholars disagree on the exact meaning of the gift of tongues. Paul describes the gift of tongues as a sign for unbelievers. It does not serve the whole church, unless someone interprets what is spoken. It is very important that the church uses this gift properly.\n\n### Prophecy\n\nScholars disagree on the exact meaning of prophecy as a spiritual gift. Paul says prophets can build up the entire church. He describes prophecy as a gift for believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +1CO 14 intro abch 0 # 1 Corinthians 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Paul returns to discussing spiritual gifts.

Some translations set what is quoted from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the words of verse 21.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tongues

Scholars disagree on the exact meaning of the gift of tongues. Paul describes the gift of tongues as a sign for unbelievers. It does not serve the whole church, unless someone interprets what is spoken. It is very important that the church uses this gift properly.

### Prophecy

Scholars disagree on the exact meaning of prophecy as a spiritual gift. Paul says prophets can build up the entire church. He describes prophecy as a gift for believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 1CO 14 1 vl57 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants them to know that though teaching is more important because it instructs people, it must be done with love. 1CO 14 1 x938 figs-personification διώκετε τὴν ἀγάπην 1 Pursue love Paul speaks of **love** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “Follow after love” or “Work hard to love people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1CO 14 1 ki3l μᾶλλον…ἵνα προφητεύητε 1 especially that you may prophesy “work especially hard to be able to prophesy” @@ -1502,7 +1592,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 14 37 ab6u ἐπιγινωσκέτω 1 he should acknowledge A true prophet or truly spiritual person will accept Paul’s writings as coming from the Lord. 1CO 14 39 jvr7 τὸ λαλεῖν μὴ κωλύετε γλώσσαις 1 do not forbid anyone from speaking in tongues Paul makes it clear that speaking in tongues at a church gathering is permissible and acceptable. 1CO 14 40 d7ia figs-activepassive πάντα δὲ εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω 1 But let all things be done properly and in order Paul is stressing that church gatherings should be held in an orderly manner. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But do all things properly and in order” or “But do everything in an orderly, appropriate way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 15 intro abci 0 # 1 Corinthians 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Resurrection\n\nThis chapter includes a very important teaching about the resurrection of Jesus. The Greek people did not believe that a person could live after they died. Paul defends the resurrection of Jesus. He teaches why it is important to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Resurrection\n\nPaul presents the resurrection as the ultimate proof that Jesus is God. Christ is the first of many who God will raise to life. The resurrection is central to the gospel. Few doctrines are as important as this one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\nPaul uses many different figures of speech in this chapter. He uses them to express difficult theological teachings in a way that people can understand. +1CO 15 intro abci 0 # 1 Corinthians 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Resurrection

This chapter includes a very important teaching about the resurrection of Jesus. The Greek people did not believe that a person could live after they died. Paul defends the resurrection of Jesus. He teaches why it is important to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Resurrection

Paul presents the resurrection as the ultimate proof that Jesus is God. Christ is the first of many who God will raise to life. The resurrection is central to the gospel. Few doctrines are as important as this one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

Paul uses many different figures of speech in this chapter. He uses them to express difficult theological teachings in a way that people can understand. 1CO 15 1 gc6n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that it is the gospel that saves them and he tells them again what the gospel is. Then he gives them a short history lesson, which ends with what will yet happen. 1CO 15 1 la9v γνωρίζω…ὑμῖν 1 make known to you “I am helping you remember” 1CO 15 1 xv53 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἑστήκατε 1 on which you stand Paul is speaking of the Corinthians as if they were a house and the gospel as if it were the foundation on which the house was standing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1620,7 +1710,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 15 58 k4c4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants believers, while they work for the Lord, to remember the changed, resurrected bodies that God is going to give them. 1CO 15 58 j1pl figs-metaphor ἑδραῖοι γίνεσθε, ἀμετακίνητοι 1 be steadfast and immovable Paul speaks of someone who lets nothing stop him from carrying out his decisions as if he could not be physically moved. Alternate translation: “be determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 15 58 zn8f figs-metaphor περισσεύοντες ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ Κυρίου πάντοτε 1 Always abound in the work of the Lord Paul speaks of efforts made in working for the Lord as if they were objects that a person could acquire more of. Alternate translation: “Always work for the Lord faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 16 intro abcj 0 # 1 Corinthians 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPaul briefly covers many topics in this chapter. It was common in the ancient Near East for the last part of letters to have personal greetings.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Preparation for his coming\n\nPaul gave practical instructions to help prepare the Corinthian church for his visit. He told them to start collecting money every Sunday for the believers in Jerusalem. He hoped to come and spend the winter with them. He told them to help Timothy when he came. He had hoped Apollos would go to them, but Apollos did not think it was the right time. Paul also told them to obey Stephanus. Finally, he sent his greetings to everyone. +1CO 16 intro abcj 0 # 1 Corinthians 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul briefly covers many topics in this chapter. It was common in the ancient Near East for the last part of letters to have personal greetings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Preparation for his coming

Paul gave practical instructions to help prepare the Corinthian church for his visit. He told them to start collecting money every Sunday for the believers in Jerusalem. He hoped to come and spend the winter with them. He told them to help Timothy when he came. He had hoped Apollos would go to them, but Apollos did not think it was the right time. Paul also told them to obey Stephanus. Finally, he sent his greetings to everyone. 1CO 16 1 zh6u 0 Connecting Statement: In his closing notes, Paul reminds the Corinthian believers to collect money for the needy believers in Jerusalem. He reminds them that Timothy will come to them before he goes to Paul. 1CO 16 1 yer5 εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 1 for the saints Paul was collecting money from his churches for the poor Jewish Christians in Jerusalem and Judea. 1CO 16 1 kh6h ὥσπερ διέταξα 1 as I directed “as I gave specific instructions to”